Academic and Professional Publishing New Books May - August 2017 by Cambridge University Press

Services for Booksellers Make use of the wide range of services which Cambridge offers:

PubEasy http://www.PubEasy.com • Online ordering across multiple publishers • Online real-time price and availability checks • Dues management

Nielsen BookNet Web Services/ Teleordering http://www.nielsenbooknet.co.uk • Internet service, available 24 hours 7 days a week • Bibliographic searches of over 3 million titles • Online ordering via Booknet Teleordering • Order tracking and history • Electronic messaging including order acknowledgements, delivery notes and proof of delivery • My Price and Availability enquiry • BookScan sales data available to assist buying decisions • Simple to use, simple to set up, easy to integrate with EPOS systems.

Datashop and Catalogshop http://datashop.cambridge.org • Free online data delivery • Define your own reports and update them online • File formats from simple text price and availability to ONIX • Delivery by email or FTP • Automatic updates daily, weekly, monthly or yearly • Download all Cambridge publicity material in PDF and other formats from Catalogshop

Batch http://www.batch.co.uk • Standard Batch service is free of charge for Booksellers • Make a single payment for all your suppliers, saving time, bank and postage charges • See invoices on the batch system before delivery arrives • No more copy invoices – view invoices online and print your own • Advance notification that deliveries are on the way • Make claims online, saving telephone calls, faxes and emails

EDI http://www.cambridge.org/knowledge • Electronic trading improves efficiency and reduces costs • Cambridge can support virtually any message format

www.cambridge.org/knowledge Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK

Academic & Professional Publishing New Books May – August 2017 www.cambridge.org/knowledge

Contents Art �� 1 Music...........................................1 Classical studies...........................2 English literature..........................6 American literature.....................10 European and world literature....12 Drama and theatre.....................12 Language and linguistics............13 Philosophy.................................16 Religion.....................................20 Management.............................23 Sociology...................................26 Anthropology.............................27 Archaeology...............................28 Psychology.................................29 Politics, social theory, history of ideas.....................32 Economics, business studies........42 Law...........................................44 British history.............................55 American history........................56 European history........................57 History – other areas..................60 History – cross discipline............63 Statistics and probability.............67 Mathematics..............................67 Computer science.......................70 Physics.......................................70 Earth and environmental science.................................73 Astronomy.................................74 Engineering................................77 General science..........................78 Cellular, molecular biology..........78 Medicine....................................81

Cambridge University Press Bookshop

Customer Services

Useful contacts General and Editorial Enquiries University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Phone: +44 (0) 1223 312393 Fax: +44 (0) 1223 315052 Email: information@cambridge.org

Booksellers

Sales Departments and Customer Services Please see the inside back cover for details of Cambridge University Press contacts around the world.

North America - customer_service@cambridge.org

How to order

Account-holding booksellers can order online at www.PubEasy.com

Cambridge University Press Bookshop occupies the historic site of 1 Trinity Street, Cambridge CB2 1SZ, where the complete range of titles is on sale. Bookshop Manager: Cathy Ashbee Phone + 44 (0)1223 333333 Fax + 44 (0)1223 332954 Email bookshop@cambridge.org

For customer service, please contact: UK, Europe - internationaltrade2@cambridge.org Middle East, North Africa & Japan - internationaltrade1@cambridge.org Central & South America, Caribbean - internationalorders@cambridge.org Asia - asia@cambridge.org

PubEasy: Cambridge is a PubEasy affiliate. Visit www.PubEasy.com for online ordering and availability checks. Cambridge Website Visit our website at www.cambridge.org • A fully searchable Cambridge catalogue • Online ordering for individuals • A changing programme of new book features and promotions • Sample chapters • Email notification service • Cambridge Journals Online • Information about the Press worldwide Email: UK, Ireland & West Europe Trade Customers: internationaltrade2@cambridge.org Middle East and N. Africa Trade customers: internationaltrade1@cambridge.org East Europe, Greece and Turkey Trade Customers: internationaltrade3@cambridge.org

Cambridge University Press Around the World Cambridge University Press has offices, representatives and distributors in some 60 countries around the world; our publications are available through bookshops in virtually every country.

United Kingdom and Ireland

The Americas

Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

North, Central, South America and Caribbean Cambridge University Press One Liberty Plaza Floor 20 New York, NY 10006 Phone + 1 212 924 3900 Fax + 1 212 691 3239 Email customer_service@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org

Europe (excluding Iberia), Middle East and North Africa Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

Iberia Cambridge University Press Iberian Branch Basílica 17, 1º-, 28020 Madrid, Spain Phone + 34 91 360 46 06 Fax + 34 91 360 45 70 Email iberia@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

To request a review copy of any of our books, please write to the Customer Services Department, Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Shaftesbury Road, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK.

The prices and discount terms shown are usually approximate pre-publication prices and discount terms. While every effort is made to maintain their accuracy, final prices and discount terms may differ from those printed here.

We further the mission of the University of Cambridge by disseminating knowledge in the pursuit of education, learning and research at the highest international levels of excellence.

Asia 79 Anson Road Unit #06-04/06 Singapore 079906 Phone + 65 6323 2701 Fax + 65 6323 2370 Email singapore@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/asia

Sub-Saharan Africa and English-speaking Caribbean Cambridge University Press African Branch Lower Ground Floor, Nautica Building, The Water Club, Beach Road, Granger Bay – 8005, Cape Town, South Africa Phone + 27 21 412 7800 Fax + 27 21 419 8418 Email information@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/africa

Australia and New Zealand Cambridge University Press Australian Branch 477 Williamstown Road, Port Melbourne, VIC 3207, Australia Phone +61 3 8671 1411 Fax +61 3 9676 9966 Email info@cambridge.edu.au Web www.cambridge.org/aus

Institutional ebook access If you’re interested in institution-wide access to ebooks, or other Cambridge digital publications, please contact online@cambridge.org in the Americas or library.sales@cambridge.org in the rest of the world.

RunningArt head / Music right

Art

Bartolomeo Cristofori and the Invention of the Piano Stewart Pollens

Mosaics in the Medieval World From Late Antiquity to the Fifteenth Century Liz James | University of Sussex

In this book, Liz James offers a comprehensive history of wall mosaics produced in the European and Islamic middle ages. Taking into account a wide range of issues, including style and iconography, technique and material, and function and patronage, she examines mosaics within their historical context. • The only book to offer a synthesis of mosaics in the Middle Ages • Discusses how mosaics were made and sets them into a chronological framework • Includes high-quality and unusual colour images of the mosaics discussed Western art

July 2017 279 x 216 mm 625pp 167 b/w illus. 161 colour illus. 12 maps 1 table 978-1-107-01198-4 Hardback c. £120.00 / c. US$175.00

Eighteenth-century music

July 2017 246 x 189 mm 382pp 978-1-107-09657-8 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

Music

Liszt and the Symphonic Poem

Varieties of Musical Irony

Joanne Cormac | University of Nottingham

From Mozart to Mahler Michael Cherlin | University of Minnesota

Tracing the development of irony in language and expression, the book contemplates irony’s relationship with music and examines its use in the works of major Classical and Romantic composers. This interdisciplinary volume will appeal to those interested in the parallels between literature and music. • The first exploration of musical irony across a range of periods and styles, looking at the work of multiple composers • Traces the history and meaning of irony in creative literature and philosophy, and develops thinking about musical irony in light of this, making the book of interest to a wide readership across the humanities • Analyzes the work of composers including Mozart, Beethoven, Schubert, and Brahms, providing generous musical examples while avoiding highly technical music theory Music performance

April 2017 247 x 174 mm 255pp 978-1-107-14129-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

This is the first comprehensive study of Bartolomeo Cristofori, who is credited with having invented the pianoforte around the year 1700 while working in the Medici court in Florence. Through thorough analysis of documents preserved in the state archive of Florence, Pollens has reconstructed, in unprecedented detail, Cristofori’s working life. • Provides detailed technical information on all of the known keyboard instruments made by Bartolomeo Cristofori, never before described in one publication • Bartolomeo Cristofori’s formal relationship with the ducal court in Florence is revealed, showing how patronage contributed to the piano’s invention, also placing Cristofori’s work in its musical context • Examines Cristofori’s influence on other keyboard makers, recounting how the idea of the newly invented piano quickly spread throughout Europe

Today Liszt’s symphonic poems are seen as alternatives to the symphony post-Beethoven. In contrast, this book returns these influential pieces to their original performance context in the theatre, arguing that the symphonic poem is as much dramatic as a symphonic genre and that Liszt’s contribution to theatre history should not be overlooked. • Overturns the traditional view of the symphonic poems, an original argument that will change the way readers understand the genre of symphonic poems and Liszt’s music in general • Combines musical analysis, contextual and historical discussion, analysis of manuscripts and aesthetics, offering readers an in-depth and original discussion of the material • Repositions Liszt’s legacy within theatre and conducting history, appealing to readers with a broader interest in opera and theatre in the nineteenth century Nineteenth-century music

Plague and Music in the Renaissance

July 2017 247 x 174 mm 350pp 7 b/w illus. 11 tables 77 music examples 978-1-107-18141-0 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00 C

Remi Chiu | Loyola University Maryland

Cheap Print and Popular Song in the Nineteenth Century

Using a wide variety of primary sources, this book explores Renaissance musical responses to pestilence. It will fascinate musicologists and historians interested in the role of music in the fight against plague by revealing how medical knowledge, spiritual beliefs and public rituals surrounding the disease informed musical composition. • Presents an original perspective on both musical and medical history and shows how each affected the other • The book’s interdisciplinary approach will appeal both to musicologists and to scholars of the history of medicine, art history, literary studies and religious studies • Includes detailed musical analysis to show how music and composers responded to thinking and practices surrounding pestilence

A Cultural History of the Songster Edited by Paul Watt | Monash University, Victoria

This book is essential reading for scholars and students who want to understand how songs functioned, and how they were consumed and transmitted around the world from around 1790 to 1910. • Contains new data on the dissemination and consumption of popular song, which will give a broader context of the ways in which songsters functioned • Provides ideas about patterns of consumption and material culture • Chapters cover topics from US, UK, and Australia, making the book internationally relevant

Medieval and Renaissance music

Nineteenth-century music

June 2017 247 x 174 mm 345pp 10 b/w illus. 99 music examples 978-1-107-10925-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.00 C

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 264pp 19 b/w illus. 978-1-107-15991-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Running Music / Classical head leftstudies

Mary Gladstone and the Victorian Salon

Duke Ellington Studies Edited by John Howland | Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Trondheim

Music, Literature, Liberalism Phyllis Weliver | St Louis University, Missouri

This volume reveals the role of music in nineteenth-century British liberalism, exploring the politics, culture, and ideology of Victorian elite society using archival material relating to Mary Gladstone, daughter of the reforming British prime minister. It will interest scholars working in numerous fields including music, literature, politics, history, and women’s studies. • Explores the role of music in liberalism and brings a social perspective to the study of music and literature, enabling new understandings of elite political Victorian culture • Focuses on the intellectual and cultural world of Mary Gladstone, daughter of the Liberal British prime minister, his political hostess, and probably the first female prime ministerial private secretary • Sheds new light on Tennyson’s poetic recitations and on George Eliot’s fiction as part of the social world Nineteenth-century music | New Perspectives in Music History and Criticism

May 2017 247 x 174 mm 272pp 9 b/w illus. 978-1-107-18480-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Jazz Italian Style From its Origins in New Orleans to Fascist Italy and Sinatra Anna Harwell Celenza | Georgetown University, Washington DC

By examining politics, immigration patterns, economics and technology in explaining the largely forgotten Italian connection to jazz, the book will attract readers interested in music history, ItalianAmerican culture, the Fascist era in Italy, music technology and the evolution of popular music. • Offers the first Anglo-American study of Italian jazz, introducing readers to a repertoire of the history of jazz that has largely been unknown outside Italy • Discusses jazz in a transnational context, allowing readers to see the influence of technology, economics, culture and immigration practices • Provides the first in-depth examination of Italian influences on the development of American popular music, appealing to a wider range of readers with an interest in popular music Twentieth-century and contemporary music

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 264pp 12 b/w illus. 978-1-107-16977-7 Hardback £29.99 / US$44.99

Arvo Pärt’s White Light

Twentieth-century and contemporary music | Cambridge Composer Studies

May 2017 247 x 174 mm 308pp 978-0-521-76404-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Alan Bush, Modern Music, and the Cold War The Cultural Left in Britain and the Communist Bloc Joanna Bullivant | University of Oxford

The first major study of Alan Bush, this book provides new perspectives on music and communism in twentieth-century Britain and the Communist Bloc. Drawing on untapped archival sources and incorporating readings of Bush’s major works, this book will appeal to scholars of modern British music, communism, and the Cold War. • Presents a new perspective on modern British music and Cold War politics, offering a subtler alternative to binary oppositions of culture in the East and West • The first major study of Alan Bush, an important figure in twentiethcentury music and communism, providing detailed insights into his controversial compositions • Incorporates a wealth of archival research from newly released official documents as well as numerous musical examples Twentieth-century and contemporary music | Music since 1900

July 2017 247 x 174 mm 245pp 978-1-107-03336-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Classical studies Architecture and Politics in Republican Rome Penelope J. E. Davies | University of Texas, Austin

Media, Culture, Politics Edited by Laura Dolp | Montclair State University, New Jersey

This book presents a fresh, interdisciplinary approach to the study of the contemporary composer Arvo Pärt and his reception. The volume charts his influence on areas including film, cultural programming, new media, cultures of listening, politics and performance practice. It addresses a wide readership across the humanities, with technical analysis kept to a minimum. • Provides a wide range of in-depth perspectives on the reception and influence of one of the world’s most popular contemporary composers • Accessible to a wide range of scholars across the humanities as well as to music specialists, with a minimum of technical musical analysis • Offers groundbreaking explorations of Pärt’s impact on numerous areas of the cultural landscape, from film and performance to new media and politics

This book provides a comprehensive account of the relationship between the architecture of Republican Rome and its politics. It covers the early Republic, the plebeians’ struggle for equality, the years of Mediterranean expansion, and the gradual unraveling of senatorial control. The book closes with the dictatorship of Caesar, the first Republican to propose largescale city planning. • Provides the first monographic treatment of Republican architecture in Rome, elucidating a body of material that is copious but poorly understood • Offers a reading of Republican architecture within its political context, adding a depth of meaning to the buildings • Offers a reasoned explanation of the development of Roman urbanism in the Republic, going beyond seeing Republican architecture simply as a formal precursor to imperial Rome Classical art, architecture

May 2017 279 x 216 mm 500pp 45 b/w illus. 200 colour illus. 18 maps 978-1-107-09431-4 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$115.00 C

Twentieth-century and contemporary music

June 2017 247 x 174 mm 250pp 27 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-18289-9 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

This book explores the rich and influential career of one of jazz music’s central figures, from his work as a composer to his cultural legacy in jazz, popular music, and modern media. Leading authors offer clear, engaging, and scholarly insights into Duke Ellington’s work and critical reception, from musical, historical, and international perspectives. • Covers Ellington’s career from the 1920s to the 1960s, and explores the work and legacy of one of the world’s most influential jazz composers • Bridges new scholarly directions in jazz studies with broader crossdisciplinary issues in historical inquiry, music analysis, media studies, and cultural studies • Clearly written and accessible to scholars and non-specialists alike, chapters are structured chronologically and adopt cutting-edge perspectives to explore a diverse range of themes

Running Classical head studies right

Early Greek Portraiture

Greek Theatre between Antiquity and Independence

Monuments and Histories Catherine M. Keesling | Georgetown University, Washington DC

This synthesis of Archaic and Classical Greek portraiture surveys the origins and development of portrait sculpture at major sites including Olympia, Delphi and the Athenian Acropolis. Portraits are discussed in relation to historical events including the Persian Wars and canonical texts such as Herodotus’ Histories. • Offers a new explanation for the origins of civic honorific portraits • Features local histories of the development of Greek portraiture • Makes the case that the goal of classical portraiture was often to link the individual to heroes or gods Classical art, architecture

May 2017 253 x 177 mm 350pp 62 b/w illus. 3 maps 978-1-107-16223-5 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

Artists and Artistic Production in Ancient Greece Edited by Kristen Seaman | University of Oregon

Incorporating novel approaches and neglected evidence, Artists and Artistic Production in Ancient Greece questions many long-held ideas and provides a deeper understanding of particular artists and architects, their works, and their social agency. The authors refer to historiography as well as to modern theory, while offering new directions for research. • Incorporates discussion of different media of Greek art and architecture • Proposes a new way of thinking about Greek artists • Is interdisciplinary, features different types of contributors, such as art historians, archaeologists and historians, and discusses both art and texts from the ancient world as well as modern theory Classical art, architecture

May 2017 253 x 177 mm 278pp 70 b/w illus. 1 map 3 tables 978-1-107-07446-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Tragic Pleasure from Homer to Plato Rana Saadi Liebert | Bard College, New York

This book develops an embodied model of aesthetic engagement derived from Greek poetry and Plato’s philosophy, and uses this model to resolve an intractable paradox in aesthetic theory: the appeal of tragedy. It will be of interest to classicists, philosophers, and scholars in other fields concerned with aesthetics and emotions. • Presents a new solution to an unresolved problem in aesthetic theory, using archaic poetry and philosophy to contribute to modern debates about aesthetics • Proposes a new interpretation of Plato’s famous critique of poetry and the arts, improving our understanding of the foundations for his hostility • Offers a new, psychosomatic model of aesthetic engagement based on ancient sources, providing a corrective to cognitively oriented approaches to aesthetic value Classical literature

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-107-18444-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

A History of Reinvention from the Third Century BC to 1830 Walter Puchner | University of Athens, Greece

The first general history, by the world expert, of Greek theatre from Hellenistic times to the foundation of Modern Greece in 1830, marked by significant discontinuities. After the end of antiquity, no real dramas were produced until theatre was rediscovered in Renaissance Crete and redeveloped throughout the Greek diaspora. • The first book to offer a history of Greek theatre and drama over a critical two-thousand-year period of its existence • Unlike most theatre historiographies, this book emphasizes the ruptures and discontinuities in Greek theatre history (in marked contrast to the continuity of the spoken language) • Reveals startling new discoveries of Greek theatrical activity throughout the diaspora of the Ottoman and early national periods, thereby confirming that theatre and dramatic literature retained a prominent role in Greek culture before the foundation of Modern Greece Classical literature

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-05947-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Imagining Reperformance in Ancient Culture Studies in the Traditions of Drama and Lyric Edited by Richard Hunter | University of Cambridge

This book studies the idea and practice of reperformance as it affects ancient lyric poetry and drama, and especially how poets and critics use this idea to create a deep temporal sense. All chapters are informed by recent developments in performance studies, and all Greek and Latin is translated. • Clarifies what is meant by ‘reperformance’ and addresses current misunderstandings and simplifications • Explores a wide range of lyric and dramatic genres in both Greek and Latin • All Greek and Latin is translated, making it suitable for students and scholars who are not trained classicists Classical literature | Cambridge Classical Studies

May 2017 320pp 7 b/w illus. 978-1-107-15147-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Works of Archimedes Translation and Commentary Volume 2: On Spirals Archimedes Edited and translated by Reviel Netz | Stanford University, California

The second volume of the first fully-fledged English translation of the works of Archimedes – antiquity’s greatest scientist and one of the most important scientific figures in history. Based on a reconsideration of the Greek text and diagrams, it includes extensive and insightful comments on Archimedes’ scientific style. • The first full English translation of the works of Archimedes, based on recent improvements in our knowledge of the text as a result of the Archimedes Palimpsest • This second volume covers Archimedes’ thinking on the spiral, one of his most striking arguments • The detailed commentary offers an interpretation of Archimedes’ scientific style and opens up new ways of thinking about the history of mathematics Ancient philosophy

June 2017 247 x 174 mm 200pp 41 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-0-521-66145-4 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$99.99 978-0-521-66145-4 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$99.99

R R

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Running studies Classical head left

Teleology in the Ancient World

Monasteries and the Care of Souls in Late Antique Christianity

Philosophical and Medical Approaches Edited by Julius Rocca | Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin

Teleology is the study of ends or purposes. This collection of twelve essays examines ancient philosophical and medical approaches to a subject that has often been conflated with theological arguments advocated by proponents of creationism and intelligent design. In so doing, it will enable a better evaluation of teleological argumentation. • The first book to give a comprehensive account of teleological arguments in antiquity • Provides an essential perspective on the origins and development of teleological thinking and shows that arguments concerning ends and purposes are still of use in the sciences • Presents an inclusive viewpoint of teleological ways of thinking from both ancient philosophical and medical perspectives Ancient philosophy

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 284pp 978-1-107-03663-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Ancient history

Animal Sacrifice in the Ancient Greek World

Chiara Thumiger | University of Warwick

The first substantial history of psychological thought in Classical Greek medicine. Demonstrating the richness and sophistication of the accounts in the Hippocratic texts and other medical sources, this book explores their connections with contemporary metaphysical discussions in tragedy and Plato as well as their relevance for modern debates in psychiatry and psychology. • Comprehensively explores the early history of Western ideas about the mind and its health • Discusses medical ideas in their cultural context, making it invaluable for scholars of Greek literature, art and culture • Engages fully with theoretical approaches and evaluates ancient medicine in the light of current debates in psychiatric theory and practice Ancient philosophy

The Construction of Time in Antiquity

Edited by Sarah Hitch | Corpus Christi College, Oxford

This volume draws together the current work of archaeologists, historians and experts in Greek literature and art to re-examine the role of animal sacrifice in Greek life across the Mediterranean, from the poems of Homer to the revival of sacrificial practice under the Roman emperor Julian in the fourth century CE. • Provides new approaches to and research data specifically on Greek sacrifice • Adopts an interdisciplinary approach with contributions from experts in language, literature and material culture • Challenges existing methodologies and explores many new topics Ancient history

August 2017 228 x 152 mm 320pp 24 b/w illus. 978-0-521-19103-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Migration, Mobility and Place in Ancient Italy Elena Isayev | University of Exeter

Ritual, Art, and Identity Edited by Jonathan Ben-Dov | University of Haifa, Israel

This book investigates how human beings related to time in antiquity. Building on the most recent research and opening new avenues in fields of Classics and Ancient History, Assyriology, Egyptology, Ancient Judaism, and Early Christianity, this book offers a broad study on rituals, festivals, astronomy, calendars, medicine, art, and narrative. • Presents calendars and the history of astronomy as an organ of the historical discipline • Provides an accessible approach to a field usually limited to experts • Presents promising new voices alongside senior authors in the field • Offers innovative studies on various themes, eras, and regions Ancient history

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 360pp 15 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-10896-7 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00

This book explores the personal practices and group rituals for monitoring and training the thoughts of ancient Christian monks. It focuses on the earliest sources for communal monasticism, many translated into English for the first time, while drawing on cognitive studies to understand key disciplines like prayer and collective repentance. • Demonstrates the central significance of monitoring and regulating thoughts in the early monastic care of souls, exploring institutional procedures and personal practices • Makes use of cognitive studies to enlighten our understanding of key monastic activities, including meditation, prayer, and the fear of God • Analyses a number of important early Coptic texts, many of which are offered in English for the first time, alongside more familiar works in the Greek and Latin monastic traditions June 2017 228 x 152 mm 358pp 978-1-107-18401-5 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

A History of the Mind and Mental Health in Classical Greek Medical Thought

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 506pp 978-1-107-17601-0 Hardback £105.00 / US$135.00

Cognition and Discipline Paul C. Dilley | University of Iowa

This book examines the nature of human mobility, attitudes to it, and constructions of place over the last millennium BC in Rome and Italy. It demonstrates that there were high rates of mobility, challenging the perception of sites and communities as static and ethnically oriented entities. • Provides a new approach to Romano-Italian history, but through mobilities and trajectories rather than through site and ethnicity • Traces through empirical study the high rate of mobility in the ancient world and flexible attitudes to those who were on the move, challenging stereotypes about ancient communities as largely static, sedentary and defined by ethnic concerns • Applies contemporary theories from disciplines such as geography, anthropology and art to help address the complex issues of how we understand human mobility and constructions of place Ancient history

June 2017 247 x 174 mm 502pp 978-1-107-13061-6 Hardback £105.00 / US$135.00

Running Classical head studies right

previously announced

The Legend of Seleucus

textbook

Kingship, Narrative and Mythmaking in the Ancient World Daniel Ogden | University of Exeter

Learn Latin from the Romans

A reconstruction of the fascinating legend that developed around the figure of Seleucus, the most accomplished of the successors to Alexander the Great, investigating the rich symbolism of its constituent episodes, in which divine birth, enchanted talismans, marvellous omens, pathological desires, ghostly vengeance and dragons feature prominently. • Contextualises the legendary material surrounding Seleucus within a wide range of traditional narratives, both Greek and non-Greek, contemporary, previous and subsequent • Supplies full translations, making this effectively a valuable sourcebook for readers to explore the legend • Explores fully the relationship of Seleucus’ legend with the legends attaching to Alexander the Great and will therefore be of particular significance to those interested in the Alexander Romance as well as Alexander more generally Ancient history

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 410pp 978-1-107-16478-9 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

A Historical and Topographical Guide to the Geography of Strabo Duane W. Roller | Ohio State University

The Geography of Strabo is the primary source for the history of Greek geography. This Guide provides the first English commentary on this long and difficult text, and serves as a companion to the author’s The Geography of Strabo, the first English translation of the work in many years. • The first complete commentary in English on the Geography of Strabo, accompanying the author’s previously published translation • Essential for all those interested in the history of ancient geography and the many topics covered by Strabo, from the travels of Alexander and the history of the Mediterranean to science, religion, and cult • Includes a thorough bibliography for the text and its sources Ancient history

August 2017 228 x 152 mm 1000pp 3 maps 978-1-107-18065-9 Hardback c. £150.00 / c. US$250.00

Politics in the Roman Republic Henrik Mouritsen | King’s College London

A very readable introduction to Roman Republican politics which takes a distinctive and original approach while exploring much-contested issues concerning political rituals, popular participation, and the role of ideology. It will be important for all students and scholars of Roman history and of politics in general. • Presents a new approach to Roman politics, providing a springboard for further discussion • Synthesises and reinterprets an extensive body of material and issues on the political history of the Republic • Provides a short and readable guide to the rapidly expanding body of secondary literature on the topic

A Complete Introductory Course Using Textbooks from the Roman Empire Eleanor Dickey | University of Reading

This is the only introductory Latin textbook to feature texts by ancient Romans specifically for Latin learners. It includes clear explanations of grammatical concepts, 5,000 easy practice sentences, and 158 longer passages (from inscriptions, graffiti, and Christian texts, as well as Catullus, Cicero, and Virgil – and, of course, the ancient Latin textbooks). • Passages are taken from leading literary writers like Cicero, Catullus, and Virgil, and from inscriptions and graffiti, as well as the ‘colloquia’ • Grammatical terminology is introduced from the start, allowing students to gain confidence immediately • All noun and adjective paradigms are given in both the British order and the American order • Includes over 5,000 short practice sentences and over 150 longer passages for continuous reading practice Contents: Preface; Introduction; The pronunciation of Latin; Part I: 1. Verbs: inflection and word order; 2. Nouns: nominative, vocative, and accusative of first and second declensions; 3. Adjectives: gender, agreement, neuters, and vocabulary format; 4. Tenses: future, perfect, and principal parts; 5. Genitive case, sum; 6. First and second conjugations, past participles; 7. Dative case, possum; 8. Second declension in -r and -ius, substantivization; 9. Ablative case, prepositions, eō; 10. Demonstratives and imperatives; 11. Reading texts; Part II: 12. Personal pronouns, partitive and objective genitives; 13. Present subjunctive, quis; 14. Third declension; 15. Subordination, imperfect subjunctive, purpose clauses; 16. Sequence of tenses; 17. Fourth and mixed conjugations; 18. Reading practice; 19. Infinitives and indirect statement; 20. Reflexives; 21. Third-declension adjectives; 22. Reading practice; Part III: 23. Demonstratives, ablative of agent; 24. Participles; 25. Relative clauses and volō; 26. Reading practice; 27. Deponent verbs: forms from first two principal parts; 28. Indirect commands; 29. Deponent verbs: perfect-stem forms; 30. Fear clauses and long sentences; 31. Reading poetry; Part IV: 32. Passive voice, agent and means; 33. Result clauses; 34. Fourth and fifth declensions; 35. Time and place; 36. Reading practice; 37. Nōlō and mālō; 38. Regular comparison; 39. Imperfect tense; 40. Irregular comparison, negatives; 41. Gerundives; 42. Reading practice; 43. Adverbs; 44. Pluperfect and future perfect tenses; 45. Impersonal verbs; 46. Perfect and pluperfect subjunctives; 47. More subordinate clauses; 48. Reading practice; Part V: 49. Ferō; 50. Conditional clauses; 51. Fīō; 52. Ipse and iste; 53. Reading practice; 54. Indirect questions; 55. Numbers; 56. Relative clauses with the subjunctive; 57. Ablative absolute; 58. Īdem, expressions of price and value; 59. Reading practice; 60. Gerunds I; 61. Gerunds II; Appendices: 62. How to use the appendices; 63. Further grammatical explanations and exercises; 64. Key to further exercises; 65. Alphabetical glossary of grammatical terminology; 66. The metre of Virgil’s Aeneid; Cumulative vocabulary, Latin to English; Cumulative vocabulary, English to Latin; Index of grammatical topics covered; Index of Latin passages included. Classical languages

August 2017 247 x 174 mm 350pp 1 b/w illus. 123 tables 978-1-107-14084-4 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$85.00 X 978-1-316-50619-6 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99 X

Ancient history | Key Themes in Ancient History

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 214pp 978-1-107-03188-3 Hardback £49.99 / US$62.99 978-1-107-65133-3 Paperback £18.99 / US$23.99

P P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Running studies Classical head left / English literature

English literature

Previously Announced

An Independent Study Guide to Reading Latin

previously announced

Second edition Peter Jones

textbook

This book accompanies the bestselling Latin course and is designed for students learning Latin on their own or with only limited access to a teacher. Contains notes on and translations of the Latin texts appearing in the Text and Vocabulary volume and answers to the exercises in the Grammar and Exercises volume. • Accompanies the bestselling course, providing notes on and translations of the Latin texts appearing in the Text and Vocabulary volume and answers to the exercises in the Grammar and Exercises volume • Designed for students learning Latin on their own or with limited access to a teacher • Uses a fresh, modern, spacious design, making it easier to navigate Classical languages

June 2017 247 x 174 mm 190pp 10 tables 978-1-107-61560-1 Paperback c. £20.99 / c. US$34.99

Or, What You Will Third edition William Shakespeare Edited by Elizabeth Story Donno | Huntington Library, California

For this third edition of Twelfth Night, Penny Gay provides an updated introduction and reading list for the contemporary student reader. A thorough performance history, which includes a large number of recent performances, is accompanied by a new selection of production photographs. • The updated introduction takes into account the substantial performance history and criticism since 2003 • Includes a revised reading list for the contemporary student reader • Offers a new selection of photographs of recent productions of this well-loved Shakespearean comedy Contents: Preface to the first edition; Preface; Abbreviations and conventions; Introduction; Note on the text; List of characters; The play; Textual analysis; Reading list.

South Africa, Greece, Rome Classical Confrontations Edited by Grant Parker | Stanford University, California

Literature – editions, texts | The New Cambridge Shakespeare

How have ancient Greece and Rome intersected with South African histories? This book examines architecture, literature, creative arts and historical memory. Far from being the handmaiden of colonialism (and later apartheid), classical antiquity has enabled challenges to the establishment, and shown ways to think about cross-cultural encounters. • Gives a broad view of classics in South Africa, its politics and personnel, from early colonial times to the present • Emphasizes the involvement of Black South Africans • Contains numerous images, bringing art and architecture into a wider discussion of classics in South Africa Classical studies (general)

June 2017 247 x 174 mm 520pp 162 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-10081-7 Hardback c. £84.99 / c. US$135.00

Twelfth Night

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 200pp 20 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12627-5 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$94.99 978-1-107-56546-3 Paperback c. £8.99 / c. US$18.99

X X

previously announced textbook

Julius Caesar Third edition William Shakespeare Edited by Marvin Spevack

This third edition features a new introduction and a textual commentary that has been revised and updated with an eye, and ear, to the contemporary student reader. The list of further readings has been updated to reflect the latest developments in Shakespearean criticism. • A new introduction focuses on the interpretive challenges the play has presented to audiences, scholars and theatre companies from Shakespeare’s time to our own • The textual commentary has been revised and updated to support the contemporary student reader • Provides an updated list of further readings to reflect the latest developments in Shakespearean criticism Contents: Introduction; Recent film, stage and critical interpretations; Note on the text; Note on the commentary; List of characters; The play; Textual analysis; Appendix: excerpts from Plutarch; Reading list. Literature – editions, texts | The New Cambridge Shakespeare

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 220pp 12 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08866-5 Hardback c. £47.00 / c. US$88.00 978-1-107-45974-8 Paperback c. £8.99 / c. US$18.99

X X

Running Englishhead literature right

The Evolution of Verse Structure in Old and Middle English Poetry

Shakespeare’s Reading Audiences Early Modern Books and Audience Interpretation Cyndia Susan Clegg | Pepperdine University, Malibu

From the Earliest Alliterative Poems to Iambic Pentameter Geoffrey Russom | Brown University, Rhode Island

This comprehensive study traces the evolution of verse structure in Old and Middle English poetry from the earliest alliterative poems to iambic pentameter. It provides a general theory of poetic form with a glossary of technical terms and explores how poetic form is perceived by the human mind. • Traces English alliterative meter from birth to death and discusses the transition to iambic meter in the Renaissance • Provides focused, detailed analyses of form in major poems, including Beowulf and Sir Gawain and the Green Knight • Introduces relevant linguistic information explicitly and provides a comprehensive glossary of technical terms English literature – Anglo-Saxon and Medieval | Cambridge Studies in Medieval Literature

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 334pp 978-1-107-14833-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Shakespeare’s Reading Audiences teaches us about reading practices and reading communities within Shakespeare’s audiences. It examines how interpretative communities, shaped by their reading of widely circulated texts, would have ‘read’ Shakespeare’s poems and plays, whether circulated, printed or performed. • Expands our understanding of reading cultures to include not just elites but a variety of reading audiences and experiences • Combines recent scholarship on reading, literacy, print culture and the public sphere • Considers Shakespeare’s work from the perspective of his own contemporary audiences English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 216pp 978-1-107-19064-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Shakespeare’s Two Playhouses

Stage and Picture in the English Renaissance

Repertory and Theatre Space at the Globe and the Blackfriars, 1599–1613 Sarah Dustagheer | University of Kent, Canterbury

The Mirror up to Nature John H. Astington | University of Toronto

This book presents a new approach to the relationship between traditional pictorial arts and the theatre in Renaissance England. Demonstrating the vast range of visual culture in evidence in the period, John H. Astington shows its pervading influence in the composition, production and reception of Renaissance English drama. • Approaches the relationship between traditional pictorial arts and the theatre in Renaissance England in a new way • Places English Renaissance art in a wider European context • Encourages readers’ range of response to early dramatic texts through considering the visual effects of theatre English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

June 2017 247 x 174 mm 350pp 52 b/w illus. 12 colour illus. 978-1-107-12143-0 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$120.00 C

This is the first in-depth, comparative analysis of the Globe and the Blackfriars Theatres’ performance conditions. Examining how the social and sensory qualities of these sites affected early modern dramatists, audiences and actors, the study also considers recent productions at Shakespeare’s Globe and the new Sam Wanamaker Playhouse. • The first book-length study to analyse the key differences in performance conditions between Shakespeare’s two playhouses: the Globe and the Blackfriars Theatres • Examines early modern drama in relation to contemporary reconstructions of Shakespeare’s playhouses, including the new Sam Wanamaker Playhouse, and so constitutes one of the first publications to discuss its recent productions • Uniquely combines two recent exciting trends in the study of early modern drama – repertory studies and spatial theory – to offer an engaging and dynamic argument English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

Shakespearean Star

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 232pp 978-1-107-19016-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Laurence Olivier and National Cinema Jennifer Barnes | University of Dundee

This is the first study to comprehensively analyse Laurence Olivier’s Shakespearean films alongside his unique Shakespearean star image. It offers an in-depth examination of Olivier’s unmade Macbeth together with his adaptations of Henry V, Hamlet and Richard lll, explores Olivier’s life writing and is supplemented by numerous illustrations. • The first book to offer a chronological analysis of Olivier’s films in relation to industrial, cultural and autobiographical contexts • Provides an in-depth examination of Olivier’s little-known, unmade film Macbeth, as well as his adaptations of Shakespeare’s Henry V, Hamlet and Richard lll • Numerous illustrations supplement the text English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 244pp 978-1-107-18111-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Runningliterature English head left

previously announced

The Secret History in Literature, 1660–1820

key reference

The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea

Edited by Rebecca Bullard | University of Reading

Volume 1: Early Manuscript Books Anne Finch Edited by Jennifer Keith | University of North Carolina, Greensboro

This edition provides, for the first time, authoritative texts, textual apparatus and commentary for all known works by Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea. This first volume provides established texts of Finch’s early manuscript books, including Poems on Several Subjects and Miscellany Poems with Two Plays written under her pen name, Ardelia. • The first ever complete, critical edition of the works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea (1661–1720) • Provides established texts of Finch’s early manuscript books • Includes a comprehensive introduction, extensive explanatory notes and thorough textual commentary English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

July 2017 216 x 138 mm 600pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-107-06860-5 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$125.00

Secret histories alarmed and thrilled readers across Europe and America in the eighteenth century with claims of exposing state secrets and court intrigues. Offering new readings of key texts, this collection of essays by leading researchers demonstrates the importance of the genre within the political and literary culture of the Enlightenment. • Treats secret history as a dedicated subject of enquiry for the first time • Places secret history as a genre in both a geographical and cultural context, demonstrating its importance to literature and culture in eighteenth-century Europe and America • Allows readers access to a wide range of perspectives on secret history from leading researchers English literature – 1700 – 1830

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 280pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-15046-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Sociable Places Locating Culture in Romantic-Period Britain Edited by Kevin Gilmartin | California Institute of Technology

Over the past thirty-five years Andrew Gurr’s work has become the standard means of access to the original Shakespearean theatre and the staging of Shakespeare’s plays. This is a selection of his key essays about the conditions under which Shakespeare and his contemporaries composed their playbooks. • Presents a collection of work that focuses on some of the more peculiar theatre conditions in which Shakespeare worked • Features wide ranging subject matter, from Shakespearean audiences to theatre building practices • Contains two previously unpublished essays from Andrew Gurr, ‘Accommodating the Revels Office’ and ‘Headless Coriolanus’

Ranging across literature, theater, history and the visual arts, this collection of essays explores the range of places where British Romantic-period sociability transpired. Specialist and non-specialists readers can revisit the rooms, buildings, landscapes and seascapes where people gathered to converse, to eat and drink, to work and to find entertainment. • Readers can see how bookshops, taverns, seaside resorts, ruins, assembly rooms and other particular places shaped Romantic-period sociability • Offers a preliminary map of the sites for Romantic-period cultural sociability • Will interest those engaged in the ongoing enquiry into literary and cultural sociability, and collective rather than solitary Romantic culture

English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

English literature – 1700 – 1830

Shakespeare’s Workplace Essays on Shakespearean Theatre Andrew Gurr | University of Reading

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-107-16784-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Shakespeare in the Marketplace of Words Jonathan P. Lamb | University of Kansas

This book explores Shakespeare’s use of language to interact with the verbal marketplace in which he worked. With chapters focusing on particular rhetorical features in five of Shakespeare’s plays, the book appeals to scholars of Shakespearean language, digital humanities, history of the book, and the literary versus the theatrical Shakespeare. • Explores how certain words and rhetorical features circulated in Shakespeare’s time and how he deployed them in assembling his plays • Provides new insight into the use of language as currency in Shakespearean times, its values, and its systems of exchange • Innovative usage of digital and library archives combine word history and book history English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-19331-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 280pp 12 b/w illus. 978-1-107-06478-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Catechisms and Women’s Writing in SeventeenthCentury England Paula McQuade | DePaul University, Chicago

This monograph is a study of early modern women’s literary use of catechizing. It addresses the question of women’s literary production in early modern England, demonstrating that the reading and writing of catechisms were crucial sites of women’s literary engagements in early modern England. • Provides an in-depth discussion of six largely unremarked women writers, making this appealing to those interested in the history of women’s writing • Uses the approach of micro or local history, demonstrating a new way of thinking about female agency, one that looks at women’s regional and familial connections • Looks at two Protestant women who engaged sympathetically with Catholic devotional works, challenging the scholarly emphasis upon cross-confessional conflict English literature – 1700 – 1830

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-19825-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Running Englishhead literature right

Women Wanderers and the Writing of Mobility, 1784–1814

Reading Thomas Hardy George Levine | Rutgers University, New Jersey

Ingrid Horrocks | Massey University, Wellington

Ingrid Horrocks reveals the significance of representations of women wanderers in the Romantic period, particularly in the work of women writers. She explores works by Wollstonecraft, Burney, Radcliffe, and others, and in doing so shifts understandings of the history of mobility and social sympathy. • Provides new insight into the works of major women writers of the period, including Mary Wollstonecraft, Frances Burney, Ann Radcliffe, and Charlotte Smith • Highlights the significance of representations of women wanderers, particularly in the work of women writers in the Romantic period • Has a cross-genre focus that navigates the transitions between poetry, novels, and travel literature English literature – 1700 – 1830 | Cambridge Studies in Romanticism, 115

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 306pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-107-18223-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

previously announced key reference

Irish Political Writings after 1725 A Modest Proposal and Other Works Jonathan Swift Edited by David Hayton | Queen’s University Belfast

This latest volume of The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Jonathan Swift is the first fully annotated, contextualised, and textually authoritative edition of Swift’s Irish prose writings from 1726 to 1738, including A Modest Proposal, and will be the standard edition of these writings for scholars, researchers, and students. • The first fully annotated edition of Swift’s later Irish writings, after 1725, ever to appear • An innovative and comprehensive contextual introduction places this period of Swift’s career in full context for the first time • Most of these works have never previously been published with full scholarly annotation, or with a complete and textually authoritative apparatus English literature – 1700 – 1830 | The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Jonathan Swift, 14

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 500pp 6 b/w illus. 978-0-521-83385-1 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$90.00

Democratising Beauty in Nineteenth-Century Britain Art and the Politics of Public Life Lucy Hartley | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

Lucy Hartley identifies a new language for speaking about beauty, which begins to be articulated from the 1830s in a climate of political reform and becomes linked to ideals of equality, liberty and individuality. Including numerous illustrations, the volume offers a fresh interdisciplinary understanding of art’s relation to its public. • Presents a new understanding of nineteenth-century British art and art writing • Brings together a wide range of writings from the period, including aesthetic, political, moral, social and economic commentary • Supplemented by numerous illustrations

A powerful new account of Hardy’s novels by a leading scholar, emphasizing their affirmative elements and their often poetic prose. George Levine provides an overview of Hardy’s entire fictional canon, drawing attention to the influence of Charles Darwin on his work and Hardy’s own impact on Virginia Woolf and D. H. Lawrence. • A vibrant and illuminating non-specialist account of the novels of Thomas Hardy by one of the most eminent scholars of Victorian literature • Considers Hardy’s work in the perspective of the literary influence of Charles Darwin on the one hand and the reactions of D. H. Lawrence and Virginia Woolf on the other • Offers new insights into Hardy’s prose and the ways in which he renders the natural world English literature – 1830 – 1900 | Reading Writers and their Work

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 160pp 978-1-107-17796-3 Hardback c. £30.00 / c. US$45.00 978-1-316-63080-8 Paperback c. £12.99 / c. US$18.99

9 P P

Beckett’s Art of Salvage Writing and Material Imagination, 1932–1987 Julie Bates | Trinity College, Dublin

Offering an innovative new reading of this major modern author, and examining the material imagination at play in Beckett’s fiction, poetry, film and drama over fifty years, this volume will appeal to all students of Beckett, as well as to scholars of European and Irish theatre, literature or aesthetics. • Proposes a new and striking reading of five decades of Beckett’s writing, offering the first full survey of this author’s distinctive and creative use of material objects • In considering Beckett’s creative oeuvre in its entirety, the book enables an integrated overview of a body of work that has often appeared daunting in its formal and generic range • The concept of ‘salvage’ offers a new interpretative methodology to those who are interested in the relationship between Beckett and contemporary writers and artists English literature – 1900 – 1945

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 220pp 10 b/w illus. 978-1-107-16704-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Crime Writing in Interwar Britain Fact and Fiction in the Golden Age Victoria Stewart | University of Leicester

While detective fiction was hugely popular in interwar Britain, a wealth of other kinds of factual and fictional crime writing was also widely read during these years. This book examines some of this neglected material and provides a more complex view of how crime and criminality were understood between the wars. • Provides a new context for Golden Age detective fiction, allowing readers familiar with this material to see it in a different light • Considers factual as well as fictional crime writing, attracting readers from beyond literary studies • Combines close-reading of texts with historical context, making it accessible to a variety of readers from across disciplines English literature – 1900 – 1945

August 2017 228 x 152 mm c.280pp 978-1-316-51000-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

English literature – 1830 – 1900 | Cambridge Studies in Nineteenth-Century Literature and Culture, 106

July 2017 247 x 174 mm 350pp 35 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-18408-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Runningliterature English head left/ American literature

Thomas Hardy and Animals Anna West | University of St Andrews, Scotland

Adding to the critical dialogue on animals in literary criticism, Victorian studies and animal studies, this accessible work will also appeal to scholars of science and posthumanism. Bringing an important author within range of a new and developing area of critical inquiry, Anna West offers a new approach to Hardy criticism. • Provides the first comprehensive study of animals in Hardy’s novels • Offers scholars and readers a new approach to Hardy criticism • Combines interests in Hardy and animal studies English literature – 1900 – 1945

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 280pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-17917-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Cambridge Companion to the Graphic Novel This Companion examines the evolution of comic books into graphic novels and offers insights into the various adaptations of graphic novels, analyses of outstanding graphic novels from around the world, and assessments of how the form works and what it teaches, making it a key resource for scholars and students. • Offers a comprehensive view of the international graphic novel, including techniques, history, genres and outstanding works, helping university students and teachers as well as interested general readers understand this new area of study better • Provides an in-depth analysis of the subjects it covers, helping university teachers in particular to present this subject if they are familiar or even unfamiliar with it • Brings many of the top scholars in the field together, offering a very authoritative view of the subject that will convince readers of its importance English literature – 1945 and beyond | Cambridge Companions to Literature

P P

A Dictionary of Literary Symbols Third edition Michael Ferber | University of New Hampshire

A third edition of the dictionary of literary symbols which includes a modest increase in the number of entries as well as expanded existing entries to offer more information. Additionally, this new edition contains an Appendix on the Muses which adds some helpful and relevant information on a foundational literary topic. • A helpful and unique dictionary explaining and illustrating traditional symbols used in literature • Includes twenty completely new entries, such as birch, childbirth, grove, mill and railroad, in addition to updated existing entries • Essential, informative and entertaining reading for all students and scholars of literature English literature (general)

May 2017 247 x 174 mm 300pp 978-1-107-17211-1 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-316-62332-9 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$34.99

Edited by John Goodridge | Nottingham Trent University

This History surveys the rich contribution of working-class writers in Great Britain from 1700 to the present. It introduces the field to new readers and helps to move it forward through new discoveries that will entice scholars already familiar with the field. Individual chapters discuss important authors, concepts and trends. • Surveys three centuries of working-class literature, establishing it as a self-conscious tradition in British literature • A wide range of writers are discussed, including many who have been only recently recovered, providing a good starting point for those interested in learning more about the field and will also reward those who know the field with additional insights and discoveries • Includes contributions from well-regarded established scholars as well as new voices, demonstrating a wide variety of interpretive approaches that can be applied to working-class literature English literature (general)

Edited by Stephen Tabachnick | University of Memphis

June 2017 229 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-10879-0 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$85.00 978-1-107-51971-8 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$27.99

A History of British Working-Class Literature

R R

April 2017 229 x 152 mm 365pp 14 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-19040-5 Hardback £79.99 / US$99.99

American literature A History of the African American Novel Valerie Babb | University of Georgia

This History is intended for a broad audience seeking knowledge of how novels interact with and influence their cultural landscape. Its interdisciplinary approach will appeal to those interested in novels and film, graphic novels, novels and popular culture, transatlantic blackness, and the interfacing of race, class, gender, and aesthetics. • Emphasizes the culture surrounding novels, placing them in relation to ideas and debates of their time • Includes genres such as African American graphic novels, African American pulp fiction, and the history of African American novels that were made into movies, appealing to a broad audience • Synthesizes previous interpretations of African American novels, providing readers with knowledge of the evolution of African American scholarly interpretation as well as individual novels themselves • Avoids dense academic language, and therefore more accessible to the general reader American literature

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 498pp 978-1-107-06172-9 Hardback £105.00 / US$135.00

Running Americanhead literature right

previously announced

The Spiritual Imagination of the Beats

key reference

Last Kiss

David Stephen Calonne | Eastern Michigan University

The Spiritual Imagination of the Beats is the first comprehensive study to explore the role of esoteric, occult, magical and theosophical traditions in the work of eleven major Beat authors. It introduces important themes from the history of heterodox spirituality – Gnosticism, Manicheanism, alchemy and Tarot – and demonstrates how inextricably these ideas shaped the Beat literary imagination. • The first book to trace the historical roots of the ‘perennial tradition’ or the ‘prisca theologia’ and the ways these ideas took new shape in the poetry, essays and novels of the Beats • This book focuses on two major writers who influenced the Beats – Kenneth Rexroth and Robert Duncan – as well as authors who are not as widely discussed, such as Diane di Prima, Bob Kaufman, Philip Whalen and Philip Lamantia • Sheds light on the contributions of often-neglected authors of the Beat movement, such as the African American Kaufman and the female di Prima, filling a gap in literary scholarship by including usually excluded voices American literature

July 2017 228 x 152 mm c.280pp 978-1-108-41645-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

F. Scott Fitzgerald Edited by James L. W. West, III | Pennsylvania State University

Last Kiss is a miscellany that brings together a variety of F. Scott Fitzgerald’s writings from throughout his career, including The Vegetable, his only published play. The texts, many of which are based on surviving manuscripts and typescripts, are fully annotated and supported by comprehensive textual apparatus. • Brings together a variety of F. Scott Fitzgerald’s writings, in several genres, from throughout his career • Highlights include The Vegetable, his only published play; ‘The Death of My Father’, a meditation written just after the senior Fitzgerald’s passing; and an amusing self-interview, written by Fitzgerald during the early days of his initial fame • The texts, many of which are based on surviving manuscripts and typescripts, are fully annotated and supported by comprehensive textual apparatus American literature | The Cambridge Edition of the Works of F. Scott Fitzgerald

June 2017 216 x 138 mm 350pp 5 b/w illus. 978-0-521-76613-5 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$99.00

Writing in Real Time

A History of American Working-Class Literature

Emergent Poetics from Whitman to the Digital Paul Jaussen | Lawrence Technological University

Edited by Nicholas Coles | University of Pittsburgh

This History sheds light not only on the lived experience of class but also on the enormously varied creativity of working-class people throughout the history of what is now the United States. With subjects ranging from transportation narratives to the literature of globalization, it is an excellent resource for students and scholars. • Deals with literary texts from the early seventeenth to the early twentyfirst centuries, providing students, teachers, and lay readers with an overview of a whole new field of study • Essays examine a huge variety of written texts – poetry, songs, stories, memoir, journalism – as well as movies and other dramatic forms, showing the variety of working-class literary forms and broadening the idea of what constitutes ‘literature’ • Presents working-class literary texts in relation to the social dynamics of class conflict and change, offering readers helpful ways of understanding relationships between historical struggles and cultural production

Synthesizing systems theory, literary history, and recent debates in poetics, this book offers a theory and history of the American long poem as an emergent system. This approach shows that the long poem is a dynamic, intricate, and culturally-entangled literary practice, with continued relevance for our digital age. • Offers a new framework for thinking about the American long poem across periods, making it an important supplement to prior studies that tend to focus on one period or one tradition of the long poem • Combines close reading of individual texts with a larger argument about poetic form, making theoretical arguments and author-centric arguments at the same time • The book is pitched to a general academic audience, serving as a useful synthesis of poetics scholarship and systems-thinking, introducing scholars in poetics to work in systems theory, and vice versa American literature | Cambridge Studies in American Literature and Culture, 163

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-19531-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

American literature

March 2017 229 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-10338-2 Hardback £79.99 / US$99.99

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Running head European and world left literature / Drama and theatre

European and world literature

Poetry, Print, and the Making of Postcolonial Literature Nathan Suhr-Sytsma | Emory University, Atlanta

Dante: Convivio A Critical Edition in English Dante Alighieri Edited and translated by Andrew Frisardi

Dante translator-scholar Andrew Frisardi has produced the first fully annotated English translation of Dante’s Convivio, and the first to include the parallel Italian text. The translation into modern English as well as the editorial commentary will make this volume essential for scholars and enthusiasts of Dante and early Italian literature. • The first fully annotated English translation of this important work from a canonical author, based on the current standard critical 1995 Italian edition, with extensive notes on previous editions, and use of existing and up-to-date Dante scholarship • The reader gains a good understanding of Dante’s thought in the Convivio and consequently (since so much of the Convivio’s content is echoed in his masterpiece) in the Divine Comedy • Includes an extensive introduction and notes which will help explain the work for students and scholars European literature

August 2017 228 x 152 mm 750pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13936-7 Hardback c. £85.00 / c. US$125.00

Figures of the PreFreudian Unconscious from Flaubert to Proust

European and world literature (general)

June 2017 229 x 152 mm 280pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-107-16684-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Drama and theatre

Michael R. Finn | Ryerson University, Toronto

This book represents a major contribution to scholarship about the links between literature, medicine and psychology through a wide-ranging examination of the pre-Freudian unconscious in the works of nineteenth- and early twentieth-century French writers including Flaubert, Maupassant and Proust. • An innovative examination of the ways in which the unconscious was incorporated into the works of major French writers including Flaubert and Proust in the time before Freud • The varied approach presents a range of scientific evidence and psychic arguments to showcase the writers’ work in a completely new light • Makes a strong new contribution to the growing field of literature and medicine European literature

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-18456-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The book reveals the history of relationships among poets and editors from Ireland and Nigeria, Britain and the Caribbean, during the period of decolonization. Poems are examined from Seamus Heaney, Christopher Okigbo, Derek Walcott and others to chart the transformation of the anglophone literary world. • Shows how poetry contributed distinctively to the formation of postcolonial or global anglophone literature, appealing to students of literature as well as of postcolonial studies • Reconstructs how cultural institutions and print circulation involved mid-twentieth-century African, Caribbean, Irish, and British poets in transnational networks • Provides new comparisons for the reader, as these poets are rarely considered together • Presents cultural history and literary interpretation based in archival research across three continents, providing the reader with postcolonial literary scholarship that grounds theoretical concerns in a detailed understanding of writers’ historical situations and literary strategies

Theatre and Governance in Britain, 1500–1900 Democracy, Disorder and the State Tony Fisher | Royal Central School of Speech and Drama

This book offers a critical re-examination of theatre’s relation to the public sphere and shows how theatre was assimilated to the interests of government by suppressing various ‘democratic’ disorders associated with the stage. It will interest those working in the area of theatre history and its relation to social history and politics. • Proposes a new reading of well-known controversies over the social history of the stage, allowing a better understanding of the complex interplay between theatre, politics, economics and government • Presents a theoretical as well as historical methodology, using the tools of ‘discourse analysis’ and concept of ‘governmentality’ developed by Michel Foucault • Offers a critical, systematic and historically-grounded reappraisal of the ‘anti-theatrical prejudice’ proposed by Jonah Barish, revealing that prejudice targeted ‘common’ tastes generally, rather than theatre as such British theatre

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-18215-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Language Running andhead linguistics right

Language and linguistics Ideophones and the Evolution of Language John Haiman | Macalester College, Minnesota

This cross-linguistic study explores the role of the ideophone – a single word that conveys an impression of what it describes – in language evolution. It argues that ideophones provide the ‘missing link’ in our knowledge of how communication has evolved from early gestured performance through to spoken language today. • Provides a comprehensive examination of the evolution of language, utilizing actual data from real languages • Prior stages of evolution are discussed, and readers will be able to relate the genesis of human language to the genesis of communication in other animals • The examination of the transition from ideophones to conventional words enables readers to relate these changes to relatively well-known diachronic processes in language Phonetics and phonology

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 436pp 7 b/w illus. 978-1-107-06960-2 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

Politeness, Impoliteness and Ritual Maintaining the Moral Order in Interpersonal Interaction Dániel Kádár | University of Huddersfield

This book introduces the reader to how people use ritual practices in interpersonal interaction, and politeness and impoliteness situated in/triggered by such practices. It fills an important knowledge gap by offering a framework of politeness that can be used across languages and cultures in the context of ritual. • Provides a model that can be used to analyse a wide variety of data types • Provides a multidisciplinary approach to (im)politeness and ritual, by utilising politeness research, pragmatics, cross-cultural and historical interaction research, and social psychology • Provides an in-depth framework of social aggression, including phenomena that generate public attention such as bystander intervention • Utilises both metapragmatic and discourse analytic research Semantics and pragmatics

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 283pp 39 b/w illus. 978-1-107-05218-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Learning to Read across Languages and Writing Systems Edited by Ludo Verhoeven | Radboud Universiteit Nijmegen

This book examines how children learn to read across seventeen languages and their orthographies. Each chapter discusses a different language in terms of its writing system, reading development, and implications for education. The editors’ comprehensive introduction frames the key issues and the final chapter draws conclusions across the seventeen languages. • Offers a cross-linguistic view on learning to read • Provides insight into the relation between oral and written language • Defines what is universal and particular in learning to read across languages Psycholinguistics and neurolinguistics

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 496pp 24 b/w illus. 1 map 34 tables 978-1-107-09588-5 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00 C

Direct Objects and Language Acquisition Ana Teresa Pérez-Leroux | University of Toronto

The first book to consider all components of verbal transitivity and their development in child language acquisition. Ideal for advanced readers in language acquisition and syntactic theory, it demonstrates for nonspecialist readers the intricacies of verbal transitivity, and how children rely on structural, lexical and pragmatic knowledge to unravel the system. • A new analysis of object omission across languages, making concrete predictions that can be further tested • Brings together lexical, syntactic and pragmatic consideration to the acquisition of direct objects • Includes ideal pedagogical material for courses at various levels Psycholinguistics and neurolinguistics | Cambridge Studies in Linguistics, 152

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-01800-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

The Changing English Language Psycholinguistic Perspectives Edited by Marianne Hundt | Universität Zürich

This volume is a systematic, interdisciplinary approach to processes underlying language change. Clearly defined core concepts are introduced against new psycholinguistic research, taking into account synchronic structures and evidence from language history. It is ideal reading for scholars of historical linguistics and psycholinguistics alike. • Integrates, for the first time, psycholinguistics and historical linguistics, written by experts in both fields • Readers from both disciplines are able to appreciate the potential of the respective fields for their own research, whilst acquiring a better grasp of the limitations of the interdisciplinary approach • Detailed information on factors in language change from a psycholinguistic perspective are provided in one single volume Psycholinguistics and neurolinguistics | Studies in English Language

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 406pp 26 b/w illus. 24 tables 978-1-107-08686-9 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Textbook

Interactional Linguistics An Introduction to Language in Social Interaction Elizabeth Couper-Kuhlen | University of Helsinki

The first textbook dedicated to interactional linguistics, focusing on, and introducing, the linguistic analyses of conversational phenomena. It is an essential resource for advanced undergraduate, and postgraduate, courses on language in social interaction, sociolinguistics, discourse analysis, and linguistic anthropology. • The first textbook dedicated to interactional linguistics, focusing on linguistic analyses of conversational phenomena • Provides an overview of the theory and methodology of interactional linguistics, enabling students to understand how it differs from other approaches to the study of language • Summary boxes provide synopses of the most important points in sections, allowing students to focus on the central issues in each chapter Contents: Introduction: 1. What is interactional linguistics?; Part I. How Is Interaction Conducted with Lightening Sources?: 2. Turn construction and turn taking; 3. Repair; 4. Action formation and ascription; 5. Topic and sequence; Part II. How are Linguistic Resources Deployed in Interaction?; 6. Sentences, clauses, and phrases; 7. Clause combinations; 8. One-word constructions: particles; Conclusion: 9. Implications for language theory. Sociolinguistics

August 2017 247 x 174 mm 602pp 978-1-107-03280-4 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-107-61603-5 Paperback c. £34.99 / c. US$44.99

X X

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Running head Language and left linguistics

Previously Announced

Language and a Sense of Place

Key Reference

The Cambridge Handbook of Cognitive Linguistics

Studies in Language and Region Edited by Chris Montgomery | University of Sheffield

This book provides a comprehensive overview of the study of language and place, focusing on how ‘place’ has featured in language variation and change research. Specialist researchers explore new methods for regional analysis and examine how processes of language variation and change have been affected by time and space. • Includes chapters focussing on language and place in England, Scotland, Canada and the USA, enabling readers to draw parallels between them • Readers will gain an understanding of four key areas of research: processes of language variation and change across time and space; methods and datasets for regional analysis; perceptions of the local in language research; and ideological representations of place • Brings language variation research up to date, setting it within the context of current research methods and theoretical thinking Sociolinguistics

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 392pp 82 b/w illus. 15 maps 978-1-107-09871-8 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

Normative Language Policy Ethics, Politics, Principles Leigh Oakes | Queen Mary University of London

Sociolinguistics

Metaphor Embodied Cognition and Discourse Edited by Beate Hampe | Universität Erfurt, Germany

Metaphor theory has recently debated whether metaphor is ‘embodied’ or ‘discursive’. To resolve the dispute, this book brings together leading metaphor researchers from a number of disciplines. It presents arguments and empirical evidence showing that metaphor is ultimately both and that metaphor theory can only profit from considering multiple perspectives. • Presents a new, socio-cognitive model of metaphor • Unites disparate research traditions by bridging the ‘cognitiondiscourse divide’, a long-standing theoretical divide between socialscience and cognitive-science perspectives • Explores the relevance of dynamical-systems theory to the theory of metaphor Cognitive linguistics

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 355pp 978-1-107-19833-3 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

A comprehensive survey of the quickly developing discipline of cognitive linguistics, its rich methodology, key results, and interdisciplinary context. Providing an accessible overview of research questions, basic concepts, and various theoretical approaches, the Handbook places linguistic facts in the context of gesture studies, neuroscience, computational approaches, and many other fields. • Shows that cognitive linguistics is a paradigm which can naturally compete with generative linguistics • Demonstrates that work done within cognitive linguistics can offer a broader view of language than work done within other frameworks • Places cognitive linguistics in the context of broad theories of cognitive science, experimental neuroscience, and language pedagogy, showing readers the rich connections and interdisciplinary temperament of the field Cognitive linguistics | Cambridge Handbooks in Language and Linguistics

May 2017 247 x 174 mm 756pp 70 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-107-11844-7 Hardback £120.00 / US$160.00

Previously Announced

What moral principles justify state interventions in language endangerment? How fair are the generally preferred ‘hands off’ principles in an increasingly English-dominated world? How ethical are community-led language maintenance initiatives? These are all important current questions relating to language policy and are the subject of this pioneering new study. • Proposes a new theoretical framework for the normative evaluation of power in language, appealing to those who seek to engage with issues of social justice, liberty, equality, autonomy and legitimacy • Offers a context-sensitive analysis of the ethics of language policy and planning, providing a useful model for further studies in other contexts • Demonstrates the complementarity between descriptive and normative approaches to the study of power in language, offering readers a nuanced account of the respective strengths of empirical and normative approaches July 2017 228 x 152 mm 280pp 7 b/w illus. 978-1-107-14316-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Edited by Barbara Dancygier | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

Teaching Chinese as an International Language A Singapore Perspective Yeng-Seng Goh | Nanyang Technological University, Singapore

China has risen in international prominence in recent decades, leading to a dramatic surge in the number of aspiring students of Chinese across the globe. Goh’s lively account explores the spread of global Chinese, and the teaching of Chinese as an international language to English-speaking learners from a Singapore perspective. • Accessibly written and suitable for those with no prior knowledge of Chinese or Chinese language teaching • Explores the impact of China’s emergence as a global power on dominant teaching and learning practices • Uses the history of Chinese language policy in Singapore as a useful case study for the teaching of Chinese internationally Asian language, linguistics

August 2017 228 x 152 mm 240pp 19 b/w illus. 50 tables 978-1-107-05219-2 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00 C

Language Running andhead linguistics right

Textbook

Binomials in the History of English

English Historical Linguistics Approaches and Perspectives Edited by Laurel J. Brinton | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

Written by an international team of leading scholars, this engaging textbook on English historical linguistics is uniquely organized in terms of theoretical approaches and perspectives. Including a range of supportive features, this is an essential resource for advanced undergraduate and graduate students of the history of English linguistics. • Uniquely organized in terms of different theoretical approaches to, and perspectives on, English historical linguistics • Textboxes and suggestions for further reading guide students on undertaking further research within different subfields, whilst case studies and exercises guide students in approaching and manipulating empirical data, providing hands-on experience of linguistic research • Cross-references between different theoretical approaches enable students to understand the strengths and weaknesses of each approach • Features a glossary and key terms, and answers to the chapter exercises online Contents: 1. The study of English historical linguistics; 2. The scope of English historical linguistics; 3. Generative approaches; 4. Psycholinguistic perspectives; 5. Corpus-based approaches; 6. Approaches to grammaticalization and lexicalization; 7. Inferential-based approaches; 8. Discourse-based approaches; 9. Sociohistorical approaches; 10. Historical pragmatic approaches; 11. Perspectives on standardization; 12. Perspectives on geographical variation; 13. Perspectives on language contact. History of the English Language

August 2017 247 x 174 mm 444pp 29 b/w illus. 9 colour illus. 978-1-107-11364-0 Hardback £80.00 / US$99.00 X 978-1-107-53421-6 Paperback £34.99 / US$44.99 X

A Brief History of English Syntax Olga Fischer | Universiteit van Amsterdam

A comprehensive guide for students already introduced to the history of English and who want to understand the far-reaching structural changes that the grammar of English has undergone in its 1500-year history. The book will be an important resource for linguists with an interest in language change, as well as for literary scholars engaging with older texts. • A comprehensive and up-to-date history of changes in English syntax • Reader-friendly and jargon-free, it is suitable for non-linguists interested in the history of language and language change • Uses numerous examples taken from existing corpora, showing the relevant elements of syntax in every-day action History of the English Language

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 256pp 10 tables 978-0-521-76858-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$79.99 978-0-521-74797-4 Paperback £21.99 / US$27.99

Fixed and Flexible Edited by Joanna Kopaczyk | University of Edinburgh and Adam-Mickiewicz University, Poznan

This book is aimed at linguists and students interested in the history of English, especially from a genre-oriented perspective, and literary scholars interested in style and poetic language. It places binomials – word pairs – in the context of phonology, stylistics, semantics, translation theory and practice in various periods. • Offers a comprehensive historical outlook on linguistic fixedness and flexibility • Introduces a comprehensive range of motivations behind binomials and their features • Presents a wide range of qualitative and quantitative linguistic approaches, from philological, through text-based to corpus-based • Led by authors representing scholarly backgrounds and institutions worldwide, discussions are grounded in an extensive textual base – from manuscripts, through well-known authors (e.g. Wulfstan or Chaucer), to previously unexplored texts History of the English Language | Studies in English Language

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 388pp 32 b/w illus. 73 tables 978-1-107-11847-8 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Negation in Early English Grammatical and Functional Change Phillip W. Wallage | Northumbria University, Newcastle

A thorough overview and novel analysis of changes to negation, integrating insights and methods from several subfields of linguistics. This book uses statistical techniques and linguistic corpora to track language change. It will be ideal reading for researchers and graduate students in linguistics and the history of English. • The detailed discussion of new corpus data and an empirically grounded description of changes to early English negation across a broad historical period offers a new perspective from which to view the changes in negation as they progress • Presents a clear methodological approach to the study of syntactic change in diachronic corpora that future research can adopt and build on • Integrates variationist, formal and functional approaches to change within a single analysis History of the English Language | Studies in English Language

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 268pp 978-1-107-11429-6 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Previously Announced

P P

Linguistic Ecology and Language Contact Edited by Ralph Ludwig | Martin Luther-Universität HalleWittenburg, Germany

This volume explores the role of linguistic ecology in the study of language contact. Bringing together an international team of experts, it offers a theoretical overview, followed by ten case studies on contact situations around the world, covering Europe, the Americas, Africa, the Indian Ocean, Asia, Australia and the Pacific. • Diverse case studies offer a world view • Includes contributions from an international team of experts • A comprehensive engagement with a key topic Evolution of Language | Cambridge Approaches to Language Contact

May 2017 247 x 174 mm 410pp 46 b/w illus. 19 tables 978-1-107-04135-6 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Running head Language and left linguistics / Philosophy

Morphological Complexity Matthew Baerman | University of Surrey

This book characterises the diverse morphological complexity we find in the languages of the world. Richly illustrated, examples are drawn from dozens of different languages and are subjected to rigorous quantitative analysis. It will be ideal reading for academic researchers and graduate students of linguistics, with a special interest in morphology and English language. • Uses a much wider range of data than is usually discussed to demonstrate the impressive typological variation in the world’s languages • Clearly presents complex data using tables, careful glossing and helpful introductions to the less well-known languages • Uses data drawn from an extensive empirical base, available on the associated website www.smg.surrey.ac.uk/complexity Morphology | Cambridge Studies in Linguistics, 153

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 200pp 5 b/w illus. 150 tables 978-1-107-12064-8 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

The Cambridge History of Moral Philosophy Edited by Sacha Golob | King’s College London

Essential for philosophy students and teachers alike, this rich but accessible volume brings together internationally renowned scholars to provide an overview of Western moral thought. Driven by cutting-edge research, its fifty-four chapters deliver a clear and detailed analysis of the key schools and thinkers who defined Western moral philosophy. • An accessible yet sophisticated survey of the history of Western and related moral philosophy, examining the roles of key thinkers and engaging with the surrounding debates • Leading experts make use of the most up-to-date research in the field, offering new perspectives on central arguments and exploring the development and spread of Western moral philosophy • Individual chapters are dedicated to the major philosophical movements and figures, enabling readers to focus on particular schools of moral thought as well as gaining a broader overview History of philosophy

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 694pp 978-1-107-03305-4 Hardback £130.00 / US$165.00

Philosophy

Frege

Ethical Sentimentalism

A Philosophical Biography Dale Jacquette

New Perspectives Edited by Remy Debes | University of Memphis

This volume examines the relationship between morality and emotion, a major topic in ethics today. In particular, the book explores ‘ethical sentimentalism’ – the theory that moral value and judgment depend on human emotions. It will be essential for philosophy students and researchers, and for those working in political theory and psychological sciences. • Presents the first comprehensive evaluation of this key topic in modern philosophy, allowing readers to situate themselves in historical and contemporary discussions • Well-known authors from a variety of philosophical fields contribute fresh and engaging perspectives on central issues, addressing and developing debates around ethical sentimentalism • Addresses the relation between morality and emotion, making this book an important resource for readers working in the psychological sciences as well as philosophy Ethics

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 310pp 978-1-107-08961-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Representation and Scepticism from Aquinas to Descartes Han Thomas Adriaenssen | University of Groningen

Looking at key figures and lesser-known names, this volume is the first to show how the theory of representation was seen as a source of scepticism by medieval and early modern philosophers alike. This book will be of interest to philosophers and historians of medieval and early modern thought. • The first book to investigate the link between theories of scepticism and representation across both the medieval and early modern periods • Looks at the contributions made by less well-known figures as well as major philosophers, enabling readers to gain a broader knowledge of the issues • Argues that critics of Aquinas ought to be credited for philosophical approaches traditionally attributed to early readers of Descartes History of philosophy

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 302pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-18162-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Dale Jacquette’s lively and incisive biography charts Frege’s life from its beginnings in small-town north Germany, through his student days in Jena, to his development as an enduringly influential thinker. His rich and informative biography will appeal to all who are interested in Frege’s philosophy. • Brings to life one of the most important and influential figures in analytic philosophy • A sweeping and comprehensive account of the development of Frege as a thinker • Includes incisive discussions of Frege’s major philosophical works History of philosophy

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 702pp 28 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-0-521-86327-8 Hardback c. £30.00 / c. US$40.00 978-0-521-86327-8 Hardback c. £30.00 / c. US$40.00

G G

Carnap, Quine, and Putnam on Methods of Inquiry Gary Ebbs | Indiana University

Valuable for scholars of the methodological principles of Carnap, Quine, and Putnam’s science-inspired philosophies, including their views of truth, reference, logical truth, truth by convention, the role of rules in inquiry, and analyticity. This clearly structured volume opens up new avenues of thinking inspired by Carnap’s, Quine’s, and Putnam’s work. • Presents new interpretations of central views in the history of analytic philosophy in the mid- to late-twentieth century, including Carnap’s, Quine’s, and Putnam’s views of the analytic-synthetic distinction, and compares and evaluates these views • Reveals the real strengths of Carnap’s, Quine’s, and Putnam’s arguments while debunking widespread misinterpretations of their work • Addresses central methodological questions from multiple overlapping, but different, perspectives, yielding a new and deeper understanding of the issues, and opening up new avenues of thinking about them Philosophy of science

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 306pp 978-1-107-17815-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Running Philosophy head right

Technology and Isolation Clive Lawson | University of Cambridge

Combining an accessible introduction to the philosophy of technology for social scientists with recent developments in social ontology for philosophers of technology, this book facilitates a discussion between the two disciplines. Contributing to classic philosophical ideas, chapters on the history, sociology, psychology and economics of technology propose a new ontology of technology, of interest to scholars across the humanities and social sciences. • Provides both an accessible introduction to the philosophy of technology for social scientists and to recent developments in social ontology for philosophers of technology • Facilitates a rethinking of existing debates within social theory and especially in the philosophy of technology • Re-opens and transforms a series of classic questions in the philosophy of technology that have recently fallen out of favour Philosophy of science

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 252pp 978-1-107-18083-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Textbook

An Introduction to Decision Theory Second edition Martin Peterson | Texas A & M University

An essential introduction to all aspects of decision theory, with new and updated discussions, examples, and exercises. Philosophy students and others will benefit from accessible chapters covering utility theory, risk, Bayesianism, game theory and more. The book is clearly written in non-technical language and includes a glossary of key terms. • This updated second edition includes extended discussions of key concepts, and now contains over 140 questions and exercises complete with solutions • Material is explained in non-technical language, making the book accessible even to those with limited mathematical training • Highlights the relevance of decision theory through numerous everyday examples which demonstrate its application to daily life

Commentary on Thomas Aquinas’s Virtue Ethics J. Budziszewski | University of Texas, Austin

This guide to St Thomas Aquinas’s writings on virtue ethics steers the reader through the text’s challenging arguments and classical rhetorical figures. The author provides commentary on the most essential texts, illuminating the work of one of the greatest virtue theorists in history for scholars, students, and general readers alike. • With its clear and simple style, the book is accessible to the more serious general reader, and not just students and scholars • The book presents its argument with text, paraphrase, and commentary all side by side, so that readers are guided through Aquinas’ arguments • An increased contemporary interest in the topic of moral virtue makes this book relevant to readers right now Political philosophy

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 250pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-16578-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Just War Theory and Civilian Casualties Protecting the Victims of War Marcus Schulzke | University of York

This book explores the inadequacies of just war theory and international law with regard to correcting harm inflicted on civilians by modern warfare, and develops two new principles of just war theory: restorative care and recompense, on an individual scale. It will appeal to those interested in military justice and morality. • Explores the failings of just war theory and international law, and takes a new approach to existing work on post-war justice • Considers new frameworks surrounding military responsibilities, arguing for more individual-based programs of assistance and compensation • Addresses practical questions of implementation at governmental and international level, making it useful for practitioners as well as moral and legal scholars Political philosophy

August 2017 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-18969-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Contents: Preface; 1. Introduction; 2. The decision matrix; 3. Decisions under ignorance; 4. Decisions under risk; 5. Utility; 6. The mathematics of probability; 7. The philosophy of probability; 8. Bayesianism and pragmatic arguments; 9. Causal vs evidential decision theory; 10. Risk aversion; 11. Game theory I: basic concepts and zero-sum games; 12. Game theory II: nonzero-sum and cooperative games; 13. Social choice theory; 14. Overview of descriptive decision theory; Appendix A. Glossary; Further reading; Index. Philosophy of science | Cambridge Introductions to Philosophy

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 368pp 11 b/w illus. 97 tables 978-1-107-15159-8 Hardback £69.99 / US$87.99 X 978-1-316-60620-9 Paperback £24.99 / US$31.99 X

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Running head left Philosophy

previously announced

Knowledge, Dexterity, and Attention

textbook

Kant: The Metaphysics of Morals

A Theory of Epistemic Agency Abrol Fairweather | San Francisco State University

Second edition Edited by Lara Denis | Agnes Scott College, Decatur

Designed for intermediate to advanced students, this edition of Kant’s Metaphysics of Morals contains a lightly revised version of Mary Gregor’s highly regarded translation. Readers’ understanding and engagement are facilitated by its informative and accessible introduction, extensive further reading essay, and translation and editorial notes. • A new and revised edition of one of Kant’s most important works of moral philosophy • A new introduction by Lara Denis sets the work in its philosophical and historical context • Informative footnotes and comprehensive guidance on further reading will be valuable for student readers Contents: Introduction; Chronology; Further reading; Translator’s note on the text; The Metaphysics of Morals: Part I. Metaphysical First Principles of the Doctrine of Right; 1. Private right; 2. Public right; Part II. Metaphysical First Principles of the Doctrine of Virtue: 1. Doctrine of the elements of ethics; 2. Doctrine of the methods of ethics; Index. Philosophy texts | Cambridge Texts in the History of Philosophy

August 2017 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-08639-5 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$75.00 978-1-107-45135-3 Paperback c. £16.99 / c. US$29.99

Epistemology and metaphysics

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 198pp 978-1-107-08982-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Believable Evidence P P

The Conceptual Foundations of Transitional Justice Colleen Murphy | University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign

Transitional justice is distinguished from retributive, corrective, and distributive justice in Murphy’s innovative analysis of this debated concept. The discussion is illustrated by case studies, making the book an accessible read for philosophers, political and social scientists, policy analysts, and legal and human rights scholars and activists. • Offers a clear analysis of this contested concept • Draws on the rich interdisciplinary literature on transitional justice, appealing to a broad range of audiences including philosophers, political and social scientists, legal and human rights scholars, and activists and policy analysts • Provides resources for understanding what should count as success in transitional justice processes Legal philosophy

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 243pp 978-1-107-08547-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

In this book, Abrol Fairweather and Carlos Montemayor develop and defend a theory of epistemic achievements that requires the manifestation of cognitive agency. The resulting study is the first sustained naturalized virtue epistemology, and will be of interest to readers in epistemology, cognitive science, and beyond. • Readers in both psychology and philosophy will benefit from an original and interdisciplinary explanation of the psychology of epistemic motivation • Offers a historical assessment of previous attempts at providing a motivation-based approach to epistemic achievements within a reliabilist framework, contributing to key debates on the relation between ability, motivation, and credit • Presents new ideas on the psychology of curiosity and its relation to linguistic motivations, particularly assertion

Veli Mitova | University of Johannesburg

Believable Evidence argues that evidence consists of true beliefs. The first contemporary monograph entirely devoted to the ontology of evidence, it challenges a broad range of current views on reasons in an accessible way, making it a must-read for scholars and advanced students in metaethics and epistemology. • Addresses an important topic in epistemology, adopting a new approach to arguments around evidence and introducing a minimalist alternative to existing views • Employs philosophical perspectives from the fields of metaethics, epistemology, and metaepistemology, making this volume valuable for a wide range of philosophers • Engagingly written and accessible to a wide audience, avoiding the technical style commonly found in debates on evidence Epistemology and metaphysics

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-107-18860-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Knowledge as Acceptable Testimony Steven L. Reynolds | Arizona State University

This book argues that the main purpose of saying people ‘know’ is to improve our system for exchanging information, and that comparisons with social norms can explain puzzling features of our philosophical concept of knowledge. The volume will appeal to epistemologists and to those interested in sociology and psychology. • Explores how the concept of knowledge functions to improve the exchange of information • Reconsiders the philosophical theory of knowledge using the concept of social norms, taking a new approach to a central philosophical problem • Outlines recent developments in analytic theory of knowledge, making this book accessible to readers beyond epistemology specialists Epistemology and metaphysics

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 241pp 978-1-107-19775-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Running Philosophy head right

Leibniz on Causation and Agency

Kantian Ethics, Dignity and Perfection Paul Formosa | Macquarie University, Sydney

Julia Jorati | Ohio State University

A systematic and accessible study of Gottfried Leibniz’s theories of causality and human agency, topics central to modern philosophical thought. The book addresses debates around his theories of contingency and teleology, and will be of interest to scholars and students of the history of philosophy, metaphysics, and the philosophy of action. • Provides a systematic exploration of Leibniz’s theory of agency, allowing readers to gain a deeper understanding of central but neglected aspects of Leibniz’s thought • Situates discussion in the context of contemporary literature, demonstrating the relevance of Leibniz’s theories for wider thinking about agency • Covers the central aspects of Leibniz’s fundamental ontology and explains how his ethics and moral psychology relate to his metaphysics of substance Early modern philosophy

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 282pp 3 tables 978-1-107-19267-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Eighteenth-century philosophy

August 2017 228 x 152 mm 270pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-18924-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

19 C

Herder’s Hermeneutics History, Poetry, Enlightenment Kristin Gjesdal | Temple University, Philadelphia

Spinoza’s Ethics A Critical Guide Edited by Yitzhak Y. Melamed | The Johns Hopkins University

Bringing together an international and diverse team of authors, this book makes use of cuttingedge research to provide new perspectives on Spinoza’s masterpiece, addressing issues including identity, rationality, and freedom. The volume will appeal to scholars and students of modern philosophy, metaphysics, and Jewish thought. • An international team of new and established names combine to provide a variety of perspectives on this challenging and increasingly popular philosophical work • Chapters are clearly written and make use of cutting-edge research, presenting advanced thinking on Spinoza’s masterpiece in an accessible way • The Ethics lays the foundations for modern philosophy, meaning that this volume will appeal to a wide range of scholars Early modern philosophy | Cambridge Critical Guides

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 344pp 17 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11811-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Presents an original and intuitive reading of Kantian ethics as an ethics of dignity, covering topics including agency, autonomy, moral development, vulnerability and virtue. This book will appeal to scholars and students of Kant’s ethical, moral, legal and political philosophies. • Approaches Kantian ethics as an ethics of dignity, which will interest those who find Kant’s Formula of Humanity appealing, but who reject Kant’s Formula of Universal Law • Makes a clear distinction between status dignity and achievement dignity, thereby avoiding many of the conceptual confusions about dignity • Emphasises the links between dignity, perfection and vulnerability, enabling a better understanding of the neglected role played by vulnerability in Kant’s thought about dignity and virtue

Kant and the Question of Theology Edited by Chris L. Firestone | Trinity International University, Illinois

This book engages new research into Kant and his philosophy of religion, addresses the lack of analytic voices in these discussions, and puts forward informed perspectives on the significance of Kant’s claims about natural, philosophical, and revealed theology. Topics discussed include life after death, redemption, miracles, divine action, and God’s nature. • Brings together analytic philosophers and Kant scholars, extending debates about theology and philosophy by examining important but problematic questions • Explores three major areas of the current discussion in logical progression: God, religion, and redemption • Includes chapters on issues such as revelation, miracles, and life after death, written by world-renowned experts in the field

Through a detailed study of Herder’s Enlightenment contribution, especially his philosophy of literature, this book offers a new reading of the origins and challenges of modern hermeneutics. The book will appeal to students of eighteenth-century thought and to scholars working in the fields of hermeneutics, aesthetics, and European philosophy. • An original and in-depth study of Herder’s hermeneutic thought, placing his philosophy at the centre of new perspectives on Enlightenment philosophy and its later influence • Appealing to scholars of Enlightenment thought, as well as to those interested in eighteenth-century aesthetics more widely • Emphasises the continuing relevance of Herder’s work for modern hermeneutics and engages with its anthropological and poetic context Eighteenth-century philosophy

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 230pp 978-1-107-11286-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason A Critical Guide Edited by James R. O’Shea | University College Dublin

Kant’s monumental Critique was arguably the most conceptually revolutionary work in the history of philosophy, but it is a notoriously difficult work, and its philosophical significance is hotly disputed. In this volume, experts clarify Kant’s arguments and address the latest controversies, making it invaluable for students and scholars of Kant. • Offers incisive analysis of one of history’s most influential philosophical texts • The book’s clear structure guides readers through Kant’s argument, making this notoriously challenging work accessible to students as well as researchers • Situates Kant’s masterpiece within the context of the controversies that have surrounded it throughout the centuries, and addresses recent scholarly and philosophical debates Eighteenth-century philosophy | Cambridge Critical Guides

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 318pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07481-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Eighteenth-century philosophy

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 276pp 978-1-107-11681-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Running head Philosophy / Religion left

Aristotle’s Concept of Mind Erick Raphael Jiménez | California State University, Northridge

This book challenges flawed readings of Aristotle’s psychology, offering the first book-length treatment in English of his thinking about mind. Scholars of ancient Greek philosophy, and particularly of Aristotelian psychology, will find this original interpretation highly valuable. It will also appeal to historians of later philosophy and to modern philosophers of mind. • The first book-length treatment in English of this crucial concept, addressing common misunderstandings about Aristotle’s psychology • Provides a philosophically plausible interpretation of Aristotle’s concept of mind, avoiding recourse to the more fantastic elements of Aristotelian psychology and metaphysics • Connects Aristotle’s account of mind to his metaphysics and theory of science, offering a more rounded view of the issue within Aristotle’s wider philosophy Classical philosophy

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 240pp 978-1-107-19418-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Volume 1: God Edited and translated by Andrew Radde-Gallwitz | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

This first volume in the six-volume series The Cambridge Edition of Early Christian Writings focuses on writings about God’s nature and unity and the meaning of faith. An invaluable resource for students and academic researchers in early Christian studies, history of Christianity, theology, religious studies and late antique Roman history. • Provide fresh translations of previously translated texts, and first-time translations of many obscure texts, providing readers with access to texts previously available only to high-level scholars • Includes texts from a range of theological viewpoints, presenting a fair picture of the full range of early Christian diversity • As a six-part whole, the number of texts presented in The Cambridge Edition of Early Christian Writings is staggering and the series will be the definitive collection of early Christian texts for decades to come Classical philosophy | The Cambridge Edition of Early Christian Writings, 1

August 2017 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-06203-0 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$115.00

The Cambridge Companion to Ancient Ethics Edited by Christopher Bobonich | Stanford University, California

Covering the full range of Greek ethical thought, this volume includes chapters on the schools of Plato, Aristotle, and the Stoics, and on themes from love and virtue to impartiality and elitism. With cutting-edge research from leading scholars, this Companion will be invaluable for students of ancient philosophy. • Provides readers with a full historical and thematic overview of the scope of ancient Greek ethics, from the Pre-Socratics to the NeoPlatonists • Features cutting-edge research from leading names in the field, making use of the most up-to-date scholarship • Offers a critical perspective on this growing branch of philosophical study, with a focus on the key figures of Aristotle and Plato Classical philosophy | Cambridge Companions to Philosophy

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 360pp 978-1-107-05391-5 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$105.00 978-1-107-65231-6 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$34.99

The Cambridge Edition of Early Christian Writings

P P

The Cambridge Edition of Early Christian Writings Volume 2: Practice Edited and translated by Ellen Muehlberger | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

This book is the second volume in the six-volume series The Cambridge Edition of Early Christian Writings and focuses on the topic of practice. It is an invaluable resource for students and academic researchers of early Christian studies, the history of Christianity, theology, religious studies and late antique Roman history. • Provide fresh translations of previously translated texts and first-time translations of many obscure texts, providing readers with access to texts previously available only to high-level scholars • Includes texts from a range of theological viewpoints, presenting a fair picture of the full range of early Christian diversity • As a six-part whole, the number of texts presented in The Cambridge Edition of Early Christian Writings is staggering, and the series will be the definitive collection of early Christian texts for decades to come Classical philosophy | The Cambridge Edition of Early Christian Writings, 2

Plato’s Symposium

August 2017 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-06205-4 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00

A Critical Guide Edited by Pierre Destrée | Université Catholique de Louvain, Belgium

This book presents new readings of all parts of Plato’s Symposium and offers fresh perspectives on topics including beauty, desire, and immortality. Students and scholars in philosophy and classics will benefit from this insightful and critical examination of a complex and influential dialogue of philosophical, historical, and literary interest. • Explores the Symposium in its constituent parts and as an integrated whole, offering new approaches to viewing this complex dialogue • Chapters by world-leading scholars address controversial subjects, particularly the concept of erōs • Presents contrasting yet complementary readings of some material, encouraging critical thinking and enabling new debates Classical philosophy | Cambridge Critical Guides

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 282pp 978-1-107-11005-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Religion Genes, Determinism and God Denis Alexander | University of Cambridge

This book is for everyone who values their freedom. Science shows us that we are not prisoners of our genes: there is no gene ‘for’ any particular behaviour. Older ideas of ‘nature’ and ‘nurture’ are defunct, and multiple components are woven together in human development. Denis Alexander concludes that genuine free will is the result. • Proposes an integrated approach to science that also draws history, philosophy, law and theology into the discussion for an interdisciplinary level appeal • Presents a positive and mutually beneficial relationship between science and theology that will be of interest to those in the sciencereligion field and, more generally, to philosophers and theologians, who feel the need to read up on other disciplines relevant to their own • Subverts fatalistic ideas about one’s future life, highlighting the important role of free will in mapping one’s course through life Theology

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 376pp 978-1-107-14114-8 Hardback £85.00 / US$106.00 978-1-316-50638-7 Paperback £26.99 / US$32.99

P P

Running head Religion right

Christian Martyrdom and Political Violence

Ecclesiology and Theosis in the Gospel of John

A Comparative Theology with Judaism and Islam Rubén Rosario Rodríguez | St Louis University, Missouri

Andrew Byers | University of Durham

The book is intended for academic theologians and scholars of religion, and should also appeal to clergy, religious professionals and laypersons. It will be of interest to anyone seeking to better understand the complexities of theological reflection on political violence, including specialists in political science, philosophy and social ethics. • Examines the foundational scriptures of Christianity, Judaism and Islam to reveal what they have in common, facilitating discussion of controversial and divisive issues among the three Abrahamic religions • Engages in a ‘theological’ reading of martyrdom in all three Abrahamic traditions to encourage public and interreligious dialogue from a confessional point of view, a much-needed corrective to the dominant discourse in the media that ignores or marginalizes religious perspectives • Through engaging the contributions of Latin American liberation theology – specifically God’s preferential option for the poor and oppressed – this work defends a Christian biblical theological perspective that has profound parallels with Judaism and Islam, and should facilitate interfaith dialogue on political violence

Previously Announced

The Sermon on the Mount and Moral Theology A Virtue Perspective William C. Mattison, III | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

William C. Mattison, III demonstrates that virtue ethics is a key that unlocks the wisdom of the Sermon on the Mount. Yet far from merely placing the teaching of Aristotle in the mouth of Jesus, he shows how the Sermon presents an account of happiness and virtue transformed in the light of Christian faith. • Proposes a thoroughly scriptural Catholic moral theology, based on the Sermon on the Mount, to appeal to those who think moral theology needs to be more fully rooted in Scripture • Presents an account of virtue ethics as corroborated by the biblical text, which in turn the scriptural text specifies and extends • Proposes a schema of how the seven main theological and cardinal virtues in the Thomistic tradition are found in the Sermon and transformed in the context of Christian faith • Provides a more ready account of how the Sermon can be lived and served as a resource for Christian formation and education Biblical studies – New Testament

May 2017 246 x 189 mm 274pp 978-1-107-17148-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Biblical studies – New Testament | Society for New Testament Studies Monograph Series, 167

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 312pp 978-1-107-17860-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Origin of Divine Christology Andrew Ter Ern Loke | The University of Hong Kong

Theology

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-18714-6 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99

For the author of the fourth Gospel, there is neither a Christless church nor a churchless Christ. Though John’s Gospel has been widely understood as ambivalent toward the idea of ‘church’, Andrew Byers argues that ecclesiology is as central a Johannine concern as Christology. • Proposes a new approach to Gospel studies, that of ‘narrative ecclesiology’ • Brings John into the recent discussions on theosis in the New Testament • Argues for the Shema as a foundational source for John’s oneness motif • Provides a new reading of the Prologue, showing that ‘Johannine individualism’ is a misreading of John’s Gospel

This book offers a new contribution to an important debate by comprehensively addressing alternative hypotheses regarding the origin of divine Christology, the evidence of widespread agreement among the earliest Christians concerning the divinity of Christ, and issues related to whether Jesus’ intention was falsified. • Addresses scholarly issues such as the evidence of widespread agreement among the earliest Christians concerning the divinity of Christ, and issues related to whether Jesus’ intention was falsified • Synthesizes the strengths of alternative proposals while avoiding their weaknesses, helping readers to better appreciate other proposals, and understand that a more holistic response can be offered • Utilizes the tools of historical-criticism, philosophy, theology, and comparative religion to demonstrate that a transdisciplinary approach can be useful for biblical scholars and historians studying the New Testament and Christian origins Biblical studies – New Testament | Society for New Testament Studies Monograph Series, 170

July 2017 216 x 138 mm 256pp 978-1-107-19926-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Book of Revelation and Early Jewish Textual Culture Garrick V. Allen | Dublin City University

Garrick Allen brings the Book of Revelation into the broader context of early Jewish literature. He touches on several areas of scholarly inquiry in biblical studies, including modes of literary production, the use of allusions, practices of exegesis and early engagements with the Book of Revelation. • Examines the Book of Revelation through the lens of Jewish textual culture • Explores the method and shape of allusions in Revelation • Argues that the author of the Book of Revelation was an erudite literary expert Biblical studies – New Testament | Society for New Testament Studies Monograph Series, 168

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 352pp 978-1-107-19812-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Running head left Religion

Luther and the Reformation of the Later Middle Ages

An Introduction to Swaminarayan Hindu Theology

Eric Leland Saak | Indiana University–Purdue University, Indianapolis

Sadhu Paramtattvadas | Neasden Temple, London

This book is intended for scholars and students of the Reformation and later Middle Ages, and for all those interested in Luther and his historical context, including historians, church historians, theologians, pastors, and the general public. • Offers a radically new interpretation of Luther’s early development, going beyond a confessional approach to Luther • Proposes a new view of the relationship between the later Middle Ages and the Reformation, allowing the reader to understand the Reformation historically • Offers a new interpretation of the onset of the Reformation in Germany • Readers will gain an understanding of the theological components of the Reformation in the context of political developments Church history

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-107-18722-1 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

An Introduction to Swaminarayan Hindu Theology provides a comprehensive doctrinal account of the Swaminarayan tradition’s belief system, drawing on its rich corpus of theological literature, including the teachings of Swaminarayan himself and classical commentaries on canonical Vedantic texts. • One of the first full-length, systematic theological accounts in English of a living Hindu tradition • A comprehensive doctrinal exposition of Swaminarayan Hinduism, based on a wide range of primary sources, including the teachings of Swaminarayan himself and classical commentaries on canonical Vedanta texts • Includes a Prolegomenon, with sections on Hindu theology, methodology and terminology Buddhism, Eastern religions | Introduction to Religion

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 332pp 5 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-15867-2 Hardback £80.00 / US$99.99 978-1-316-61127-2 Paperback £23.99 / US$29.99

previously announced

Hope and Christian Ethics

key reference

David Elliot | Catholic University of America, Washington DC

The Cambridge History of Judaism Volume 7: The Early Modern World, 1500–1815 Edited by Jonathan Karp | State University of New York, Binghamton

This volume provides an authoritative and detailed overview of early modern Jewish history, with chapters written by approximately forty leading international experts. It will be essential for all serious academic libraries, as a reference tool and as a point of entry for advanced students and scholars into the topics covered. • Almost forty chapters, each written by a leading expert in their field, offer a commanding and detailed survey of all key aspects of early modern history • Each chapter offers an engaging summary of current knowledge, but also engages with leading scholarship and provides an interpretive overview of the topic under discussion • Will appeal to readers from advanced undergraduate level, as well as educated general readers who need information to be provided in an accessible fashion, including other scholars in the field who will seek and find challenging interpretations and syntheses Judaism | The Cambridge History of Judaism

August 2017 228 x 152 mm 1132pp 5 b/w illus. 8 maps 978-0-521-88904-9 Hardback £150.00 / US$215.00

This book describes how the theological virtue of hope contributes to happiness in this life and not just the next. Hope sustains from despair, provides transcendence to our lives and encourages us with the prospect of eternal beatitude. The book addresses students of Christian ethics and theology. • Argues that theological hope, from the viewpoint of philosophy, is recognizably beneficial, making the book a truly interdisciplinary work that builds bridges between theology and philosophy, the religious and the secular • Written in clear and jargon-free prose that frequently draws on nonstandard sources of ethical reflection, from the liturgy to literature, which allows non-specialists to find it intelligible, appealing and culturally rich rather than narrow, arid and overly technical • Explains how Christian hope benefits earthly happiness and social justice, demonstrating that eschatology and hope do not threaten earthly happiness and social justice (the conventional view), but actually foster them Religious ethics | New Studies in Christian Ethics

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 290pp 978-1-107-15617-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The God Relationship R

The Cambridge History of Judaism Volume 8: The Modern World, 1815–2000 Edited by Mitchell B. Hart | University of Florida

The eighth and final volume in The Cambridge History of Judaism covers the period from 1815–2000. Exploring a broad array of Jewish societies and their engagements with the modern world, it also offers more focused essays on political, social, cultural, intellectual and economic developments. • Provides a comprehensive treatment of Jewish history, culture and society in the modern era • There is no comparable volume in existence • Combines geographic surveys with thematic essays Judaism | The Cambridge History of Judaism

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 1150pp 4 tables 978-0-521-76953-2 Hardback c. £120.00 / c. US$199.00

P P

The Ethics for Inquiry about the Divine Paul K. Moser | Loyola University, Chicago

This book will benefit anyone interested in inquiry about God. It introduces readers to the ethics for inquiry about God in connection with the following topics: the God relationship, faith’s trial with God, seeking hidden evidence of God, wisdom and life’s meaning from God, and defending faith in God. • Proposes a new approach to inquiry about God, including a new discipline of the ethics, enabling readers to understand what would be expected of them in inquiry about God • Explains the bearing of the previous two features on the meaning of human life and on a defense of faith in God, giving readers a sense of how God would figure in the meaning of life and in defending faith in God • Defends an approach to the evidence for God that makes sense of the elusiveness and occasional absence of God in human experience, allowing readers to be candid about the subtlety of the evidence for God and its occasional absence from human experience Philosophy of religion

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 352pp 978-1-107-19534-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Religion Running / Management head right

Management

The Cambridge Companion to the Problem of Evil Edited by Chad Meister | Bethel College, Indiana

The Cambridge Companion to the Problem of Evil offers a state-of-theart contribution, providing critical analyses of and creative insights on the longstanding philosophical and theological problem of evil. Written by leading scholars in clear and accessible prose, this book is ideal for students, teachers, and scholars across the disciplines. • Written by leading experts in theology • Provides critical analyses of evil from the perspective of major monotheistic religions, agnosticism, and atheism • Employs a unique perspective on evil not found in existing literature, appealing to both scholars and non-scholars alike Philosophy of religion | Cambridge Companions to Religion

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 294pp 978-1-107-05538-4 Hardback £79.99 / US$99.99 978-1-107-63602-6 Paperback £23.99 / US$29.99

P P

The Cambridge Companion to Religion and Terrorism Edited by James R. Lewis | Universitetet i Tromsø, Norway

Terrorist acts are often viewed as resulting from religious ‘fanaticism’ or, alternately, assertions that the ‘real’ causes of terrorism are political and economic, with religion being a mere afterthought. The present collection brings together a selection of researchers with widely varying approaches that prompt readers to reach their own conclusions. • Unlike other volumes on the subject, this book provides overviews of a series of select theories of religion and terrorism to give readers a clear sense of contrasting approaches to the issue of religion and terrorism • Features contrasting case studies of religion and terrorism to give readers a clear sense that neither is confined just to Muslims • Contributors persuasively argue against the thesis that religion can cause violence while others posit that many terrorists are religiously motivated to prompt readers to confront opposing approaches to the controversial issue of religion and terrorism Religion (general) | Cambridge Companions to Religion

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 299pp 978-1-107-14014-1 Hardback £67.99 / US$84.99 978-1-316-50562-5 Paperback £23.99 / US$29.99

P P

New in Paperback

Organising Music Theory, Practice, Performance Edited by Nic Beech | University of Dundee

Dispelling the myth that the logic of creativity and business are opposed, this book sets up a unique dialogue between leading organisational theorists and music professionals to explore new ways to enhance performance. Balancing theory with a range of tales from the field, this innovative book will have wide appeal. • Applies organisation theory to the creative and performance aspects of music • Sets up a dialogue between leading organisation theorists and practising musicians, allowing the two communities to gain unique insights from each other • Will interest graduate students and researchers alike – the book has a sound research base that highlights promising new organising practices, and draws on a diverse range of case studies and personal experience Organisation studies

June 2017 229 x 152 mm 444pp 2 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-42167-7 Paperback £27.99 / US$41.99 Also available 978-1-107-04095-3 Hardback £72.00 / US$118.00

C C

A New History of Management Stephen Cummings | Victoria University of Wellington

Establishes a new and critical perspective on management by reassessing interpretations of the subject’s ‘founding fathers’ and the role of history in the development of assumptions about what constitutes good management theory and practice. It is for graduate students, researchers and students of business, organization, and management history. • Engaging and easy to read, and will enable non-specialists to quickly become interested and involved in the subject of management history • Focuses on management history as a dynamic source of new ideas, debates and innovation, which will encourage students and academics to see history as something worth engaging in • Concise and chronological format across five self-contained but connected chapters makes it suitable for use as a teaching resource Organisation studies

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-13814-8 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$120.00 978-1-316-50290-7 Paperback c. £34.99 / c. US$55.00

P P

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Running head left Management

New in Paperback

Managing and Working in Project Society

Mindfulness in Organizations Foundations, Research, and Applications Edited by Jochen Reb | Singapore Management University

Institutional Challenges of Temporary Organizations Rolf A. Lundin | Jönköping International Business School, Sweden

Businesses and public organizations are increasingly challenged by projectification – the movement toward projects and other forms of temporary management and work. Written for researchers, graduate students, and professionals, this book examines the effects, opportunities and complications of a project society, with suggested ways to better handle the change. • Provides a societal view of projectification, exploring managing and working in project society and lifts from traditional project management perspectives to present an important new perspective to be observed by researchers, students and practitioners • Focuses on institutions, putting the existing institutions of industrial society at the fore, and providing bases for discussing societal changes in the future • Breaks down the concept of ‘project’ to explore the contexts in which projects appear and to examine what is happening in society at large, including adapting to ICT development

This must-read edited volume is the first to bring together world-leading researchers to explore the foundations, definitions, research directions, and applications of mindfulness in an organizational context. It will become the standard reference for researchers and professionals wanting to understand, research and enhance mindfulness in organizations. • Provides up-to-date theoretical and empirical research from the world’s leading researchers on mindfulness in organizations, summarizing a field that is exploding in popularity and provides a foundation for future research and practice • Initial chapters make up a ‘foundations section’, providing a detailed overview and historical background of mindfulness to help readers put mindfulness research in perspective and develop their research studies • Provides pragmatic descriptions of the applications of mindfulness, which will be informative for leaders, HR and other managerial professionals who are considering whether to adopt mindfulness programs in their organizations, and provides information for coaches and instructors on mindfulness-based approaches and applications

Organisation studies

Organisation studies | Cambridge Companions to Management

June 2017 229 x 152 mm 288pp 9 b/w illus. 978-1-107-43446-2 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99 Also available 978-1-107-07765-2 Hardback £67.00 / US$103.00

C C

Cambridge Handbook of Organizational Project Management

P P

Previously Announced

Navigating Global Business A Cultural Compass Simcha Ronen | Tel-Aviv University

Edited by Shankar Sankaran | University of Technology, Sydney

This comprehensive, multi-disciplinary volume clearly defines the importance of organizational project management and its role in the organization. It will appeal to scholars, academics and practitioners focused on strategic management, project portfolio management, program management, project management, project governance, organizations and organizational design. • A multi-disciplinary approach that covers structural, organizational and people aspects of organizational project management (OPM) while also illustrating various facets of OPM in practice • The composition and breadth of expert perspectives provided in the chapters help readers navigate through the complex issues that organizations face in OPM • Promotes innovative ideas to integrate, manage and structure project management-related activities at various levels in an organization Organisation studies

May 2017 247 x 174 mm 430pp 978-1-107-15772-9 Hardback £115.00 / US$145.00

June 2017 229 x 152 mm 436pp 7 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-68344-0 Paperback £27.99 / US$41.99 Also available 978-1-107-06480-5 Hardback £67.00 / US$103.00

This book integrates and synthesizes all available country cluster studies into a nested meta-structure accompanied by eco-cultural correlates that distinguish amongst clusters. It covers key workrelated cultural dimensions for much of the world, and includes examples of applications in most business areas. • Uniquely determines cluster boundaries rigorously and empirically, which will assist scholars in research, training, and teaching, as well as equipping practitioners with a refined, rigor-based tool • Simultaneously explores multiple ecological and economic correlates, offering readers a comprehensive perspective currently not available in a single source • Comprehensively synthesizes and amalgamates all current knowledge in the field, providing readers with a definitive map of country clusters and interrelationships among clusters International business

May 2017 246 x 189 mm 400pp 48 colour illus. 33 tables 978-1-107-09061-3 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$120.00 P 978-1-107-46276-2 Paperback c. £49.99 / c. US$79.99 P

Running Management head right

New in Paperback

Thinking about Bribery Neuroscience, Moral Cognition and the Psychology of Bribery Edited by Philip Nichols | University of Pennsylvania

This book gathers contributions of scholars from a variety of disciplines to explain how and why individuals decide to offer or accept bribes, and how bribery can be effectively combatted. It will be of interest to scholars of business ethics and behavioural sciences, and to those interested in understanding and controlling corruption. • Examines bribery from the new perspective of cognitive neuroscience, and will therefore appeal to scholars wanting to learn how cognitive neuroscience can inform their research • Offers a multi-disciplinary perspective, drawing on behavioral economics, law, and organizational behaviour, as well as neuroscience and psychology, thus having wide appeal to those studying bribery in a variety of fields • Builds on the neuroscience of morality, applying moral decision-making to explore the individual decision of bribery, and offering an effective contribution to programs attempting to control bribery Responsible and ethical business

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 304pp 13 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-13221-4 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

Textbook

Ethics and the Global Financial Crisis Why Incompetence Is Worse than Greed Boudewijn de Bruin | Rijksuniversiteit Groningen, The Netherlands

This topical book examines the ethical ‘blind spots’ that lay at the heart of the global financial crisis. Using concrete examples and case studies, the author develops a novel theory of epistemic virtue through which he examines the decision making of key stakeholders – the banks, their clients, rating agencies, and regulators. • An innovative and highly topical book arguing that the most pressing ethical problems in finance are related to the way bankers and others acquire and use information and knowledge, rather than with the ‘greed is good’ mentality • Links epistemic virtues to behavioural economics and applies them to contexts of business and finance, contributing valuable new insights into virtue ethics, epistemology and economics • Draws on economics, philosophy, psychology and sociology to present a multidisciplinary account written in an accessible style that requires little prior knowledge of ethics or finance Responsible and ethical business | Business, Value Creation, and Society

Corporate Social Responsibility

June 2017 229 x 152 mm 242pp 978-1-107-42165-3 Paperback £21.99 / US$32.99 Also available 978-1-107-02891-3 Hardback £62.00 / US$98.00

Strategy, Communication, Governance Edited by Andreas Rasche | Copenhagen Business School

Connecting theory to practice, this textbook explores the key issues in global corporate social responsibility (CSR). An essential introduction for upper-level undergraduate and postgraduate courses on CSR and business ethics, it is also relevant to non-business courses in political science, international relations and communications. • Provides a new approach to CSR by focusing on themes of strategy, regulation, communication and governance • Connects theory to practice through case studies, study questions, reflection pieces and suggestions for further resources, including Ivey CaseMate and links to websites and videos • Features in-depth coverage of issues such as human rights, labour rights, environmental rights and anti-corruption Contents: List of case studies; List of figures; List of tables; List of boxes; List of abbreviations; List of contributors; Preface; Prologue; 1. The changing role of business in global society: CSR and beyond; Part I. Strategy and CSR: 2. Historical perspectives on corporate social responsibility; 3. Strategic CSR: ambitions and critiques; 4. Corporate responsibility strategies for sustainability; 5. Managing for stakeholders in the digital age; 6. Political CSR: the corporation as a political actor; Part II. The Regulatory Dynamics of CSR: 7. Standards for corporate social responsibility: legitimacy, impact, and critique; 8. Corporate responsibility reporting; 9. NGO activism and CSR; 10. Government as a regulator of corporate social responsibility: beyond voluntarism; Part III. Communication and CSR: 11. CSR communication: what is it? Why is it important?; 12. CSR and crisis communication strategies; 13. CSR and reputation: too much of a good thing?; 14. The corporate construction of transparency and (in)transparency; Part IV. The Governance of Transnational Issues: 15. Business and human rights: not just another CSR issue?; 16. Anti-corruption governance and global business; 17. Business and transnational environmental governance; 18. Labour rights in global supply chains; Epilogue; Glossary on CSR and related concepts; References; Index.

C C

A Quiet Revolution? The Rise of Women Managers, Business Owners and Leaders in the Arabian Gulf States Nick Forster

This book examines the changing roles of university educated professional women in the United Arab Emirates, Oman and the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. It will be of interest to professionals, scholars and students of economic development, international management, leadership, gender studies, and Middle Eastern studies. • Provides a level of detailed analysis not available in other books published in the West about the changing aspirations and worldviews of educated women and men in the Middle East • Provides a clearer understanding of how culture and religion shape assumptions about the legal and social rights of women in different Islamic societies, and in business leadership and management roles in countries in the Middle East and North Africa region • The first book to describe the economic and social effects of the entry of large numbers of university educated women into the labour markets of the United Arab Emirates, Saudi Arabia and Oman during the 1990s, 2000s and 2010s Human resource management

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-14346-3 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$112.00 978-1-316-50778-0 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$49.99

P P

Responsible and ethical business

March 2017 246 x 189 mm 563pp 7 b/w illus. 38 tables 978-1-107-11487-6 Hardback £80.00 / US$100.00 978-1-107-53539-8 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99

X X

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Running head /left Management Sociology

Sociology

Managing Open Innovation in SMEs Wim Vanhaverbeke | Hasselt Universiteit, Belgium

This book provides an in-depth and structured analysis of open innovation practices in small- and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) based on rich case studies from successful SMEs. It includes practical advice on implementing open innovation strategies successfully. It is for business managers and graduate-level students of innovation management, open innovation, small business management and entrepreneurship. • The first book on open innovation management in small and mediumsized enterprises (SMEs) specifically designed and written for SME managers • Makes use of in-depth case studies and success stories from SME managers as well as external electronic resources • Studies the role of open innovation as part of the firm’s wider strategy Entrepreneurship and innovation

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 254pp 18 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07302-9 Hardback £65.00 / US$80.00 978-1-107-42133-2 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99

An Analysis Edited by Thomas C. Ertman | New York University

An indispensable introductory volume for students, scholars and lay readers interested in exploring the great German thinker Max Weber’s writings on the cultural, economic and above all religious differences between the Judeo-Christian West and the great civilizations of China and India. • Provides views on all of Max Weber’s neglected writings in a single accessible book, so readers do not have to be inconvenienced by multiple volumes • Brings together eminent international specialists on China, India and Ancient Israel rather than just relying on Weber experts, so readers will have a truly specialized perspective Sociology of religion

P P

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-13387-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Perseverance in the Parish?

Experiments in Public Management Research

Religious Attitudes from a Black Catholic Perspective Darren W. Davis | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

Challenges and Contributions Edited by Oliver James | University of Exeter

This comprehensive overview of experimental research in public management offers a detailed analysis of experimental methods and sets out their role in defining modern theory and research practices. An ideal read for researchers and graduate-level students in public administration, public management, government, politics and policy studies. • Provides public management scholars and practitioners with a better understanding of experimental methods and their distinct logic in public management research and practice • Demonstrates how the use of different kinds of experiments within the discipline of public management has led (and will lead) to advances in the understanding of key issues within public management • Reflects on the potential, as well as limitations, of an experimental approach to public management research and practice and the appropriate relationship to other methods Management (general)

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 530pp 978-1-107-16205-1 Hardback £89.99 / US$112.00 978-1-316-61423-5 Paperback £35.99 / US$44.99

Max Weber’s Economic Ethic of the World Religions

P P

This book explores religious attitudes from an African American Catholic perspective. It shows that the vast majority of African American Catholics do not perceive racial marginalization in the church and are stronger than white Catholics in their faithfulness and religious identity. • Challenges the current racist perceptions of the Catholic church, asking African American Catholics directly about their perceptions and experiences with racial intolerance and marginalization • Presents an objective analysis of a critical issue facing the church • Presents evidence that African American Catholics have a strong religious identity (stronger than white Catholics) and have various coping mechanisms to insulate them from negative racial experiences Sociology of religion | Cambridge Studies in Social Theory, Religion and Politics

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 210pp 22 b/w illus. 16 tables 978-1-107-19176-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Urbanism of Exception The Dynamics of Global City Building in the Twenty-First Century Martin J. Murray | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

This book challenges the conventional understanding of cities not only as bounded spaces with a coherence all of their own but also urbanization as a universal process along a linear pathway toward a common end-point. Increasingly, urbanizing processes on a global scale have produced distended urban regions that resemble assemblages of enclosed enclaves and discontinuous zones. • Applies twenty-first-century context to conventional city-building theory, allowing readers to understand how conventional urban theory does and does not work in the present day • Provides a theoretical reworking of modernist conceptions of city building • Numerous examples allow readers to apply a synthetic account of urban transformation on a global scale Political sociology

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 434pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-107-16924-1 Hardback £79.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-62052-6 Paperback £24.99 / US$29.99

P P

Sociology Running / Anthropology head right

Key Reference

The Cambridge Handbook of Sociology Core Areas in Sociology and the Development of the Discipline Volume 1 Edited by Kathleen Odell Korgen | William Paterson University, New Jersey

The Cambridge Handbook of Sociology, Volume 1 provides an overview of the core areas of sociology and the development of the discipline that is both comprehensive and up to date. The essays, produced by respected scholars, teachers, and public sociologists from all over the world, are highly readable and written with a lay, as well as a scholarly, audience in mind. • Provides an overview of the field that is both comprehensive and up to date • In addition to covering key areas in the field, it provides a history of the discipline, showing how and why it developed, and includes entries on related areas of study • Truly comprehensive and written in accessible language Sociology (general)

July 2017 253 x 177 mm 978-1-107-12589-6 Hardback c. £120.00 / c. US$200.00

Highlight

Raising Children Surprising Insights from Other Cultures David F. Lancy | Utah State University

Drawing on a lifetime’s experience as an anthropologist, David F. Lancy takes us on a journey across the globe to show how children are raised differently in different cultures. Intriguing, and sometimes shocking, his discoveries demonstrate that our ideas about children are recent, untested, and often contrast starkly with those in other parts of the world. • Uses an archive of anthropological information on childhood as a lens to critically examine contemporary childhood • Argues that many ideas we have about children are very modern, untested, and often run contrary to what we’ve learned about childhood in other cultures and earlier time periods • Reflects on why parents experience so much uncertainty and doubt, and demonstrates what parents can do to lessen anxiety and, at the same time, improve their child’s chances Social, cultural anthropology

Key Reference

The Cambridge Handbook of Sociology Speciality and Interdisciplinary Studies Volume 2 Edited by Kathleen Odell Korgen | William Paterson University, New Jersey

The Cambridge Handbook of Sociology, Volume 2 covers specialties within sociology and interdisciplinary studies that relate to sociology. The essays, produced by respected scholars, teachers, and public sociologists from all over the world, are highly readable and written with a lay, as well as a scholarly, audience in mind. • Provides an overview of the field that is both comprehensive and up to date • In addition to covering key areas in the field, it provides a history of the discipline, showing how and why it developed, and includes entries on related areas of study • Truly comprehensive and written in accessible language Sociology (general)

July 2017 253 x 177 mm 978-1-107-12585-8 Hardback c.£120.00 / c. US$200.00

Anthropology

Key Reference

The Cambridge Handbook of Sociology Edited by Kathleen Odell Korgen | William Paterson University, New Jersey

The Cambridge Handbook of Sociology provides an overview of the field that is both comprehensive and up to date. The essays, produced by respected scholars, teachers, and public sociologists from all over the world, are highly readable and written with a lay, as well as a scholarly, audience in mind. • Provides an overview of the field that is both comprehensive and upto-date. • In addition to covering key areas in the field, it provides a history of the discipline, showing how and why it developed, and entries on related areas of study. • Truly comprehensive and written in accessible language

July 2017 216 x 138 mm c.190pp 978-1-108-41509-5 Hardback £59.99 / US$74.99 978-1-108-40030-5 Paperback £16.99 / US$19.99

G G

Human Nature and Social Life Perspectives on Extended Sociality Edited by Jon Henrik Ziegler Remme | Universitetet i Oslo

Human Nature and Social Life will be of interest to anyone interested in social theory. Providing an updated ethnographic alternative to philosophical and evolutionary theories about human nature and sociality, it argues that humans and human sociality are distinct, and demonstrates how human relations nevertheless extend into more-than-human spheres. • An ethnographically rich collection which explores how questions about human nature can be explored ethnographically • Explains in a theoretically groundbreaking way how recent trends in anthropology have ignored important considerations regarding human nature • Contains an almost unprecedented collection of contributions by top authors in anthropology, revealing how several of the discipline’s most profiled anthropologists think about human nature and social life Social, cultural anthropology

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 170pp 7 tables 978-1-107-17920-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Sociology (general)

July 2017 253 x 177 mm 814pp 15 b/w illus. 978-1-107-09974-6 2 Volume Hardback Set c. £110.00 / c. US$180.00 R

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Running head /left Anthropology Archaeology

Archaeology

The Evolution of Human Co-operation

Ritual and Social Complexity in Stateless Societies Charles Stanish | University of California, Los Angeles

Quantitative Methods in Archaeology Using R

Using insights from game theory, ethnography and archaeology, Stanish investigates how people living in small groups without money, markets or police develop sustainable norms of economic and social cooperation. He provides the theoretical framework and goes on to highlight the evolution of cooperation with ethnographic and archaeological data. • Gives a theoretical framework to explain the emergence of social complexity in non-state societies that avoids overly reductive neoDarwinian models • Offers a merger of evolutionary game theory concepts with cultural evolutionary theory • Will be of interest to those seeking a transdisciplinary approach to one of the greatest problems in human evolution

David L. Carlson | Texas A & M University

Social, cultural anthropology

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 352pp 978-1-107-18055-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Archaeological theory, method | Cambridge Manuals in Archaeology

July 2017 253 x 177 mm 440pp 94 b/w illus. 978-1-107-04021-2 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$99.99 978-1-107-65557-7 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$37.99

P P

Applied Soils and Micromorphology in Archaeology

Textbook

Culture and Communication

Richard I. Macphail | University College London

An Introduction James M. Wilce | Northern Arizona University

This engaging textbook introduces students to the key topics in culture and communication, offering a range of chapter features and a supplementary online resources package. It is an invaluable resource for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students taking introductory courses on culture and communication and linguistic anthropology. • Ample pedagogical features include chapter learning objectives, introductions, conclusions, summaries, study questions, exercises, recommended resources, key word highlighting, a glossary, and a bibliography, enabling students from a variety of backgrounds to gain an understanding of the concepts and methods of linguistic anthropology • Places key topics in the larger context of applied linguistic anthropology • Provides the most up-to-date coverage of contemporary anthropological theory Contents: List of figures; List of tables; Preface; Acknowledgements; 1. Society, culture, and communication; 2. What is communication?; 3. Semiotics and sign types; 4. The structure of language; 5. Culture, society, communication, and language evolving; 6. Diverse languages and perspectives: communication, expression, and mind; 7. Researching communication and culture as a linguistic anthropologist; 8. Human social semiotics; 9. The communicative enactment and transmission of society and culture; 10. Cultures of performance and the performance of culture; 11. Globalization, media, and emotion talk; 12. Applying linguistic anthropology; Appendix. IPA and other specialized marks; Glossary; References. Linguistic anthropology

June 2017 247 x 174 mm 320pp 87 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-03130-2 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00 978-1-107-62881-6 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$39.99

For archaeologists and anthropologists using quantitative methods on their data, this is the first hands-on guide to using the R statistical computing system. Basic descriptive and inferential statistics are covered as well as multivariate methods including cluster analysis, discriminant analysis, and correspondence analysis. • A hands-on approach to using archaeological data to answer research questions that will appeal to those who are interesting in applying quantitative methods to their data • Readers can move directly from descriptions of methods to examples showing how to use them • Descriptions of quantitative techniques include verbal description, key equations, and examples using real archaeological data

X X

The book is aimed at anyone dealing with archaeological sites of any period at the microscale or reconstructing the morphology of a settlement in a landscape. This should appeal not only to geoarchaeologists, paleopedologists, and geologists, but also to prehistorians, historians, and archaeologists working in urban environments. • Expands on various themes and case studies to provide readers with an up-to-date, cutting-edge view of the field • Chock-full of color photos and examples taken from 60 years of research, experimentation and reference material • Thematic studies have been tested in peer-reviewed publications, in conferences, workshops, and special training sessions Archaeological science | Cambridge Manuals in Archaeology

July 2017 253 x 177 mm 580pp 139 b/w illus. 12 maps 49 tables 978-1-107-01138-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$105.00 P 978-1-107-64868-5 Paperback £34.99 / US$44.99 P Highlight

Understanding Collapse Ancient History and Modern Myths Guy D. Middleton | University of Newcastle upon Tyne

In this lively survey, Guy D. Middleton critically examines our ideas about collapse – how we explain it and how we have constructed potentially misleading myths around collapses – showing how and why collapse of societies was a much more complex phenomenon than is often admitted. • Updates Tainter’s 1990 book by including the latest data and theory of collapse • Written in jargon-free language accessible to students and assumes little prior knowledge of ancient history • Includes lively case studies that show how collapse has played out across the world from prehistory to the present, including modern examples Prehistory

May 2017 253 x 177 mm 300pp 28 b/w illus. 18 maps 978-1-107-15149-9 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$105.00 978-1-316-60607-0 Paperback c. £23.99 / c. US$35.00

P P

Archaeology Running / Psychology head right

The Northern Black Sea in Antiquity Networks, Connectivity, and Cultural Interactions Edited by Valeriya Kozlovskaya | Tufts University, Massachusetts

Written by a team of experts on the region, each chapter of The Northern Black Sea in Antiquity features a specific topic or theme, such as trade and economy, political culture, art and architecture, and the non-Greek populations of the region, often focusing on a key category of the archaeological material. • Most chapters in this book summarize the results of the contributors’ life-long research, rather than being a one-off exploration written specifically for this book • The material and the findings presented in most chapters are discussed in the larger framework of the ancient Greco-Roman world rather than just within the Black Sea region • Each chapter is based on a specific topic or a particular category of archaeological material Classical archaeology

July 2017 253 x 177 mm 574pp 90 b/w illus. 12 colour illus. 5 maps 978-1-107-01951-5 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00 C

An Archaeological Reconstruction Darlene L. Brooks Hedstrom | Wittenberg University, Ohio

Edited by Nancy Budwig | Clark University, Massachusetts

This book provides upper level undergraduates, graduate students, and faculty with a valuable resource that addresses fundamental questions of cognitive, social, and language development, applying original empirical data to old questions and providing a new direction for future research in the field. • Tackles fundamental questions of development from an interdisciplinary perspective • Addresses human development from infancy through adulthood • Covers theory and research in cognitive, social and moral, and communicative development in one handy resource Developmental psychology

The Psychology of Musical Development

Darlene L. Brooks Hedstrom offers a new history of the field of monastic archaeology in Egypt. Using critical theories from landscape studies, materiality and phenomenology, she analyzes archaeological, documentary, and literary sources from late antique Egypt to reconstruct how monastic settlements transformed the desertscape into a monastic landscape. • Provides both artifactual and textual evidence that works in tandem to challenge the older narrative of monasticism as isolationist and spartan • Introduces readers less familiar with archaeology to the physical evidence for monasticism in Egypt, and will have a broad appeal to those interested in monasticism (East, West, and Buddhist monasticism) • Illustrates the benefits of applying new theoretical models to reading the built environment and Egyptian monastic landscape Archaeology of Europe, Near and Middle East

David Hargreaves | Roehampton University, London

Music exerts an immense influence on our lives. This book charts the latest research in the fast-changing field of the psychology of musical development, including how babies and their parents communicate with each other musically, and how early musical instruction can boost children’s developing thinking, learning, social and emotional lives. • Advances the study of musical development, a field which has expanded beyond recognition in the last thirty years • Provides a state-of-the-art summary of theories in this field, including cognitive stage models, neuroscience, socio-cultural theory, self-theory, ecological models and social cognitive approaches • Devotes attention to practical applications of music psychology, especially in child development, music education, and health and wellbeing Developmental psychology

June 2017 247 x 174 mm 300pp 978-1-107-05296-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00 978-1-107-68639-7 Paperback £29.99 / US$37.99

P P

Key Reference

Continuity and Change in the Native American Village

The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Child Development

Multicultural Origins and Descendants of the Fort Ancient Culture Robert A. Cook | Ohio State University

Second edition Edited by Brian Hopkins | Lancaster University

This book should appeal to those interested in how and why Native American villages formed in relation to migration, environment, and agriculture. The focus is on the big picture of cultural relatedness over broad regions and the amount of social detail that can be gleaned from archaeological and biological data. • Examines how multiple forms of ethnicity enhance archaeological investigations, changing the way we think about connections between present and past • Proposes a more integrative theoretical orientation regarding cultural change and continuity which will be useful for moving toward a ‘middle ground’ in anthropological theory • Combines archaeological, biological, and cultural data in ways with political implications, moving forward more holistic study of human past and allowing for better connections with potential descendant communities Archaeology of the Americas

August 2017 253 x 177 mm 318pp 978-1-107-04379-4 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

New Perspectives on Human Development

April 2017 253 x 177 mm 518pp 37 b/w illus. 1 map 5 tables 978-1-107-11232-2 Hardback £80.00 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-53182-6 Paperback £29.99 / US$36.99 P

The Monastic Landscape of Late Antique Egypt

June 2017 253 x 177 mm 488pp 78 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-107-16181-8 Hardback £105.00 / US$135.00

Psychology

The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Child Development remains the most authoritative and accessible account of all aspects of child development. Written by an international team of experts, and thoroughly updated and expanded to 124 entries, the second edition’s comprehensive, interdisciplinary coverage is essential reading for researchers, students, and practitioners. • The second edition addresses all major developments and methodological and technical advancements since 2005 • While each entry of the Encyclopedia is presented as a self-contained entity, readers are also aided by extensive cross-references among them • Features a new section on future directions of research in child development Developmental psychology

June 2017 276 x 219 mm 850pp 400 b/w illus. 16 colour illus. 978-1-107-10341-2 Hardback c. £249.99 / c. US$299.99 R

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Running head left Psychology

New in Paperback

previously announced

Health and Education in Early Childhood

highlight

The Neuroscience of Adolescence

Predictors, Interventions, and Policies Edited by Arthur J. Reynolds | University of Minnesota

Adriana Galván | University of California, Los Angeles

Health and Education in Early Childhood presents conceptual issues, research findings, and program and policy implications in promoting well-being in health and education in the first five years of life. This volume will be welcomed by researchers, graduate students, practitioners and policy makers in education, developmental psychology, and social work. • The scope and content of the book spans health and education in the early childhood field • Includes research and application with implications for both practice and policy • Contains contributions from multiple authors who are leading researchers in the multidisciplinary fields of early learning and human capital formation

This book fills a need in the area of developmental cognitive neuroscience. It integrates cognitive neuroscience and adolescent psychology, clearly explaining adolescent brain development, the technology currently used to study it, and the relevant implications for policy. • Provides a clear introduction to adolescent brain development that integrates cognitive neuroscience and adolescent psychology • Includes extensive coverage of the methods used to study the adolescent brain, so readers will be better able to comprehend, evaluate and critique research based on those methods • Places research in the real-world context of how adolescent neuroscience has informed key public policy issues

Developmental psychology

Developmental psychology | Cambridge Fundamentals of Neuroscience in Psychology

June 2017 229 x 152 mm 422pp 20 b/w illus. 30 tables 978-1-108-40270-5 Paperback £25.99 / US$44.99 Also available 978-1-107-03834-9 Hardback £72.00 / US$113.00

C C

Young People’s Development and the Great Recession

P P

Cognitive Motivation From Curiosity to Identity, Purpose and Meaning David Beswick | University of Melbourne

Uncertain Transitions and Precarious Futures Edited by Ingrid Schoon | University College London

This timely volume advances the discussion of recession effects on young people’s lives by providing a better understanding of their dynamic and contextualized impact across multiple domains of youth adjustment. With a robust evidence base and cross-country comparisons, it will be relevant to social scientists and policy makers alike. • Recasts the concept of youth transitions within a contemporary life course perspective, taking into account micro and macro influences • Provides a more holistic understanding of recession effects, and offers pointers where new policy regarding, for example, education and training is urgently needed • Draws on data collected for a number of large-scale, national representative and longitudinal data sets • Illustrates the role of social policy in buffering the effects of the recession, and how these vary across countries Developmental psychology

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-17297-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 308pp 51 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08992-1 Hardback £79.99 / US$99.99 978-1-107-46185-7 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

Beswick presents a new general theory of cognitive motivation, synthesizing decades of existing research in social, cognitive and personality psychology, in which basic concepts are applied to a wide range of purposive behaviour. Combining affective and cognitive principles, the new theory is applicable to fields such as business and education. • Presents a new general theory of cognitive motivation, combining cognitive and affective processes • Challenges the work of several major theorists and offers an original alternative in each case • Provides a broad perspective which covers central themes of cognitive neuroscience, personality and social psychology, philosophy and literature Social psychology

August 2017 228 x 152 mm 416pp 978-1-107-17766-6 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Men and Sex A Sexual Script Approach Philip Graham | Institute of Child Health, University College London

Men and Sex provides a comprehensive yet accessible account of male sexuality, using sexual script theory to illuminate different aspects of men’s sexual behaviour. Individual chapters detail the development of sexual scripts in childhood and adolescence, cultural influences, heterosexual, homosexual, bisexual and transsexual behaviour, and more. • Provides a comprehensive account of male sexuality, contained within a single volume • Applies a modified form of sexual script theory to all aspects of the subject • Written in a highly readable style with minimum use of technical language • Takes a strongly evidence-based approach Social psychology

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 324pp 978-1-107-18393-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

RunningPsychology head right

Collective Remembering

Inside Mathforum.org

Memory in the World and in the Mind Ludmila Isurin | Ohio State University

Analysis of an Internet-Based Education Community Wesley Shumar | Drexel University, Philadelphia

Focusing on a case study of Russian collective past, this interdisciplinary study brings together historical, anthropological, and psychological approaches to show how collective memory is constructed by official producers and consumed by group members, and how individual memory affects the construction of collective memory in current and former group members. • Analyzes both collective and autobiographical memory to show how individual memory affects the construction of collective remembering • Brings together historical and anthropological approaches to textual analysis with the psychological study of autobiographical memory to propose a new interdisciplinary framework for collective memory • Adds to our understanding of the role of immigration in the process of memory reconstruction

This book details how the Math Forum uses the internet and digital media to support learning interactions of teachers and students. It is a case study for university students, pre-service teachers, and faculty members interested in how learning and professional development can be supported by digital media and online spaces. • Provides rare case studies of dynamic online educational communities • Shows specifically how digital technologies have the potential to dramatically change the space/time within which communication happens • Demonstrates how digital technologies can help educators advocate a process and communicative view of mathematics education Educational psychology | Learning in Doing: Social, Cognitive and Computational Perspectives

August 2017 228 x 152 mm 204pp 978-1-107-13885-8 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Social psychology

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 326pp 2 b/w illus. 20 tables 978-1-107-17585-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Cyberpsychology and the Brain

The Interaction of Neuroscience and Affective Computing Thomas D. Parsons | University of North Texas

What is a Mathematical Concept? Edited by Elizabeth de Freitas | Manchester Metropolitan University

This book provides a contemporary resource for scholars and students whose work takes up the philosophical and sociological dimensions of number, quantity, measure, and mathematics in some manner. Leaders in their fields offer new insights into what is a mathematical concept, drawing on contemporary cultural theory and mathematical practice. • Offers a range of new perspectives on what a mathematical concept is • The book takes an interdisciplinary approach, with chapters authored by mathematicians, philosophers and educators • Chapter authors are leaders in their respective fields Educational psychology

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 316pp 978-1-107-13463-8 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

The study of cyberpsychology is growing at a fast rate. While a number of cyberpsychology-related journals and books have emerged, none directly address the neuroscience behind it. This book aims to bring together this information for researchers and students interested in cyberpsychology. • Proposes a framework for integrating neuroscience and cyberpsychology • Presents research that is not readily available in any other text • Offers a comprehensive account of brain-based cyberpsychology research findings Applied psychology

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 434pp 978-1-107-09487-1 Hardback £80.00 / US$99.99 978-1-107-47757-5 Paperback £31.99 / US$39.99

P P

Key Reference

Global Perspectives on Teacher Motivation Edited by Helen M. G. Watt | Monash University, Victoria

The various studies in this book suggest that people who choose teaching as a career are motivated by a complex interaction of factors embedded within communities and cultural expectations, but seem generally to embrace a desire to undertake meaningful work that makes for a better society. • Presents international perspectives on teacher motivation • Will appeal to policy makers and leaders of teacher education • Provides useful information for teacher educators involved with three phases of teacher education Educational psychology | Current Perspectives in Social and Behavioral Sciences

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 400pp 29 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10498-3 Hardback £96.00 / US$120.00 978-1-107-51222-1 Paperback £31.99 / US$39.99

R P

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Running head Psychology / Politics, left social theory, history of ideas

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

New in Paperback

The Cambridge Handbook of the Psychology of Aesthetics and the Arts

Edited by Pablo P. L. Tinio | Montclair State University, New Jersey

American Mourning

A key reference source for the psychology of aesthetics and the arts – a discipline dedicated to the study of our interactions with artworks, literature, poetry, music, movies, performances, architecture and design; our experiences of beauty and ugliness; our preferences and dislikes; and our everyday perceptions of things in our world. • Presents a diverse set of articles by outstanding international scholars covering a wide range of topics on the psychology of aesthetics and the arts • Showcases the wide range of classical and cutting-edge methodologies used to answer questions related to arts and aesthetics, showing readers how aesthetic experiences, which are usually considered to be complex and personal, can be successfully examined scientifically • Readers will learn about people’s experiences of paintings, literature, poetry, music, movies and performances; about experiences of beauty and ugliness; about preferences and dislikes; and about perceptions of things in the world such as design objects, consumer products and people

Concerned with tragedy, loss, and resilience, American Mourning will be of interest to political theorists, and scholars/students in American studies, history, race, rhetoric, philosophy, theater, and international relations. The book considers public mourning as a lens for analyzing and addressing the problems of contemporary democratic life and politics. • In opposition to recent work on mourning, it rejects the psychoanalytic in favor of Greek political thought, offering a more accessible and revealing analysis that does not require knowledge of Freudian and post-Freudian thought • Offers new insights into, and productive suggestions for, practical and theoretical questions of public mourning, and practical political engagement in the wake of political losses • Articulates a positive role for public mourning as a resource for democratic critique, construction, and resilience

Applied psychology | Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

Political theory

August 2017 244 x 170 mm 646pp 41 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-108-40267-5 Paperback £49.99 / US$79.99 Also available 978-1-107-02628-5 Hardback £103.00 / US$170.00

Tragedy, Democracy, Resilience Simon Stow | College of William and Mary, Virginia

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-15806-1 Hardback £80.00 / US$99.99 978-1-316-61058-9 Paperback £23.99 / US$29.99

P P

R Textbook

Histories of Human Engineering

Cicero: On the Commonwealth and On the Laws

Tact and Technology Maarten Derksen | Rijksuniversiteit Groningen, The Netherlands

Second edition Edited and translated by James E. G. Zetzel | Columbia University, New York

This fascinating account of the histories of human engineering, from brainwashing and mind control to Dale Carnegie’s art of dealing with people, reveals the perpetual tension between the desire to control people’s behaviour and the resistance this provokes. Derksen shows that human engineering only works when applied with tact. • Offers a new approach to the study of technology, from the perspective of psychology and the social sciences • Draws attention to tact, a previously neglected topic which is vital to the success of human engineering • Combines psychological history and theory with concepts and insights from science and technology studies (STS) and rhetorical scholarship History of psychology

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-05743-2 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Revised throughout to take account of recent scholarship, this is the second edition of James E. G. Zetzel’s readable translation of Cicero’s major works of political philosophy, On the Commonwealth and On the Laws. With updated supporting materials, it is specifically designed for students in politics and philosophy, ancient history and classics. • Offers a readable translation, based on a thorough revision of the Latin text • Revised throughout to take account of recent scholarship • New edition features include a new introduction and bibliography, a chronological table and a biographical index Contents: Editor’s note; Introduction; Text and translation; Bibliography; Chronology; Synopsis; Part I. On the Commonwealth: 1. Book I; 2. Book II; 3. Book III; 4. Book IV; 5. Book V; 6. Book VI; 7. Unplaced fragments; Part II. On the Laws: 1. Book I; 2. Book II; 3. Book III; 4. Fragments. Texts in political thought | Cambridge Texts in the History of Political Thought

June 2017 216 x 138 mm 288pp 978-1-107-14006-6 Hardback £54.99 / US$69.99 978-1-316-50556-4 Paperback £17.99 / US$22.99

X X

Politics, social theory, Running history head of ideas right

Highlight

The Enigma of Presidential Power

Brexit Why Britain Voted to Leave the European Union Harold D. Clarke | University of Texas, Dallas

A comprehensive, authoritative study by leading experts showing why the United Kingdom voted for Brexit in the referendum of June 2016, based on a wealth of survey evidence conducted over more than ten years which tells the full story of why the vote turned out the way it did. • A comprehensive study of Brexit, accessible to general readers, students and academics, combining theoretical and methodological rigour with clear storytelling • A balanced critique of existing post-referendum commentaries which challenges the stereotypes which emerged during the referendum campaign from both sides • Combines the investigation of key factors which produced the Brexit vote with analyses of how these factors evolved in the months and years before the referendum British government, politics, policy

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 250pp 50 b/w illus. 21 tables 978-1-107-15072-0 Hardback £49.99 / US$59.99 978-1-316-60504-2 Paperback £15.99 / US$19.99

P P

Racial Coalition Building in Local Elections Elite Cues and Cross-Ethnic Voting Andrea Benjamin | University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

A unique study of Black-Latino electoral coalition building at the local level, this book examines the conditions under which Black and Latino voters support the same mayoral candidate. Benjamin develops a new theory of co-ethnic endorsements and examines how elite co-ethnic cues matter for political representation and incorporation. • Offers a much-needed examination of Black-Latino electoral coalition building in urban politics • Develops a new theory of co-ethnic endorsements, which points to the significance of elite cues • Adds to our knowledge about Black and Latino political behavior and incorporation, drawing on rich empirical evidence from observational data, survey experiments, and qualitative case studies American government, politics, policy

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 208pp 978-1-108-41541-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Building the Bloc Intraparty Organization in the US Congress Ruth Bloch Rubin | University of Chicago

With gridlock, presidents increasingly rely on unilateral actions – means not requiring legislative statutes – which many view as tantamount to power. Using a variety of approaches, Chiou and Rothenberg show that this need not be the case as, under many conditions, the chief executive’s employment of such tools is constrained. • The first systematic analysis of how various party roles can shape presidential power and decisions, differentiating between different types of policy and their impact • Explores how the ability of presidents to act without new statutory authority may be impacting the checks and balances of the political system • Demonstrates how competing models can be directly compared statistically American government, politics, policy

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 234pp 27 b/w illus. 35 tables 978-1-107-19150-1 Hardback £80.00 / US$99.99 978-1-316-64211-5 Paperback £23.99 / US$29.99

P P

The CIA and the Politics of US Intelligence Reform Brent Durbin | Smith College, Massachusetts

Examining the political foundations of American intelligence policy, this book develops a theory of intelligence adaptation to explain major instances of US intelligence reform since the founding of the CIA. It will be valuable to scholars of intelligence studies, American politics, US national security, US foreign policy, and American history. • This book provides a thorough, accessible historical account of US intelligence reform efforts since World War II, and will help readers understand current debates over surveillance, oversight, and other intelligence-related activities • Introduces a new analysis of recently declassified documents from the last seventy years • Outlines the likely responses of US policymakers to future terrorist attacks or spying scandals, improving readers’ understanding of intelligence politics, and helping policymakers pursue more effective reforms in the future American government, politics, policy

Building the Bloc offers a new theory of how organized groups of dissident lawmakers – such as the Blue Dog Coalition and House Freedom Caucus – drive congressional development and structure lawmaking. Spanning more than a century of history, it sheds new light on a number of decisive congressional conflicts and compromises. • Offers a new theory of congressional organization that shows how intraparty organizations help dissidents – be they centrists or hardliners – to exert influence over their party leadership and chamber body • Brings recent events – such as the 2011 and 2013 battles over the debt ceiling and the 2015 revolt against Speaker John Boehner – into a broader historical and theoretical conversation • Develops a new account of how both congressional dissidents and party leaders leverage other components of the political ecosystem – including the presidency, mass media, and affiliated interest groups – to achieve their goals American government, politics, policy

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 332pp 978-1-316-51042-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 978-1-316-64992-3 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99

Parties, Policies and Strategic Uses of Unilateral Action Fang-Yi Chiou | Academia Sinica, Taipei, Taiwan

P P

August 2017 228 x 152 mm 304pp 1 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-18740-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

American Imperialism and the State, 1893–1921 Colin D. Moore | University of Hawaii, Manoa

American Imperialism and the State provides a state-centered analysis of the development of American imperialism. With its interdisciplinary approach, the book will appeal to readers who are interested in state development, theories of empire and the history of American foreign policy. • Recasts American imperial governance as an episode of American state building • Includes cases of imperial governance from the Caribbean, Latin American and Southeast Asia • Integrates history and social science theory to develop an original synthesis American government, politics, policy

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 304pp 66 b/w illus. 978-1-107-15244-1 Hardback £79.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-60658-2 Paperback £24.99 / US$29.99

P P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Runningsocial Politics, head theory, left history of ideas

Strange Bedfellows

The Political Theory of the American Founding

Interest Group Coalitions, Diverse Partners, and Influence in American Social Policy Robin Phinney | University of Minnesota

Strange Bedfellows explains how advocates for the poor gain influence in policymaking by developing a new theory of coalitional lobbying and pursuing a rigorous analysis of major social policy legislation. Written for interdisciplinary social science audiences, this book sheds light on a topic of growing importance in contemporary American society. • Accessibly written and will appeal to the broad range of scholars interested in the politics of social policymaking and the politics of welfare reform in particular • Brings new data and analysis to bear on one of the most well-studied cases of American social policymaking • Offers high-level theory and rigorous empirical design and analysis American government, politics, policy

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 200pp 2 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-17036-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Natural Rights, Public Policy, and the Moral Conditions of Freedom Thomas G. West | Hillsdale College, Michigan

This book provides a complete overview of the American Founders’ political theory, covering natural rights, natural law, state of nature, social compact, consent, and the policy implications of these ideas. It argues that the foundational documents overwhelmingly point to natural rights as the lens through which all politics is understood. • The only book with a complete overview of the founders’ natural rights theory and its policy implications, providing the reader with a thorough analysis in one book • Offers the fullest account of the founders’ policies promoting the moral conditions of freedom, giving readers a unique and complete account of these policies • Treats the founders’ policies on economics and property as a coherent set of laws, explaining for the reader the poorly understood connection between the founders’ policies and their principles

Opting Out of Congress

American government, politics, policy

Partisan Polarization and the Decline of Moderate Candidates Danielle M. Thomsen | Syracuse University, New York

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 465pp 978-1-107-14048-6 Hardback £80.00 / US$99.99 978-1-316-50603-5 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

This book argues that ideological moderates are less likely to run for Congress than those at the extremes. It provides a candidate entry explanation for why partisan polarization has continued to increase in recent decades. It will be of interest to students of the US Congress, elections, and gender and politics. • While many comparable titles focus on electoral factors for partisan polarization in American politics, this book highlights how nonelectoral factors shape this phenomenon, offering a candidate entry explanation • Provides an alternative to both mass-level and institutional-level explanations for polarization by giving a candidate entry explanation for partisan polarization in Congress • With its use of qualitative and quantitative data, including interviews with former members of Congress and surveys of state legislators, the book provides multiple vantage points to its arguments and will appeal to academics and general readers American government, politics, policy

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 208pp 36 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-107-18367-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

P P

Party Polarization in America The War Over Two Social Contracts B. Dan Wood | Texas A & M University

This book is for students of party polarization in America. Prior studies focused exclusively on the present, but this study traces party polarization through historical analysis from 1787 to the present. It shows polarization is the norm, not the exception, and is rooted in class-based conflict characterizing all of American history. • Develops a comprehensive theory of why party polarization exists in America, rooted in historical and quantitative analysis • Attributes party polarization in America to class-based conflict and rent-seeking by the patrician and plebian classes in various historical eras • Resolves modern debates over whether the modern electorate is polarized and why American government, politics, policy

Agenda Crossover The Influence of State Delegations in Congress Sarah A. Treul | University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

For those interested in Congress, elections, American politics, representation, and law-making, this book updates our understanding of state delegations and explores how they influence representation in Congress. It demonstrates that members of delegations still utilize their fellow delegates to help them respond to constituents and enhance their own electoral success. • Proposes a new way to analyze state delegations in Congress for those who study Congress, states, representation, and law-making • Connects the House of Representatives to the Senate, offering a unique approach to studying representation across legislative chambers • Assesses state delegations over time, which will appeal to those interested in institutional development American government, politics, policy

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 188pp 20 b/w illus. 4 colour illus. 18 tables 978-1-107-18356-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-19592-9 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

Politics, social theory, Running history head of ideas right

Mass Religious Ritual and Intergroup Tolerance

Competing Memories Truth and Reconciliation in Sierra Leone and Peru Rebekka Friedman | King’s College London

The Muslim Pilgrims’ Paradox Mikhail Alexseev | San Diego State University

Under what conditions does in-group pride facilitate out-group tolerance? This book examines how Muslims from Russia’s North Caucuses returned from the Hajj pilgrimage to Mecca more tolerant of out-groups and applies findings to shed light on Muslim integration in the USA and Europe, and on Latino integration in the USA. • Develops a new theory of the conditions under which in-group pride can facilitate out-group tolerance, reconciling seeming contradictions between prominent theories of identity and social capital and challenging existing research on the believed parochializing effects of religion • Presents a rich empirical study of identity and intergroup relations in Russia’s North Caucuses, as well as of the Hajj, a religious ritual that involves more than two million Muslims annually • Offers important insights for practitioners interested in the role of Islam in society and politics, conflict resolution, and the interrelationships between Islam, immigration, and tolerance Comparative politics

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 232pp 978-1-107-19185-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Comparative politics

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 214pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-107-18569-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Policy Shock Recalibrating Risk and Regulation after Oil Spills, Nuclear Accidents and Financial Crises Edited by Edward J. Balleisen | Duke University, North Carolina

The Politics of Competence

Through compelling case studies about oil spills, nuclear accidents and financial crises, Policy Shock shows how past crises have reshaped regulation, and how policy-makers can learn from crises in the future. Drawing on insights from across the social sciences, it will interest scholars, regulators and other participants in regulatory policy. • Provides accessible syntheses of broad literatures for decision-makers and scholars across the social sciences • Access to digestible policy contexts are provided so that teachers can sustain vigorous classroom discussions about policy dilemmas • A set of detailed case studies take account of both similarities in policy challenges, and differences in political institutions, economic structures and societal cultures Comparative politics

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 548pp 43 b/w illus. 978-1-107-14021-9 Hardback £105.00 / US$135.00

This book presents a rigourous analysis of context in transitional justice, aiming to learn about the successes and failures of truth and reconciliation commissions in post-conflict settings. A nuanced exploration of societal reconciliation in practice, it will be of interest to students and practitioners interested in peace-building, reconciliation, human rights, and African and Latin American politics. • Offers an innovative cross-regional analysis of popular and societal experiences of reconciliation that highlights the importance of context and guides readers through specific factors that shaped transitional justice experiences in each case • Gives an informed account of the inner workings of significant transitional justice institutions, allowing readers the opportunity to understand the path dependent trajectories of transitional justice mechanisms and the decisions and events that shaped their establishment and procedures • Presents a nuanced conceptualization of procedural reconciliation on the societal level

Parties, Public Opinion and Voters Jane Green | University of Manchester

An in-depth and over-time analysis of public opinion about party competence on issues in the US, the UK, Canada, Australia and Germany, revealing how issue ownership, government performance and generalised competence shape public opinion and how their causes and consequences should shape our understanding of parties, voting and elections. • Reveals long-term trends in public opinion about party competence across countries, what causes shifts in these opinions and how they matter for parties, public opinion and voting • Offers a response to the ‘valence’ literature, the issue ownership literature and studies of policy performance and elections • Provides a comparative and over-time approach, extending understanding beyond studies of single countries or elections and illuminating dynamics in two countries in depth; the US and the UK, and with analysis of Canada, Australia and Germany Comparative politics

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 284pp 67 b/w illus. 62 tables 978-1-107-15801-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Runningsocial Politics, head theory, left history of ideas

Regulatory Crisis

Exclusion by Elections

Negotiating the Consequences of Risk, Disasters and Crises Bridget Hutter | London School of Economics and Political Science

Inequality, Ethnic Identity, and Democracy John D. Huber | Columbia University, New York

Grounded in case studies of well-known disasters, this detailed analysis traces multiple sources of influence and narratives (including the media and interest groups) which shape the trajectory and impact of crises. The authors challenge currently influential ideas about ‘regulatory failure’, ‘risk society’ and the process of learning from disasters. • Goes beyond theoretical debate, offering a new analytical take on the relationship between regulation, crises and disasters through in-depth empirical case studies • Relevant and accessible to academics and practitioners across the social sciences, avoiding jargon and the assumption of any specific disciplinary background • Takes a multi-disciplinary approach, integrating fresh insights in subareas of academic literature with a broad ranging assessment of key social science debates about regulatory crises Comparative politics

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 8 tables 978-1-107-18044-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 978-1-316-63222-2 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99

P P

Electing Peace From Civil Conflict to Political Participation Aila M. Matanock | University of California, Berkeley

This book examines the causes and consequences of post-conflict elections in securing and stabilizing peace agreements without the need to send troops. Will interest scholars and advanced students of civil war and peacebuilding in comparative politics, political sociology, and peace and conflict studies. • Provides new cross-national data on electoral participation provisions (1975–2010) and case evidence on Guatemala and El Salvador • Offers a new mechanism through which international actors help secure peace and stabilize peace agreements in states with civil conflict • Appeals to those who see value in ‘soft’ approaches to peacekeeping, such as conditional aid and other incentives alongside monitoring International relations, international organisations

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 328pp 20 b/w illus. 19 tables 978-1-107-18917-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Comparative politics | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 288pp 55 b/w illus. 12 tables 978-1-107-18294-3 Hardback £79.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-63397-7 Paperback £23.99 / US$29.99

P P

Conservative Parties and the Birth of Democracy Daniel Ziblatt | Harvard University, Massachusetts

How do democracies form and what makes them die? In a wide-ranging narrative of democracy’s history in Europe, from 1830s Britain to Adolf Hitler’s 1933 seizure of power in Weimar Germany, the book offers a re-interpretation of how stable political democracy is built, coming to the bold conclusion that democracy’s historical adversaries, conservative political parties, shape democracy’s viability. • Proposes a new approach to the study of European democratization, highlighting a previously understudied actor in this process – conservative political parties – and filling a major gap in the existing literature • Assembles an original array of archival and other primary evidence to challenge the dominant approaches to the study of democratization in Britain and Germany • Written in clear, accessible prose, addressing contemporary themes in democratic countries, such as the threat posed to conservative parties by right-wing populist movements Comparative politics | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 404pp 978-1-107-00162-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 978-0-521-17299-8 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

Soft War

The Logic of Ethnic and Religious Conflict in Africa

The Ethics of Unarmed Conflict Edited by Michael L. Gross | University of Haifa, Israel

John F. McCauley | University of Maryland, College Park

The book is aimed at students and scholars of conflict, Africa, ethnic politics, and religion. It may also appeal to religious and political leaders. It proposes a new perspective on how ethnicity and religion shape political outcomes and violence in Africa, adding psychological elements to standard political science arguments. • Religion is an increasingly important political identity, so readers will benefit from the book’s distinction on ethnic politics, separating religious from ethnic interests • With novel, easy-to-follow empirical methods, readers will recognize the value of micro-level experiments and will appreciate the application of the macro argument to three cases • Will appeal to readers from a variety of disciplines due to multiple perspectives on political behavior and conflict Comparative politics

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 255pp 978-1-107-17501-3 Hardback £80.00 / US$99.99 978-1-316-62680-1 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99

Exclusion by Elections studies how ‘class identities’ and ‘ethnic identities’ become salient in electoral politics, and examines the relationship between identity politics and inequality reduction. A discouraging theme emerging from the research is that inequality invites ethnic rather than class politics, and that ethnic politics makes it difficult to address inequality. • Presents a formal game theoretic model of ‘identity politics’ in elections in an accessible format for all types of readers • Proposes a new theory of how democracy responds to inequality, one that yields the opposite predictions of existing models

P P

This is an academic book, but it is also accessible to a wider audience interested in just war theory, the laws of war, terrorism, and current affairs. It is for scholars and students in any of the following areas: political science, political and moral philosophy, law, sociology, and international relations. • Provides new ethical and legal analysis of a crucial aspect of international conflict by the best minds in the field • Offers several sides to the emerging debate on these topics, featuring paired essays on economic media, information, cyber, economic and non-violent warfare • An accessible, highly topical study for scholars and students of political science, political and moral philosophy, law, sociology, and international relations International relations, international organisations

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 294pp 1 table 978-1-107-13224-5 Hardback £79.99 / US$99.99 978-1-107-58478-5 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99

P P

Politics, social theory, Running history head of ideas right

After the Enlightenment

Human Rights Futures

Political Realism and International Relations in the Mid-Twentieth Century Nicolas Guilhot | Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS), Paris

Edited by Stephen Hopgood | School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London

After the Enlightenment is the first attempt at understanding modern political realism as a historical phenomenon. It looks at how American and European political theorists, historians, strategists and intellectuals have shaped a new way of understanding international politics in the twentieth century. • Proposes an entirely new understanding of international relations theory and its history • Will appeal to all students of international relations, but also to disciplinary historians and more generally intellectual historians • Examines the appearance of ‘rational choice’ as a new paradigm for political decision making and will speak to the current revival realism in international affairs International relations, international organisations

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 258pp 978-1-107-16973-9 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-316-62111-0 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$34.99

C C

International Intervention and Local Politics Fragmented States and the Politics of Scale Shahar Hameiri | University of Queensland

This book advances an innovative approach to explain international interventions’ uneven outcomes in given contexts, and harnesses this approach to examine three prominent case studies: Aceh, Cambodia and Solomon Islands. It is the first book comprehensively to discuss the rapidly growing literature on how interventions interface with target states and societies. • Ideal for both scholars and practitioners of international development and peacebuilding seeking to analyse interventions and to design more effective ones • Provides three in-depth case studies of important interventions – Aceh (Indonesia), Solomon Islands and Cambodia – based on extensive fieldwork research and analysis of primary and secondary data • Draws on literature from state theory and political geography International relations, international organisations

July 2017 228 x 152 mm c.280pp 978-1-108-41689-4 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-40341-2 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$39.99

P P

Protecting the Individual from International Authority Human Rights in International Organizations Edited by Monika Heupel | Otto-Friedrich-Universität Bamberg, Germany

This book examines institutional responses in international organizations (IOs) to human rights violations which arise from the actions of IOs rather than those of states. It shows under which conditions human rights provisions for IO practice arise. • Provides ten in-depth empirical and analytical case studies to corroborate the theory of international organization acceptance of human rights standards • Examines human rights protection as an international organization legitimation strategy, which until now has been otherwise largely neglected • Identifies a close link between the rise of authority and increasing demands for legitimation, showing the need of authoritative international organizations to legitimate themselves

This book critically examines in one volume the politics of human rights from both mainstream and alternative perspectives. It asks what makes human rights effective and whether they have a future in a transforming world. Scholars, graduate students and practitioners will find much to challenge them in this innovative book. • Innovatively advances the human rights debate to ground discussion of possible future developments • Offers a one-stop resource for mainstream and critical scholarly arguments around human rights effectiveness and compliance • Features many of the most influential scholars working on global human rights at a crucial juncture in the contemporary world International relations, international organisations

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 344pp 15 b/w illus. 978-1-107-19335-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Seeds of Stability Land Reform and US Foreign Policy Ethan B. Kapstein | Arizona State University

An original analysis of American interventions in the developing world, asking what can be done to reduce their economic and human cost. Kapstein shows the conditions under which American policies are most likely to produce political stability, and when they are most likely to fail. • Emphasizes the importance of the local political economy as an ‘intervening variable’ between US foreign policy and outcomes on the ground • Integrates economics and security in development studies, appealing to readers who seek a deeper understanding of the purposes of foreign economic policy • Provides a useful lens for examining America’s wider diplomatic, military, and economic relations with the developing world, ranging widely from early Cold War intervention by the US in Japan, Korea and Italy to the long-standing involvement of the US in Latin America from the 1950s to the 1990s International relations, international organisations

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 280pp 1 b/w illus. 15 tables 978-1-107-18568-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-316-63664-0 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

Scorecard Diplomacy Grading States to Influence their Reputation and Behavior Judith G. Kelley | Duke University, North Carolina

What can the international community do when countries would rather ignore a thorny problem? Scorecard Diplomacy shows that public grades can evoke countries’ concerns about their reputations and motivate them to address the problems. The book supports this argument by examining the United States’ foreign policy on human trafficking. • Presents the first in-depth book on US foreign policy on human trafficking • Examines a non-traditional tool of global governance • Broadens the concept of reputation beyond the traditional realm of threats and promises International relations, international organisations

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 54 b/w illus. 30 tables 978-1-107-19997-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 978-1-316-64913-8 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99

P P

International relations, international organisations

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 370pp 978-1-107-17082-7 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Runningsocial Politics, head theory, left history of ideas

Max Weber and International Relations Edited by Richard Ned Lebow | King’s College London

This book offers novel readings of Max Weber’s politics, approach to knowledge, rationality, counterfactuals, ideal types, power, bureaucracy, the state, history, and the non-Western world. Weber’s epistemological successes and failures highlight unresolvable tensions that are just as pronounced today and from which we have much to learn. • Examines Max Weber’s politics against his epistemology, encouraging readers to think more about the relationship between social science and politics • Examines Weber’s Eurocentrism and the way it influenced his analysis of the West and the non-Western world, increasing the reader’s sensitivity to the consequences of a Western-dominated discipline • Identifies key tensions in Weber’s epistemology and the ways his successors have addressed and finessed them, demonstrating the importance for readers as these tensions still characterize the study of international relations International relations, international organisations

August 2017 228 x 152 mm 280pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-41638-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

This book offers an original framework to examine how professionals engage with transnational issues. Aimed at scholars and students of international relations and international organizations in political science, as well as law departments and business schools, the book examines a range of cases and outlines different methods to map professional networks. • Provides an accessible and interdisciplinary look at new case material, relevant to scholars across multiple social science fields • Innovates a new set of methods for studying issue dynamics in transnational governance, by mapping complex systems of relationships in time, rather than focusing on linear models of change • Creates a new framework for studying the role of professionals in transnational governance and international issue management International relations, international organisations

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-18187-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Global Norms with a Local Face

Deganit Paikowsky | Tel-Aviv University

An overview of the role of nation-state clubs in world politics, using the case of the space club. Aimed at scholars of international relations, security studies and sociology of science and technology as well as practitioners, this book examines the logic in joining the space club, emphasizing its political, economic, technological, social and scientific impact. • Allows readers to see the inner working of foreign policy decision making through the decision on whether or not to pursue a national space program • Provides a range of case studies including states which are not normally studied • Presents a unique and insightful perspective on the factors that drive states to indigenously develop world-class space technology International relations, international organisations

Rule-of-Law Promotion and Norm-Translation Lisbeth Zimmermann | Goethe-Universität Frankfurt Am Main

Lisbeth Zimmermann analyzes the interaction of external rule-oflaw promotion and norm translation in post-conflict states, using an innovative theoretical approach and an in-depth case study of Guatemala. The book will appeal to scholars of international relations, peacebuilding, and international law, as well as to practitioners in democracy promotion and development. • Provides a new explanation of the effects of efforts to promote rule-oflaw in post-conflict states • Reveals local struggles over rule-of-law norms and how external actors become part of these struggles • Offers researchers, policy makers, and practitioners ideas with which to improve democracy and rule-of-law promotion International relations, international organisations | Cambridge Studies in International Relations

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-17204-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Globalization against Democracy

Sovereignty and Status in East Asian International Relations Seo-Hyun Park | Lafayette College, Pennsylvania

This book examines the transformation of regional order in East Asia in the late-nineteenth century, and its lasting impact on contemporary East Asia. It makes a significant contribution to debates in international relations theory and security studies about autonomy and status, as well as to the literature on East Asian international relations. • Debunks the myth that East Asia has historically and culturally been primed for acceptance of hegemony or unequal power relations • Presents an innovative approach to discourse analysis and the role of language in domestic and international politics • Appeals to an interdisciplinary audience interested in global transformations in the nineteenth century, comparative accounts of Westernization/modernization, and the politics of historical memory International relations, international organisations

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 214pp 978-1-107-18235-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Edited by Leonard Seabrooke | Copenhagen Business School

Previously Announced

The Power of the Space Club

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 244pp 4 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-107-19449-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Professional Networks in Transnational Governance

A Political Economy of Capitalism after its Global Triumph Guoguang Wu | University of Victoria, British Columbia

This book explores how global capitalism has reconfigured state-market relations, and how interactions among capital, labor and consumption threaten democracy. It is for specialists in political economy, political science, economics, sociology, international relations and development studies, and for supplemental use on undergraduate and graduate courses on globalization, capitalism, development, and democracy. • Contributes an institutionalist notion of globalization, helping readers comprehend globalization in the context of its political rules and framework • Offers a grand, overarching analysis of capitalism as a global system, examining its interactions with the state and global economics as a whole • Highlights institutional changes brought on by global capitalism that have been previously unnoticed by existing literature Political economy

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 322pp 2 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-19065-8 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-316-64075-3 Paperback £23.99 / US$29.99

P P

Politics, social theory, Running history head of ideas right

Europe’s Common Security and Defence Policy

Property Rights and Property Wrongs

Capacity-Building, Experiential Learning, and Institutional Change Michael E. Smith | University of Aberdeen

How Power, Institutions, and Norms Shape Economic Conflict in Russia Timothy Frye | Columbia University, New York

Involvement in foreign crisis management, conflict resolution, and peacekeeping operations is a risky experiment for the EU, and its performance varies widely. Thanks in part to inside information provided by top EU policy-makers, this volume explains and evaluates the EU’s effectiveness, under the Common Security and Defence Policy (CSDP), in conducting over thirty such operations since 2003. • Exclusive elite interviews provide extensive insider information about the workings of the Common Security and Defence Policy • Will help ground future work on EU crisis management, peacekeeping, and conflict resolution activities in a coherent conceptual framework • A comprehensive, long-term assessment of the EU’s emergence as a global security actor

The book explores how political power, elections, legal institutions, reputational concerns, and social norms shape economic conflicts from hostile takeovers to everyday disputes in contemporary Russia. The results challenge common conceptions of Russia’s political economy and contribute to debates in economic development, comparative politics, and legal studies. • Challenges conventional treatments of the rule of law in Russia • Demonstrates how elections – even under autocracy – shape perceptions of property rights • Presents six original surveys conducted in Russia between 2000 and 2012

European government, politics, policy

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 260pp 6 b/w illus. 43 tables 978-1-107-15699-9 Hardback £79.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-61010-7 Paperback £26.99 / US$33.99

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 332pp 978-1-107-17300-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-316-62551-4 Paperback £22.99 / US$28.99

P P

Russian, East European government, politics, policy

P P

Previously Announced

Civil Society and Memory in Postwar Germany

Building Democracy in the Yugoslav Successor States

Jenny Wüstenberg | Berlin Law School

Accomplishments, Setbacks, and Challenges since 1990 Edited by Sabrina P. Ramet | Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Trondheim

This interdisciplinary approach to postwar German memory politics charts the role of social movements in shaping public memory and democratic values. It will appeal to readers interested in understanding political conflict between civil society and the state over memorials to the German war dead, victims of the Holocaust, and East German oppression. • An innovative and accessible perspective on the history of German postwar memory politics, that will appeal to specialists and readers who are new to the subject • A thorough analysis of the interactions between civil society and state in memory politics is combined with compelling stories of memory activism • Presents new arguments and concepts about the interpretation of memory, which will appeal to those interested in the wider study of memory politics

Written by leading authorities on the politics of Eastern and Southeastern Europe, this comprehensive analysis details how the Yugoslav successor states have coped with the challenges of building democracy since 1990. The volume identifies the chief problems and obstacles, debates and policy choices, and achievements and controversies since the breakup of socialist Yugoslavia. • Presents the first comprehensive overview of politics in the Yugoslav successor states • Contains an extensive up-to-date bibliography for further reading • Cites the most reliable figures for casualties and destruction of property during the War of 1991–5, for measures of economic progress and levels of corruption

European government, politics, policy

Russian, East European government, politics, policy

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 350pp 36 b/w illus. 978-1-107-17746-8 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 446pp 4 b/w illus. 17 tables 978-1-107-18074-1 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

Europe’s Eastern Crisis

Losing Pravda

The Geopolitics of Asymmetry Richard Youngs | University of Warwick

Ethics and The Press in Post-Truth Russia Natalia Roudakova | University of California, San Diego

This book uncovers whether the EU has contained its foreign policy crisis, brought on by the UkraineRussia conflict, or if it has set up the conditions for more instability in the future. It is ideally suited for advanced students and researchers of European politics, international relations, foreign policy, and Russian and East European politics. • Uncovers a wealth of on-the-ground empirical information from interviews across the former Soviet space, providing a more nuanced feel for what the EU has done right and what it has not • Links together theoretical and policy-oriented debates, allowing readers an insight into immediate EU policy imperatives and deeper analytical implications of the crisis • Proposes a means of judging the EU’s geopolitical response to the Ukraine-Russia crisis, going beyond simpler assertions that the EU must be more geopolitical European government, politics, policy

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 262pp 978-1-107-12137-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-107-54731-5 Paperback £22.99 / US$28.99

How does a country get to a point where factual accuracy in journalism becomes superfluous? In the context of the US presidential election, where a disregard for facts featured in the presidential campaign, this book examines contemporary Russia to describe the complex cultural process that can lead to this situation. • Explores the devaluation of truth-seeking in contemporary Russia, appealing to those interested in Putinism and the role of journalism in political and social transformation • Draws on understanding of relations between journalism and politics beyond the Russian media and will be accessible to lay readers and scholars from different backgrounds, such as cultural anthropology, communication studies and moral philosophy • Diversifies political communication research methodology by emphasising qualitative methods, in contrast to the dominant quantitative and behavioural trends Russian, East European government, politics, policy

P P

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 304pp 978-1-107-17112-1 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-316-62977-2 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99

P P

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Runningsocial Politics, head theory, left history of ideas

Bedouins into Bourgeois

Media Politics in China

Remaking Citizens for Globalization Calvert W. Jones | University of Maryland, College Park

Improvising Power under Authoritarianism Maria Repnikova | University of Pennsylvania

Bedouins into Bourgeois encompasses political science, sociology, and psychology, as well as state-led social engineering, citizenship studies, nationalism studies, comparative authoritarianism, political and economic socialization, human motivation, and comparative education reform. Of interest to policymakers and non-governmental organisations (NGOs) involved in social engineering efforts to influence citizen attitudes and behaviors, the findings will help readers understand how to avoid social engineering pitfalls. • Based on extensive fieldwork in the United Arab Emirates (UAE), including interviews with a ruling monarch, political leaders, government workers, teachers, and students • Of interest to policymakers and non-governmental organisations (NGOs) involved in social engineering efforts, to understand how to avoid social engineering pitfalls • Applies the theory of state-led social engineering and the making of citizens, examining social engineering in a contemporary case

Repnikova examines the web of media politics in China, demonstrating how a media oversight role works in the improbable context of a one-party state. Through an analysis of the uneasy partnership between critical journalists and the state, this book provides fresh empirical and theoretical insights into Chinese politics, comparative authoritarianism and global communication. • Proposes a new framework for understanding evolving media politics in China • Suggests an alternative view of authoritarian politics that will appeal to a range of readers interested in comparative authoritarianism • Fuses the top-down perspectives of the state and the bottom-up perspectives of societal actors

Middle East government, politics, policy

The Fates of Political Parties

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 262pp 15 b/w illus. 978-1-107-17572-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Egypt in a Time of Revolution Contentious Politics and the Arab Spring Neil Ketchley | King’s College London

The book gives the first systematic account of the Egyptian Revolution in 2011 and its aftermath using a contentious politics framework. The book will be used by academics, upper-level undergraduates and postgraduate students interested in the Arab Spring. • Uses an unparalleled amount of primary source material and evidence to address important shortcomings in our knowledge of this world event and to dispel several myths • Will appeal to social scientists due to its use of mixed methods to analyze both quantitative and qualitative sources Middle East government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies in Contentious Politics

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 200pp 30 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-18497-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 978-1-316-63622-0 Paperback £23.99 / US$29.99

P P

Why Democracy Deepens Political Information and Decentralization in India Anoop Sadanandan | Syracuse University, New York

India is in the midst of vast economic and social changes. Why Democracy Deepens explains how the country’s socio-economic changes are shaping its democratic institutions, and how the uneven nature of these changes have heightened the need for local voter information, promoting grassroots democracy in some Indian states. • Provides a fascinating insight into the socio-economic changes in India that are shaping its politics to promote grassroots democracy • Written in plain prose, with statistical models reproduced as simple graphs, to aid understanding • The book is a result of the author’s passion for India and extensive first-hand research into the ‘undersoil’ of Indian politics South Asian government, politics, policy

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 202pp 29 b/w illus. 3 maps 13 tables 978-1-107-17751-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

East Asian government, politics, policy

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 264pp 3 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-19598-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Crises, Continuity, and Change in Latin America Jennifer Cyr | University of Arizona

The Fates of Political Parties focuses on a number of individual Latin American countries as well as the region as a whole, identifying considerable variation regarding how parties survive and even revive after an electoral crisis. The book demonstrates that parties can be remarkably enduring institutions. • Addressing a timely political phenomenon, readers will learn about politics in apparently ‘crisis-laden’ countries, where change seems to be the only constant • Identifies considerable institutional continuity in the Latin America region, giving readers insight into politics in the developing world • Employs mixed methods in an integrated way, appealing to readers with diverse methodological preferences Latin American government, politics, policy

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 282pp 10 b/w illus. 28 tables 978-1-107-18979-9 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

State Crisis in Fragile Democracies Polarization and Political Regimes in South America Samuel Handlin | University of Utah

The transformation of South American politics in the twenty-first century challenges scholars to rethink the sources of regional variation in party system polarization and regime dynamics. Where existing accounts focus on economic variables, this book presents a novel political-institutional explanation and deepens our understanding of polarizing populism around the world. • Develops a new political-institutional explanation of South America’s ‘two lefts’ and the divergent fates of the region’s democratic regimes, challenging existing understandings that have focused on economic variables • Develops new theoretical propositions for understanding ‘polarizing populism’ around the world • Explicitly applies process tracing tests to evaluate causal claims Latin American government, politics, policy

August 2017 228 x 152 mm c.256pp 978-1-108-41542-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Politics, social theory, Running history head of ideas right

Violence in Latin America and the Caribbean

Memory and Justice in PostGenocide Rwanda

Subnational Structures, Institutions, and Clientelistic Networks Edited by Tina Hilgers | Concordia University, Montréal

Timothy Longman | Boston University

Violence in Latin America and the Caribbean is no longer perpetrated primarily by states against their citizens, but by a variety of state and non-state actors. This book examines violence at the subnational level to illuminate how violence and vulnerability are embedded within subnational configurations of space and clientelistic networks. • Examines violence at the subnational level to reveal striking trends obscured by aggregate statistics • Proposes a new view on the links between violence and clientelism • Based on new data collected in the field, presented in an accessible and compelling fashion • Focuses on subnational analysis, which differs greatly from national level aggregate statistics and dynamics

Based on rich field research, comparative surveys and local case studies, this book explores the steps taken to promote peace, reconciliation and justice in post-genocide Rwanda at both a governmental and local level. It is an ideal read for those studying Modern African politics, transitional justice and human rights. • An accessible introduction to the politics of post-genocide Rwanda, using personal experience to appeal to both the academic and the general reader • Studies the Rwanda transitional justice program from its initiation to the modern day, providing a full examination of its development over time • The first book to look at all of Rwanda’s transitional justice programs as a whole and place them in the political context of the time

Latin American government, politics, policy

African government, politics, policy

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 296pp 6 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-19317-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Forbearance as Redistribution

Innovating Development Strategies in Africa

The Politics of Informal Welfare in Latin America Alisha C. Holland | Princeton University, New Jersey

The book explains why and when laws go unenforced in developing countries. It argues that the tolerance of street vending and squatting is a form of informal welfare provision and a more effective means to mobilize the poor than conventional state social policies. • While most books look at tax-based social policies, this book proposes a new view of welfare states in the developing world • Using a multi-method approach, the book combines survey data and extensive fieldwork to test the arguments • Shows how politicians manipulate enforcement to win votes, enabling readers to make sense of why some laws go unenforced in developing countries Latin American government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 392pp 50 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-107-17407-8 Hardback £76.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-62635-1 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 288pp 6 b/w illus. 1 map 1 table 978-1-107-01799-3 Hardback £80.00 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-67809-5 Paperback £23.99 / US$29.99 P

P P

Why Mugabe Won

The Role of International, Regional and National Actors Landry Signé | Stanford University, California

This book examines postcolonial strategies for economic development in Africa, and the role of international, regional and national actors in the development of these strategies. It is for scholars and practitioners of international/global/ development studies, political science, economics, sociology, public policy and African studies. • Proposes one of the most systematic studies of African economic development strategies since the 1960s, ideal for those seeking to understand the modern climate of economic development in Africa • Offers numerous case studies on the often neglected and unexplored Francophone Africa, which will appeal to those seeking a better understanding of the region • Renews discussion of the relatively unexplored topic of political innovation, and offers a systematic framework to study it African government, politics, policy

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 256pp 7 b/w illus. 17 tables 978-1-107-17307-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The 2013 Elections in Zimbabwe and their Aftermath Stephen Chan | School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London

An account of the 2013 elections in Zimbabwe, examining the events, personalities and the wider socio-political context that led to President Mugabe’s re-election. It is for students and scholars studying African politics, comparative studies and development studies, and for those exploring the political context and history of the region. • Provides an accessible, comprehensive, and nuanced view of the landmark 2013 elections in Zimbabwe, allowing the reader to break down and understand the events that shape Zimbabwe’s present and its future • Based on extensive fieldwork and research, offering the perspective of the political elite, grassroots activists, and the ordinary Zimbabwean voter • Examines the effects of the election in a wider context, showing the reader how domestic and international politics interact, both in Africa and on the international stage African government, politics, policy

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 205pp 978-1-107-11716-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Runningsocial Politics, head theory, left history of ideas / Economics, business studies

Economics, business studies

Networks of Communication in South Africa New Media, New Technologies R. Sooryamoorthy | University of KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa

Available Open Access

Economics without Borders

This book is an original study on the development of media technologies, communications and social networks in South Africa. It is for those researching the growth of communication technology and new media in Africa, as well as those more widely involved in development studies and economics. • A pioneering insight into new media networks in South Africa, broadening the understanding of new media and communications for general readers, students and scholars alike • Studies how new media technologies are used effectively for building different kinds of networks, and how the communication patterns have impacted on the formation and maintenance of social contracts and relationships • Provides a comprehensive timeline of development in communication practices and media adoption that can be applied to the wider developing world African government, politics, policy

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 288pp 2 b/w illus. 1 map 33 tables 978-1-107-18563-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

This book, with contributions from leading European economists, uses state-of-the-art surveys to bridge the gap between economics research and policymaking in Europe, demonstrating how recent research is contributing to European policy. Also available as open access, it is for economics scholars, economists and policymakers working in Europe. • Each chapter of the volume is a state-of-the-art survey of the main areas of economics, taking into account the most burning European policy challenges • Illustrates the many ways that new data contributes to the understanding of European economics and policy • Shows how and to what extent economics research is contributing to the European policy debate • This book is also available as open access Macroeconomics and monetary economics

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 650pp 52 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-107-18515-9 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00 978-1-316-63639-8 Paperback c. £32.99 / c. US$49.99

Textbook

Applied Social Science Methodology An Introductory Guide John Gerring | University of Texas, Austin

Introducing a variety of social science methodologies through an integrated approach, this textbook is applicable to a range of advanced undergraduate and postgraduate social and political science courses, including politics, sociology, communications, business, management and economics. • A clear, concise and comprehensive introduction to social science methodology, with an emphasis on application • Uses a unified framework, integrating a variety of methods including descriptive and causal, observational and experimental, and qualitative and quantitative • Supplementary online resources include exercises, flashcards, chapter lecture slides, a hypothetical data set and suggestions for further resources • Applicable to all social science disciplines including politics, sociology, psychology, anthropology, business, and economics Contents: Preface; Part I. Building Blocks: 1. A unified framework; 2. Arguments; 3. Concepts and measures; 4. Analyses; Part II. Causality: 5. Causal frameworks; 6. Causal hypotheses and analyses; 7. Experimental designs; 8. Large-N observational designs; 9. Case study designs; 10. Diverse tools of causal inference; Part III. Process and Presentation: 11. Reading and reviewing; 12. Brainstorming; 13. Data gathering; 14. Writing; 15. Speaking; 16. Ethics; Part IV. Statistics: 17. Data management; 18. Univariate statistics; 19. Probability distributions; 20. Statistical inference; 21. Bivariate statistics; 22. Regression; 23. Causal inference; 24. Appendix; References; Index. Research methods in politics

April 2017 246 x 189 mm 400pp 48 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07147-6 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00 978-1-107-41681-9 Paperback c. £30.00 / c. US$45.00

Economic Research for European Policy Challenges Edited by Laszlo Matyas | Central European University, Budapest

X X

P P

Rethinking Fiscal Policy after the Crisis Edited by L’udovít Ódor | Council for Budget Responsibility, Slovakia

This book discusses the often-overlooked future of fiscal policy in light of what we have learned from the financial crisis. This book is for academics and graduate students studying the debate on fiscal policy, as well as practitioners working on day-today policy issues. • Offers a deep and balanced discussion of fiscal policy in an accessible manner, suitable for both academics and policy-makers • Offers new analytical perspectives on fiscal policy, opening new avenues for researchers, students and analysts to conduct fiscal analysis • Uses real-life case studies in the euro area, US and Japan to discuss the application of fiscal policy Macroeconomics and monetary economics

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 638pp 107 b/w illus. 45 tables 978-1-107-16058-3 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00

Economics, Running business head studies right

Highlight

Structured to Fail? Regulatory Performance under Competing Mandates Christopher Carrigan | George Washington University, Washington DC

Carrigan systematically challenges accepted principles of regulatory design by combining a statistical analysis of a broad set of US agencies with an in-depth case study of the role of the Minerals Management Service in the 2010 Gulf of Mexico oil spill to develop important conclusions for policy. • Appeals to a wide readership by combining a diverse set of research methods, including a statistical analysis, case study, and formal model • Keeps the mathematical background for the theoretical discussion assigned to an appendix, allowing readers to avoid the mathematical components • Includes a self-contained in-depth case study of the history of US regulatory oversight of offshore oil and gas development leading up the Gulf oil spill Public economics and public policy

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-18169-4 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-316-63280-2 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99

P P

The Origins of Behavioural Public Policy

Collapse and Transition Byung-Yeon Kim | Seoul National University

This book offers a comprehensive and systematic study of the North Korean economy through interviews with refugees and the analysis of data from Chinese firms who deal directly with North Korea. It is for academics and students studying the economics and political economy of North Korea and East Asia. • Delivers the first up-to-date comprehensive analysis of the present-day state of the North Korean economy in an easy-to-access and systematic manner • Features new data gathered from surveys of North Korean refugees and Chinese firms working in North Korea, offering a revealing new analysis of the state of North Korea’s economy • Uses established perspectives from economic systems and transition economics to provide a framework of understanding the past failures, the present changes, and the future implications these changes will have on the North Korean economy Economic development and growth

Adam Oliver | London School of Economics and Political Science

This book is an introduction to how behavioural economics is used to inform policy developments. Academics, policy makers and practitioners with a diverse disciplinary backgrounds, including political science, sociology and anthropology, will benefit from this book, as will general readers with an interest in behavioural public policy. • An accessible introduction to the development of behavioural economics from the 1950s to the present day, giving the reader a thorough grounding in its developments and the challenges it poses to rational choice theory and standard economics theory • Offers an all-encompassing, non-didactic approach to behavioural economics, presenting arguments both for and against propositions, allowing the reader to gain knowledge of the various issues and encouraging them to form their own considered opinions • Clearly highlights an applied approach to behavioural economics over the rhetoric of other texts to bring a level of intellectual clarity to the field Public economics and public policy

May 2017 228 x 152 mm c.234pp 978-1-316-51026-1 Hardback £59.99 / US$74.99 978-1-316-64966-4 Paperback £21.99 / US$27.99

Unveiling the North Korean Economy

P P

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 334pp 978-1-107-18379-7 Hardback £87.99 / US$110.00 978-1-316-63516-2 Paperback £28.99 / US$35.99

P P

The International Mobility of Talent and Innovation New Evidence and Policy Implications Edited by Carsten Fink | World Intellectual Property Organization

Why do talented individuals migrate and how do they shape innovation around the world? This important work reviews the latest research, provides new evidence based on international patent records and identifies the policy implications. It will interest policymakers and academic researchers studying globalization. • Offers a new approach to studying skilled migration by analyzing key patent data • Appeals to readers outside the academic economics profession by avoiding excessive econometric treatments • Consolidates a number of approaches by reviewing the state of the art, discussing policy implications and identifying areas for future research Economic development and growth | Intellectual Property, Innovation and Economic Development

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-17424-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Behavioral Economics for Cost-Benefit Analysis Benefit Validity When Sovereign Consumers Seem to Make Mistakes David L. Weimer | University of Wisconsin, Madison

David L. Weimer assesses the implications of behavioral economics for cost-benefit analysis (CBA). The book has two major audiences. First, it provides practical guidelines for policy analysts when behavioral anomalies threaten the validity of conventionally measured benefits. Second, it identifies areas where behavioral economists can make their research more relevant to public policy. • Provides an accessible overview of neoclassical welfare economics • Reviews progress toward developing a behaviorally-informed welfare economics • Provides practical guidelines for dealing with behavioral challenges to cost-benefit analysis (CBA) Public economics and public policy

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 175pp 9 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-19735-0 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-316-64766-0 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Running head Economics, business left studies / Law

Highlight

Value and Profit

Islam Instrumentalized

An Introduction to Measurement in Financial Reporting Geoffrey Whittington | Judge Business School, Cambridge

Religion and Politics in Historical Perspective Jean-Philippe Platteau | Université de Namur, Belgium

This book challenges the widespread view that Islam is a reactionary religion that defends tradition against modernity and individual freedom. Jean-Philippe Platteau shows how Islam is vulnerable to political manipulation and how the threat of religious extremism is especially high because Islam is not organized as a centralized church. • Proposes a new view of religion, and Islam in particular, that puts religious-political interactions at the centre of analysis • Adopts a reasoned historical approach that uses case study material and brings dynamic aspects to light • Uses a general argument supported by a rigorous analytical framework that belongs to political economics Economic development and growth | Cambridge Studies in Economics, Choice, and Society

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 512pp 978-1-107-15544-2 Hardback £79.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-60900-2 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99

P P

The Laws and Economics of Confucianism Kinship and Property in Preindustrial China and England Taisu Zhang | Yale University, Connecticut

This book explores how property institutions in pre-industrial China and England differed, and how those differences changed the trajectories of agricultural production. Tying together previously separated fields of cultural and legal history and institutional economics, it will be of interest to scholars of history, law, sociology, and economics. • Of interest to scholars across multiple disciplines • A non-generalized exploration of one of the largest problems in history, Sino-English divergence • Does not rely on quantified models, and will appeal to social scientists normally averse to econometric books Economic development and growth | Cambridge Studies in Economics, Choice, and Society

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 317pp 978-1-107-14111-7 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

The Political Economy of the Eurozone Edited by Ivano Cardinale | Goldsmiths, University of London

This book is unique in bringing together economists, historians, political scientists and policy-makers to develop a new way of thinking about the Eurozone. It captures the essential features of the Eurozone, including the multiple actors spanning different levels (supranational, national, regional, sectoral) and pursuing overlapping economic and political objectives. • Proposes a new approach to the political economy of the Eurozone • Develops original tools that overcome the micro-macro duality and shed light on the internal structure of the Eurozone • Fills an important analytical deficit by allowing a systematic study of economic and political interdependencies across different decisionmaking levels in the Eurozone History of economic thought and methodology

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 350pp 45 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12401-1 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

This book is a unique survey and analysis of the theory and practice of measurement in financial accounts, covering both traditional and alternative methods of measurement. It is for students on graduate or advanced undergraduate courses in financial accounting and practitioners and policy-makers concerned with accounting standards. • Provides a unique, rigorous framework, expressed algebraically, for defining competing systems, adding precision to the analysis on measurement in accounting • Illustrates algebraic formula with simple numerical answers, adding intuitive understanding and making the argument accessible for a wide range of readers • Sets the problem of measurement in the context of recent developments in accounting practice and research Finance

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 448pp 978-0-521-19097-8 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$99.99 978-0-521-15588-5 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$41.99

P P

Law The Development of the Rule of Law in ASEAN The State and Regional Integration Imelda Deinla | Australian National University, Canberra

Situating the rule of law through the complex dynamics of law, politics, institutions and international relations in ASEAN and its member states, this work appeals to a wide readership such as academics, students and practitioners, and readers will find it to be a useful introductory text to the rule of law in ASEAN. • Adopts a functionalist approach, rather than a purely normative one, and considers both formal and informal rule-making as important aspects of the rule of law • The first comparative study on the rule of law practices among the ten member states of ASEAN • Compares ASEAN’s comparative legal and institutional developments with the European Union, African Union and MERCOSUR • Evaluates the development and ongoing debates by scholars and practitioners on the conceptual and practical meanings of the rule of law Jurisprudence, legal theory

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 220pp 12 b/w illus. 978-1-107-19360-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

A Realistic Theory of Law Brian Z. Tamanaha | Washington University, St Louis

This book is for legal theorists and social scientists interested in a theory of law as a social institution that changes in form and function over time and place, in connection with social, cultural, economic, political, ecological, and technological factors. The realistic theory presents a holistic vision of law within society. • Presents the only contemporary version of a holistic theory of law within society • An excellent resource to learn a great deal about legal theory from a social scientific perspective • Traces the development of law and society, providing an account of the transformation of modern law Jurisprudence, legal theory

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-18842-6 Hardback £84.99 / US$110.00 978-1-316-63851-4 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99

P P

Running head right Law

Agape, Justice, and Law

Constituents before Assembly

How Might Christian Love Shape Law? Edited by Robert F. Cochran | Pepperdine University, California

Participation, Deliberation, and Representation in the Crafting of New Constitutions Todd A. Eisenstadt | American University, Washington DC

This book will be of interest to students, teachers, and scholars in a variety of fields, including law, theology and religious studies, political science, philosophy, and history. The essays, by leading scholars from these fields, address classic theological issues as well as contemporary debates in law and politics. • Offers a new framework for the study of law and religion • Addresses key contemporary controversies in both public and private law • Explores the ways to integrate Christian ethics and jurisprudence

This book demonstrates that new constitutions can, but often do not, improve a nation’s level of democracy. The authors explore patterns of constitution-making with cases from Africa, Latin America, and the Middle East to show that participation is a better predictor of levels of democracy than the constitution itself. • Shows for the first time that the level of participation in building democracy through new constitutions matters more than the content of the constitution itself • Provides empirical evidence for normative theories of democracy • Empirically develops a new dataset of 190 countries from 1974 to 2014 • Utilizes primary and secondary source material from comparative case studies from the Middle East, Africa, and Latin America

Jurisprudence, legal theory | Law and Christianity

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-17528-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Settled Versus Right

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 224pp 978-1-107-16822-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

A Theory of Precedent Randy J. Kozel | Notre Dame Law School

This book provides an in-depth analysis of the role of precedent in American judicial practice, while also developing a new theory for using precedent as a bridge between judges who are otherwise inclined to disagree. • Proposes a new theory of precedent that demonstrates how debates over the application of precedent need not collapse into deeper methodological or political disputes • Provides a conceptual and practical framework for explaining the operation of precedent in American constitutional law • Offers a set of tools for understanding the role of precedent, useful for any reader regardless of their theory of precedent Constitutional and administrative law, public law

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 192pp 978-1-107-12753-1 Hardback £79.99 / US$99.99 978-1-107-56652-1 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99

P P

Valuing Bureaucracy

Rights and Retrenchment The Counterrevolution against Federal Litigation Stephen B. Burbank | University of Pennsylvania

In Rights and Retrenchment, the authors show that an increasingly conservative, unelected Supreme Court has undermined the enforcement of federal rights with little public notice. This book will be of interest to students, scholars, and citizens concerned about rights and their enforcement. • Reliance on numerous original datasets provides new knowledge and confidence that the analyses are based on systematic and representative information • Use of original archival research illuminates the origins of the counterrevolution and reveals the roles of many high-profile people • Leverages the original perspectives founded in institutional theory, allowing the readers to assess the progress of the counterrevolution US law

The Case for Professional Government Second edition Paul R. Verkuil | Cardozo Law School

In this book, Verkuil uses his inside perspective on government to examine the increasing impact of private contractors on governance. Outsourcing of government functions is on the rise and is of concern to scholars and practitioners, and the reputation of the author will bring considerable attention to this book. • Examines the effects of outsourcing government functions • The author brings an insider perspective after five years in the Obama administration • Includes extensive interviews providing further perspective and evidence of argument Constitutional and administrative law, public law

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 186pp 12 b/w illus. 978-1-107-17659-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00 978-1-316-62966-6 Paperback £23.99 / US$29.99

Constitutional and administrative law, public law | Comparative Constitutional Law and Policy

P P

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-107-13699-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$105.00 978-1-316-50204-4 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99

P P

The Fourth Amendment in an Age of Surveillance David Gray | University of Maryland School of Law

The Fourth Amendment in an Age of Surveillance offers a vivid and available account of contemporary surveillance technologies and the current crisis in Fourth Amendment law that those technologies have wrought. It also offers a series of workable solutions, built on a careful analysis of the Fourth Amendment’s text and history. • Focuses on the non-technical definitions of search and seizure, revealing the errors of certain twentieth-century doctrines and providing a means of correction • Provides a clear constitutional test to determine the scope and application of the Fourth Amendment • Offers concrete recommendations to help guide legislators, law enforcement, and courts as they grapple with the constitutional consequences US law

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 304pp 978-1-107-13323-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00 978-1-107-58978-0 Paperback £24.99 / US$29.99

P P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Running head left Law

Law, Religion, and Health in the United States

Procedural Review in European Fundamental Rights Cases

Edited by Holly Fernandez Lynch | Harvard Law School, Massachusetts

This book will appeal to audiences interested in questions at the intersection of law, religion, and health in the United States. It offers varied perspectives on core debates about the responsibilities of health care providers and institutions in a country founded on religious freedom and diversity. • A solid primer that covers a breadth of issues, including health care institutions, providers, insurers, patients, and various settings, ranging from reproductive, mental, public, and environmental health • Offers interdisciplinary expertise and ideological diversity, covering philosophy, public health, law, theology, and medicine, and contains views that are both more and less sympathetic to religious claims • The most up-to-date resource as it will Include ongoing Supreme Court and other federal litigation US law

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 470pp 978-1-107-16488-8 Hardback £99.99 / US$125.00 978-1-316-61654-3 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99

P P

Procedural Rulings and Substantive Worker Rights in the United States Joseph A. Seiner | University of South Carolina

This book describes how the Supreme Court has used procedural law to undermine the civil rights of minority workers. It is a valuable resource for academics interested in the Supreme Court’s treatment of civil rights law, and for practitioners attempting to successfully litigate claims arising in this field. • Explains to readers how the Court has undermined civil rights through procedural mechanisms and technicalities • Proposes a framework for civil rights litigation in a straightforward and easily accessible format • Offers a bold new approach to Supreme Court case law US law

P P

The Achilles Heel of Democracy

Human rights

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 276pp 978-1-107-18377-3 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

The Judicial Application of Human Rights Law

First published in 2002, this pioneering work has been extensively revised to include the jurisprudence of the last ten years from international, regional and national sources on the interpretation and application of the human rights concepts articulated in the two international human rights covenants. • Assembles all available jurisprudence on human rights, providing a comprehensive and up-to-date guide to current law • Covers the substance and content of all the recognised rights and freedoms within the international law of human rights • Demonstrates the universality of contemporary human rights norms in this revised second edition Human rights

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 1104pp 978-1-107-01568-5 Hardback c. £150.00 / c. US$235.00

Grassroots Activism and the Evolution of Transitional Justice The Families of the Disappeared Iosif Kovras | City, University of London

Judicial Autonomy and the Rule of Law in Central America Rachel E. Bowen | Ohio State University

Comparing five Central American countries, this book explores the influences of criminals, activists, and other societal actors on the justice system. The role of the judiciary in promoting the rule of law is of interest to political science and legal scholars. This work with its focus on Central America will be of particular interest. • Offers a novel typology of ‘judicial regime types’ based on levels of societal autonomy and political independence • Presents case studies of the judicial regimes of five Central American countries over thirty-five years • Provides the first in-depth comparison of critical Central American countries in this subject area Comparative law

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 302pp 978-1-107-17832-8 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

European suprational courts increasingly adjudicate not only on the substance but also on the quality of the procedure that has led to an infringement of fundamental rights. This book examines the nature of procedural review, as well as its practical potential and possible limitations. • Explains what procedural review is, in which types of cases it could be used, and what its limitations are • Readers will understand why and to what extent procedural review could be useful in deciding cases on fundamental rights in Europe • Allows readers to obtain a multi-faceted understanding of procedural review and its benefits and limitations

National, Regional and International Jurisprudence Second edition Nihal Jayawickrama | University of Saskatchewan

The Supreme Court’s New Workplace

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 225pp 10 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-13799-8 Hardback £84.99 / US$110.00 978-1-316-50280-8 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99

Edited by Janneke Gerards | Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands

This book explores how, in Lebanon, Cyprus, South Africa and Chile, the families of victims of enforced disappearances fought for the truth. Supplemented by a new global database of enforced disappearances, these cases reveal how grassroots activists can be instrumental in determining the form of transitional justice mechanisms. • A unique exploration of how the mobilization of victims’ groups has shaped contemporary transitional justice • Sheds light on the little-examined case studies of Lebanon and Cyprus as well as the already influential cases of South Africa and Chile • Draws on a new global database of enforced disappearances since the mid-1970s Human rights

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 225pp 7 b/w illus. 1 map 6 tables 978-1-107-16665-3 Hardback £89.99 / US$110.00 P 978-1-316-61770-0 Paperback £29.99 / US$35.99 P

Running head right Law

Moral and Political Conceptions of Human Rights Implications for Theory and Practice Edited by Reidar Maliks | Universitetet i Oslo

This book contributes to the flourishing multidisciplinary field of human rights studies. It explores philosophical debates about moral and political approaches to human rights and shows implications for urgent contemporary issues, including socio-economic rights, indigenous rights, the rights of immigrants and the human rights responsibilities of corporations. • Develops the distinction between moral and political approaches to human rights, and will appeal to those who want to solve problems in how human rights are understood and justified • Applies contemporary human rights philosophy to urgent policy issues, which will be useful to political scientists, lawyers and philosophers who seek to solve human rights problems in emerging policy contexts • Uses the case of human rights to explore what role existing social practices should play in justifying normative principles, helpful to readers interested in core problems in the methodology of political theory/philosophy Human rights

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-15397-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Edited by Prabha Kotiswaran | King’s College London

Set apart from related literature, this collection anchors trafficking debates in transnational legal theory. Whilst addressing the tensions in the implementation of the Palermo protocols, it exemplifies a labor approach to trafficking and elaborates on what this paradigm shift means in comparison to a human rights or criminal justice approach. • Adopts a critical approach to mainstream discourses on trafficking and modern slavery • Includes inter-disciplinary contributions, ensuring that complex transnational problems like trafficking are considered from multiple viewpoints • Considers the perspectives of a variety of stakeholders in this field, thus bridging the academic-activist divide Human rights | Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 534pp 978-1-107-16054-5 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

Discrimination, Copyright and Equality

Opening the e-Book for the Print-Disabled Paul Harpur | University of Queensland

Soft Law and Global Health Problems Lessons from Responses to HIV/AIDS, Malaria and Tuberculosis Sharifah Sekalala | University of Warwick

This book is for legal, development, policy and health scholars who are interested in global health law. It examines key global health governance questions on how the international community can create access to essential medicines for the millions of people who are suffering from AIDS, tuberculosis and malaria. • Contextualises global health governance by using practical examples and case studies • Considers the role of institutions in developing global health and explores their capabilities and limitations • Includes new perspectives on the access to medicines debate, which will appeal to those frustrated by the lack of progress Human rights

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-04952-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Revisiting the Law and Governance of Trafficking, Forced Labor and Modern Slavery

This book explores how restrictive copyright laws deny access to information for the print disabled, despite equality laws protecting access. It contributes to disability rights scholarship and ideas of digital equality in analysis of domestic disability anti-discrimination, civil, human and constitutional rights, copyright and other reading equality measures. • A valuable resource for advocates, law makers, librarians and others who seek to reform laws, policies and practices that reduce reading equality • Provides a comparative analysis of how copyright and antidiscrimination laws interact • Provides an in-depth analysis of advances in international and domestic laws Human rights | Cambridge Disability Law and Policy Series

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 1 table 978-1-107-11900-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.00

Contesting World Order? Socioeconomic Rights and Global Justice Movements Joe Wills | University of Leicester

Global and domestic policies, and the rapid processes of economic globalisation have led to burgeoning levels of inequality. Drawing upon insights from critical international relations theory, this book explores how global justice movements use socioeconomic rights to challenge neo-liberal global governance. • Appealing to academics, practitioners and activists interested in the contribution that socioeconomic rights can make to global justice causes • Three case studies are used to ground the analysis • Allows readers to explore international human rights law through a new lens Human rights | Globalization and Human Rights

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-17614-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Running head left Law

and their relationship with international law; 17. The politics and ethics of international law and global governance; 18. By way of conclusion; Bibliography; Index.

International Law and World Order A Critique of Contemporary Approaches Second edition B. S. Chimni | Jawaharlal Nehru University

Public international law

This book articulates a new approach to international law combining the insights of Marxism, socialist feminism and postcolonial theory. It offers a critique of the principal contemporary perspectives to international law, and analyzes a range of world order issues that include imperialism, the states system, and democracy. • Proposes a new approach to international law alongside comprehensive analyses of a range of theoretical perspectives • Engages with a number of key world order issues such as the role of human rights • Encourages greater interaction between the disciplines of international law and international relations Public international law

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 640pp 978-1-107-06526-0 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00

Supreme Law of the Land? Debating the Contemporary Effects of Treaties within the United States Legal System Edited by Paul R. Dubinsky | Wayne State University School of Law

This book is an engaging and useful desk companion for judges and practicing lawyers, as well as general readers and graduate students interested in the constitutional basis of US treaty-making, methods of interpreting treaties, and why it can be difficult to bring treaty claims in US courts. • Includes the first comprehensive assessment of federal legislation on treaty implementation • Examines the principal legal doctrines raised in litigation of treatyrelated disputes in US courts • Provides an analysis of treaty law that can be applied to the law in wider contexts Public international law

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-06660-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Textbook

International Law Second edition Jan Klabbers | University of Helsinki

The new and updated edition of this landmark textbook in the teaching of international law, from one of the world’s leading international lawyers, is refreshingly clear and concise, conveying the dynamics of international law through four questions. Where does it come from? To whom does it apply? How does it resolve conflict? What does it say? • A new and updated edition of this landmark textbook by a leading international law scholar • Gives the broadest perspective on the subject by looking at not only the legal but also the diplomatic and political context • The clear four-part structure guarantees students’ understanding Contents: Part I. The Structure of International Law: 1. The setting of international law; 2. The making of international law; 3. The law of treaties; 4. The subjects of international law; 5. Jurisdiction, powers and immunities; 6. The individual in international law, including human rights; 7. The law of responsibility; 8. International courts and tribunals; 9. Sanctions, countermeasures and collective security; Part II. The Substance of International Law: 10. Use of force; 11. The law of armed conflict; 12. International criminal law; 13. The seas, the air and outer space; 14. Protecting the environment; 15. The global economy; Part III. The Surroundings of International Law: 16. Domestic courts

April 2017 247 x 174 mm 375pp 978-1-107-14155-1 Hardback £79.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-50660-8 Paperback £33.99 / US$44.99

X X

International Cultural Heritage Law in Armed Conflict Case-Studies of Syria, Libya, Mali, the Invasion of Iraq, and the Buddhas of Bamiyan Marina Lostal | The Hague University of Applied Sciences

This book addresses the protection of cultural heritage in armed conflict. It spells out this area’s discrete legal principles, providing easy-tounderstand guidelines for lawyers and non-lawyers alike. Through case studies, it provides a novel perspective of the issue which will engender debate and cause reflection among cultural heritage professionals and academics. • Easy-to-understand guidelines are provided for both lawyers and nonlawyers • Uses global case studies to explain cultural heritage destruction • Offers a novel perspective and fills gaps in the field Public international law

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 220pp 978-1-107-16921-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

The Law of International Lawyers Reading Martti Koskenniemi Edited by Wouter Werner | Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam

The Law of International Lawyers explores key issues in international law via critical reflection on the work of Martti Koskenniemi, long recognised as a leading authority in the field. It also contributes novel reflections upon the different practices in which international law is enacted, shaped and reshaped. • Provides fresh perspectives on Martti Koskenniemi’s body of work • Includes contributions from leading scholars in the field • Explores Koskenniemi’s work in the context of international law as a whole Public international law

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 424pp 978-1-107-19318-5 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

Justification and Excuse in International Law Concept and Theory of General Defences Federica Paddeu | University of Cambridge

The defences available to a state under the law of state responsibility can be considered either as justifications (which render acts lawful) or excuses (excluding the responsibility of the state for wrongful conduct). This book is the first to comprehensively examine the distinction, informed by state practice and theoretical considerations. • The first comprehensive treatment of the distinction between justification and excuse in international law • Combines an analysis of state practice with theoretical explorations • Considers the practical implications of the distinction between justification and excuse in international law Public international law | Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law, 130

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-107-10620-8 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

Running head right Law

Legal Consequences of Peremptory Norms in International Law Daniel Costelloe | Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, London

When is a norm peremptory? This question has troubled legal scholars throughout the development of modern international law. In this work, Daniel Costelloe suggests that only the legal consequences of a norm distinguish it as peremptory, and sheds new light on those consequences. • Proposes a return to the classical understanding of peremptory norms • Focuses on state practice, including historical practice, as well as international legal instruments, offering a repository of materials on which scholars and practitioners can draw • Explores the analytical connections between peremptory norms and other features of general international law, such as obligations erga omnes Public international law | Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law, 132

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-14503-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Previously Announced

International Law Reports, Consolidated Table of Treaties

International Law Reports Volume 169 Edited by Christopher Greenwood | International Court of Justice

Volume 169 reports on the 2015 Arbitration Award on Jurisdiction and Admissibility in Philip Morris Asia Limited v. Commonwealth of Australia, the 2012 judgment of International Court of Justice in Territorial and Maritime Dispute (Nicaragua v. Colombia) and the 2014 and 2015 Canadian judgments of Supreme Court and Court of Appeal of British Columbia in United Mexican States v. British Columbia (Labour Relations Board) regarding State immunity. • Includes the 2015 Arbitration Award on Jurisdiction and Admissibility in Philip Morris Asia Limited v. Commonwealth of Australia • Examines the 2012 judgment of International Court of Justice in Territorial and Maritime Dispute (Nicaragua v. Colombia) • Discusses the 2014 and 2015 Canadian judgments of Supreme Court and Court of Appeal of British Columbia in United Mexican States v. British Columbia (Labour Relations Board) regarding State immunity Public international law | International Law Reports, 169

June 2017 219 x 146 mm 804pp 978-1-107-19444-1 Hardback c. £170.00 / c. US$240.00

Volumes 1-160 Edited by Elihu Lauterpacht | University of Cambridge

An updated consolidation which offers an indispensable guide to the one hundred years of international law jurisprudence which the International Law Reports contain. It contains all treaties referred to in volumes 1-160 of the International Law Reports by date, treaty title and article number. • Covers, in a single consolidation, all treaties referred to in volumes 1-160 of the International Law Reports by date, treaty title and article number • Indicates where early treaties and non-multilateral treaties may be found Public international law | International Law Reports

May 2017 219 x 146 mm 800pp 978-1-107-18974-4 Hardback c. £160.00 / c. US$260.00

Key Reference

Key Reference Previously Announced

Key Reference

International Law Reports Volume 170 Edited by Christopher Greenwood | International Court of Justice

Volume 170 is devoted to South China Sea Arbitration (Republic of the Philippines versus People’s Republic of China) and includes the Award on Jurisdiction and Admissibility of 29 October 2015 together with the Final Award of 12 July 2016. • Devoted to South China Sea Arbitration (Republic of the Philippines v. People’s Republic of China) and includes the Award on Jurisdiction and Admissibility of 29 October 2015 together with the Final Award of 12 July 2016 Public international law | International Law Reports, 170

International Law Reports, Consolidated Index

August 2017 219 x 146 mm 812pp 32 colour illus. 9 maps 978-1-108-41559-0 Hardback c. £170.00 / c. US$240.00 R

Volumes 1-160 Edited by Elihu Lauterpacht | University of Cambridge

An updated consolidation which offers an indispensable guide to the one hundred years of international law jurisprudence which the International Law Reports contain. • Improves on the existing consolidation, as volumes 1-35 have been re-indexed and the volumes 36-125 consolidated index updated • An indispensable guide to International Law Reports volumes’ content, as well as being an essential compendium to the vast range of international law jurisprudence over the last hundred years • Covers in a single consolidation all treaties referred to in volumes 1-160 of the International Law Reports by date, treaty title and article number • Indicates where early treaties and non-multilateral treaties may be found Public international law | International Law Reports

July 2017 219 x 146 mm 1800pp 978-1-107-08127-7 3 Volume Hardback Set

c. £480.00 / c. US$780.00 R

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Running head left Law

Previously Announced

Textbook

HPCR Practitioner’s Handbook on Monitoring, Reporting, and Fact-Finding

The International Law on Foreign Investment Fourth edition M. Sornarajah | National University of Singapore

Investigating International Law Violations Edited by Program on Humanitarian Policy and Conflict Research | Harvard University, Massachusetts

This book offers a portrait of the practice of monitoring, reporting, and fact-finding in the domain of international law. By analyzing the experiences of fifteen recent missions, the book illuminates the key issues that these missions face and offers a roadmap for practitioners working on future missions. • Presents a comparative analysis of the practices and experiences of fifteen monitoring, reporting and fact-finding missions to allow the reader to ascertain how different missions have adopted various approaches • Divided into two parts, an accessible handbook for practitioners and a scholarly examination, the book makes the material relevant for both audiences with an interest in the subject • Based in part on interviews conducted with practitioners who worked on recent missions, allowing readers to gain insight through information otherwise not readily available to the public UN and international organisations

August 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 9 tables 978-1-107-16447-5 Hardback £100.00 / US$125.00

Assessing the World Trade Organization

Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. The shaping factors; 3. Controls by the host state; 4. The liability of multinational corporations and home state measures; 5. Bilateral investment treaties; 6. Multilateral and regional instruments on foreign investment; 7. Settlement of investment disputes: contract-based arbitration; 8. Treaty-based investment arbitration: jurisdictional issues; 9. Causes of action: breaches of treatment standards; 10. The taking of foreign property; 11. Compensation for nationalisation of foreign investments; 12. Defences to responsibility. International economic and trade law, WTO law

July 2017 247 x 174 mm 550pp 978-1-107-13362-4 Hardback c. £99.00 / c. US$160.00 978-1-107-59014-4 Paperback c. £46.99 / c. US$74.99

Fit for Purpose? Edited by Manfred Elsig | World Trade Institute, Universität Bern, Switzerland

With contributions from leading experts in political science, law, economics, and trade policy, this book reviews the performance of the World Trade Organization from an interdisciplinary perspective. It provides novel insights into how it works as an international organisation and platform for negotiations, dispute settlement and the management of trade regulation. • Proposes a fresh new look at World Trade Organization performance and challenges existing narratives • Includes succinct summaries of theoretical and empirical debates and provides new insights into how the World Trade Organization has achieved its objectives • Bridges disciplinary views on the World Trade Organization and encourages supplementary views over standard, narrow assessments International economic and trade law, WTO law

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 430pp 978-1-107-19322-2 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

Following the Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP) and Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership (TTIP), the wide discussion during the US presidential election and demonstrations against investor-state arbitration, foreign investment law has gained widespread public attention. Covering recent controversies in every aspect of the subject, The International Law on Foreign Investment remains the most comprehensive text available. • A comprehensive and fully up-to-date account of the subject offering a holistic overview of the law contextualised by historical, economic and political perspectives • Provides a perfect balance of authoritative overview and thoughtprovoking analysis • Balances traditional developed country views on foreign investment with the views of developing states to offer competing perspectives

X X

Dispute Settlement Reports 2015 Volume 9: Pages 4571-5130 World Trade Organization

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. They are an essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers, and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2015: IX. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

January 2017 240 x 160 mm 562pp 978-1-107-19404-5 Hardback £160.00 / US$225.00

Running head right Law

and industrial emissions; 10. EU water law; 11. Impact assessment; 12. Nature and biodiversity protection; 13. Technological risk regulation: chemicals, genetically modified organisms and nanotechnology; 14. Waste.

Dispute Settlement Reports 2015 Volume 10: Pages 5131-5650 World Trade Organization

Environmental law

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. They are an essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers, and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2015: X. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

January 2017 240 x 160 mm 522pp 978-1-107-19445-8 Hardback £160.00 / US$225.00

Dispute Settlement Reports 2015

June 2017 247 x 174 mm 500pp 978-1-107-01470-1 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$130.00 978-1-107-64044-3 Paperback c. £32.99 / c. US$60.00

X X

Why Environmental Policies Fail Jan Laitos | University of Denver

Proposing environmental policy which is consistent with the laws of nature, this book is for readers who are not just interested in the many ways humans have altered their environment, but instead wish to learn why the many governmental policies in place to curb such behaviour have been unsuccessful. • Relies on more accurate models for how nature works and humans behave • Proposes environmental policy which is consistent with the Laws of Nature • Argues that environmental policy should not separate humans from nature, nor assume human exceptionalism compared to nature Environmental law

Volume 11: Pages 5651-6110 World Trade Organization

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. They are an essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers, and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2015: XI. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-107-12101-0 Hardback £80.00 / US$99.99 978-1-107-54674-5 Paperback £23.99 / US$29.99

P P

The Principles and Practice of International Commercial Arbitration Third edition Margaret L. Moses | Loyola University School of Law, Chicago

European Environmental Law

This book provides the reader with immediate access to understanding the world of international arbitration by explaining how and why arbitration works. It is short and readable, but comprehensive in its coverage of the basic requirements, including the most recent changes in arbitration laws, rules, and guidelines. • Covers the latest changes in arbitration laws, rules and guidelines • Short and readable, and includes comments of arbitrators and counsel on their views and experience of arbitration • Provides a comprehensive overview of international commercial arbitration

Suzanne Kingston | University College Dublin

Dispute resolution, mediation and arbitration

International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

January 2017 240 x 160 mm 462pp 978-1-107-19447-2 Hardback £160.00 / US$225.00

Textbook

European Environmental Law provides a critical and comprehensive account of the key issues in European environmental law and adopts a contextual interdisciplinary approach. Written by leading scholars, it examines increasingly important fields such as climate change law and environmental human rights law, as well as traditional environmental law topics. • Uses a contextual, critical and interdisciplinary approach to engage students and help them understand the broader role and importance of environmental issues • Offers an accessible overview of key features of EU law to aid student understanding of their relevance to environmental law and policy • Allows students to contextualise the outcomes of legal rules and their impact on public and private behaviour by linking theory with practical applications • Provides a comprehensive and definitive account of EU environmental law, examining rapidly emerging fields alongside traditional environmental law topics Contents: 1. The foundations of EU environmental law: history, aims and context; 2. Actors and instruments; 3. Principles in EU environmental law; 4. Techniques of regulating the environment; 5. Environmental rights in Europe; 6. Public enforcement of EU environmental law; 7. Private enforcement of EU environmental law; 8. Climate change; 9. Air pollution

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-107-15187-1 Hardback £96.00 / US$120.00 978-1-316-60628-5 Paperback £29.99 / US$37.99

P P

Enforcement of Corporate and Securities Law China and the World Edited by Robin Hui Huang | The Chinese University of Hong Kong

This book assembles the world’s most authoritative specialists for a comparative analysis of the enforcement of corporate and securities laws in thirteen national jurisdictions. It examines the enforcement of corporate and securities laws across the globe and across different legal and political systems from an in-depth comparative perspective. • Fills a pronounced gap in current literature on public and private enforcement of securities and corporate law across the globe • Analyzes what we perceive to be a convergence over public and private enforcement of securities and corporate law • Will be useful in courses on corporate and securities law Corporate law, commercial law, company law

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 490pp 12 b/w illus. 978-1-107-16499-4 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Running head left Law

Commercial Remedies: Resolving Controversies

Can Banks Still Keep a Secret?

Edited by Graham Virgo | University of Cambridge

The law of commercial remedies is of practical and academic importance. This book focuses on the fundamental controversies surrounding key commercial remedies and seeks to resolve those controversies in a principled and clear way. Consequently, the book will be of interest to practitioners, judges, academics and students. • Includes contributions from leading experts in the field of commercial remedies, ensuring key concepts, rules and policies are covered • Focuses on English commercial remedies but considers other common law jurisdictions where relevant • The different chapters create a coherent and authoritative text which will appeal to academic, student and practitioner audiences Corporate law, commercial law, company law

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 580pp 1 table 978-1-107-17132-9 Hardback £125.00 / US$160.00

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 432pp 978-1-107-14514-6 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Humanizing the Laws of War

Daphna Hacker | Tel-Aviv University

This book provides a detailed exploration of the interrelations between globalization, borders and families through a legal lens embedded in sociological theories and empirical data. Its socio-legal nature will have a broad appeal for readers interested in family, immigration and labor law, as well as globalization and other studies. • Explores the fascinating effects of globalization on families by offering the first socio-legal analysis of families and globalization, as well as a summary of relevant literature • Accessible to students, scholars and professionals from a wide range of legal and other social science backgrounds • Provides comparisons and examples from a variety of countries and legal systems, which will be of interest to readers from all over the world Family law | Global Law Series

P P

The Red Cross and the Development of International Humanitarian Law Edited by Robin Geiss | University of Glasgow

This book analyses the unique role of the International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC) in international norm creation and the progressive development of international humanitarian law. It will be of interest to scholars and students of international law, but also to practitioners working in the field of international humanitarian law at government agencies and non-governmental organizations. • Highlights the importance of the International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC) in the development of international humanitarian law as an example of non-state actor influence • Explores and analyses the broad range of methods that the ICRC uses to exert influence on the development of international humanitarian law • Addresses the ICRC’s achievements and shortcomings over time and makes suggestions for its future engagement with international humanitarian law Humanitarian law, law of armed conflict

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 256pp 978-1-107-17135-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Constitutional Change through Euro-Crisis Law

available open access

Edited by Thomas Beukers | European University Institute, Florence

This book adopts a multilevel and comparative perspective to describe, analyse and critically assess the various euro-crisis law instruments, examining their implications for economic governance at both European and national level, and for the balance between the two. • Offers new and deeper insights into the national legal and political dimensions of euro-crisis law, due to its heavy reliance on detailed country-specific data collected for the Euro-Crisis Law project at the European University Institute, Florence • By focussing on law-in-action and, in particular, on the national implementation and effects of euro-crisis law, this book opens for assessment not just the creation of a particular measure at supranational level, but that measure’s ongoing significance and relevance in the euro-crisis at national level • By proposing a nuanced and contextual interpretation of the legal impact of euro-crisis measures, the book has potential to help identify clearly areas where constitutional and institutional concerns have arisen, and to provide a sounder basis for the evaluation of change and evolution in euro-crisis law

Geographical Indications at the Crossroads of Trade, Development, and Culture Focus on Asia-Pacific Edited by Irene Calboli | Singapore Management University and Texas A & M University

This volume, edited by renowned intellectual property scholars, fills a gap in the literature by focusing on geographical indications (GIs) for the nations in the Asia-Pacific region. Geographical indicators are an issue of interest to intellectual property, international trade, and economic development scholars and practitioners. The book is also available as Open Access. • Offers a comprehensive overview of geographical indication (GI) regimes and discussion • Focuses on the Asia-Pacific region whilst offering a comparative perspective with Western countries • Includes many relevant case studies and examples • This book is available as Open Access Intellectual property

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 1 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-16633-2 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

European law

June 2017 229 x 152 mm 250pp 6 tables 978-1-107-18449-7 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

A book for lawyers, bank counsel, policymakers, academics and students seeking a holistic understanding of a bank’s duty to keep customers’ information confidential and the conflicting right or duty to disclose information. It offers critical analysis and highlights problematic areas in privacy, data protection, conflict of laws and exchange of information. • Presents a multijurisdictional analysis of bank secrecy, integrating related topics such as data protection, efforts to combat tax evasion, money laundering and conflicts of law Financial law, banking law

Legalized Families in the Era of Bordered Globalization

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 390pp 2 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-14499-6 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$115.00 978-1-316-50821-3 Paperback c. £25.99 / c. US$39.99

Bank Secrecy in Financial Centres Around the World Edited by Sandra Booysen | National University of Singapore

Running head right Law

The Commercial Appropriation of Fame

Property in the Body Feminist Perspectives Second edition Donna Dickenson | Birkbeck College, University of London

A Cultural Analysis of the Right of Publicity and Passing Off David Tan | National University of Singapore

Focusing on the cultural phenomenon of the celebrity in legal scholarship, this book explores how the commercial exploitation of fame may be regulated by right of publicity and passing off laws in common law jurisdictions. It will appeal to academics, practitioners and students working in intellectual property and cultural studies. • Advances a new understanding of the cultural phenomenon of fame in the twenty-first century that is relevant to laws governing commercial appropriation • Provides a comprehensive doctrinal analysis of the right of publicity and passing off involving celebrity claimants • Explains how laws governing the commercial appropriation of fame should be interpreted and how they should evolve

This revised and updated second edition takes into account technical and regulatory developments in biotechnology. It offers the reader a clear argument about why we worry about the body becoming a mere commodity and what we can do to prevent it, whilst bringing together bioethics and feminist theory. • Addresses the radical new developments in biomedicine and the law in a a fully revised second edition • Considers a range of technologies such as biobanks and genetic patenting in a comprehensive and up-to-date analysis of the field • Explores key concepts such as property, exploitation and contract Medical law, health law | Cambridge Bioethics and Law, 39

Intellectual property | Cambridge Intellectual Property and Information Law, 36

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-16077-4 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$120.00 978-1-316-61374-0 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$39.99

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 312pp 978-1-107-13932-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

A History of Law in Europe

From the Early Middle Ages to the Twentieth Century Antonio Padoa-Schioppa | Università degli Studi di Milano

Highlight

Drug Wars How Big Pharma Raises Prices and Keeps Generics off the Market Robin Feldman | University of California Hastings College of Law

The cost of pharmaceuticals in the United States has continued to skyrocket, leaving many people without access to lifesaving medications. In their new book, Feldman and Frondorf explore the complex mix of strategies used to create barriers to generic competition in the US pharmaceutical market. • Explains important trends in the pharmaceutical industry while remaining reader-friendly • Covers public pricing scandals involving Martin Shkreli and other characters, providing a ‘behind-the-scenes’ look at high pharmaceutical prices • Offers an organized history of generic pharmaceutical delay, with strategies sorted in easy-to-follow categories Medical law, health law

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 176pp 978-1-107-16848-0 Hardback £23.99 / US$29.99

P P

Merry and McCall Smith’s Errors, Medicine and the Law Second edition Alan Merry | University of Auckland

This second edition provides a more informed alternative to the blame culture which has increasingly come to dominate our response to accidents, whether in the medical field or elsewhere. It is aimed at all who have a deep interest in patient safety, medical law and the regulation of healthcare. • Offers a fresh perspective on critical issues at the interface of law and medicine • Explains the factors leading to inadvertent harm whilst promoting the implementation of a just culture in healthcare • Evaluates different legal responses with the aim of improving safety and accountability in healthcare

The first English translation of a comprehensive legal history of Europe from the early middle ages to the twentieth century, encompassing both the common aspects and the original developments of different countries. As well as legal scholars and professionals, it will appeal to those interested in the general history of European civilisation. • Adopts a comparative approach to European legal history • Explores the interconnections between legal sources throughout the development of European legal culture • Considers legal theory alongside religious, philosophical, economic and political doctrine Legal history

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 800pp 978-1-107-18069-7 Hardback c. £105.00 / c. US$170.00

Maintenance in Medieval England Jonathan Rose | Arizona State University

The first study of the individuals who abused and misused the legal system in medieval England and the initial attempts of the Anglo-American legal system to deal with these forms of legal corruption. It will appeal to readers interested in the medieval period, English history, and the legal professions. • Fills an important gap in the scholarly literature • Provides access to and an understanding of the extensive primary sources on this topic such as records of litigation, Year Book discussions, petitions to the king, his council, parliament, and chancery • Demonstrates the nature of the contemporary attitudes of the public as reflected in medieval literature, sermons and other religious works, and personal letters Legal history | Cambridge Studies in English Legal History

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-04398-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Medical law, health law | Cambridge Bioethics and Law, 38

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-107-18049-9 Hardback £100.00 / US$125.00 978-1-316-63225-3 Paperback £34.99 / US$44.99

P P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Running head left Law

Great Christian Jurists in English History

Final Judgments

Edited by R. H. Helmholz | University of Chicago

The Death Penalty in American Law and Culture Edited by Austin Sarat | Amherst College, Massachusetts

The influence of Christianity on Western legal thought is of interest to a broad audience of scholars and students. This authoritative work will be a welcome reference, providing a unique study of the pervasive influence of Christianity in jurisprudence and legal scholarship in both common law and civil law jurisdictions. • Offers a unique, comparative study of law, religion and morals over ten centuries • Includes insights and perspectives from the world’s leading legal historians • Constructs a critical comparative analysis of changing social attitudes to faith Legal history | Law and Christianity

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 450pp 978-1-107-19055-9 Hardback £100.00 / US$125.00

The Politics of Bureaucratic Corruption in PostTransitional Eastern Europe

Essays on Law in History and History in Law Robert W. Gordon | Stanford University, California

Distinguished legal historian Robert W. Gordon presents here, for the first time together, four decades of his field-changing scholarship on law and society, particularly as it pertains to questions of racial equality, gender equity, and equal employment opportunity. • Equips reader with the tools to recognize different kinds of historical argument in legal reasoning and to critique them • Gives readers a richer and more plausible way of thinking about the relationship between legal and social change • Makes explicit the kinds of stories we tell about the past and how it led to the present in legal decisions, arguments and lawyers’ writings Legal history | Studies in Legal History

P P

Marina Zaloznaya | University of Iowa

This original ethnographic study investigates petty corruption in Ukrainian and Belarusian bureaucracies and challenges the dominant belief that political transition causes ubiquitous corruption. It will appeal to scholars across social sciences, policymakers and a variety of anticorruption and social justice activists. • Explores the complexity of corruption economies in non-Western societies, contextualized within a key debate surrounding the attribution of corruption • Demonstrates how large-scale political and economic processes shape the behavior of ordinary citizens • Includes direct observation of corrupt exchanges via online chat room data and face-to-face interviews Socio-legal studies | Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

Property Rights in Post-Soviet Russia

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 200pp 2 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-18431-2 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Violence, Corruption, and the Demand for Law Jordan Gans-Morse | Northwestern University, Illinois

Rule of law depends not just on the state’s creation of effective legal institutions, but also on firms’ and individuals’ willingness to use law – rather than violence or corruption – to resolve disputes. Yet as this book demonstrates in its scrutiny of post-Soviet Russia, the crucial importance of private sector ‘demand’ for law is often overlooked. • The combination of in-depth qualitative methods and rigorous statistical analyses will appeal to a wide variety of readers • Readers will find extensive details about Russian firms’ use of violence and corruption, particularly in the 1990s, but will also be surprised to learn about law’s increasingly prominent role in contemporary Russia • Offers a novel framework for understanding the security of property rights, providing a new understanding of how property rights depend on private sector ‘demand’ for law, not just rulers’ ‘supply’ of legal institutions Socio-legal studies

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 250pp 23 b/w illus. 21 tables 978-1-107-15396-7 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Socio-legal studies

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-107-15548-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Taming the Past

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 444pp 978-1-107-19323-9 Hardback £95.00 / US$120.00 978-1-316-64400-3 Paperback £24.99 / US$39.99

This book examines the meaning and significance of finality in capital cases, deploying various theories and perspectives to open up the meaning and significance of the death penalty’s finality to scholarly inquiry. • Examines the death penalty from a range of perspectives • Fills a gap in the literature on capital punishment • Explores the idea of finality as a legal, political, and cultural fact

Restoring Voice to People with Cognitive Disabilities Realizing the Right to Equal Recognition Before the Law Anna Arstein-Kerslake | Melbourne Law School

This book is valuable to anyone interested in individual decision-making and the law, especially rights for people with cognitive disabilities. How they are granted rights under Article 12 of the Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD) is an important issue to scholars and students promoting disability rights. This authoritative work will be a welcome resource. • Offers a novel discussion of the human right to decision-making • Provides a history and the meaning of the right to equal recognition before the law and the right to legal capacity • Proposes solutions that will allow people with cognitive disability to have an equal right to decision-making Socio-legal studies | Cambridge Disability Law and Policy Series

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-14142-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Law Running / British head history right

Disability and Community Living Policies

Artificial Intelligence and Legal Analytics New Tools for Law Practice in the Digital Age Kevin Ashley | University of Pittsburgh School of Law

Arie Rimmerman | University of Haifa, Israel

This book provides a comprehensive and comparative analysis of policies toward community living and the role of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UNCRPD) in promoting progressive policies. It will appeal to scholars of law, disability studies, sociology, social work, and rehabilitation counselling. • Provides insightful views of the shift from institutionalization to human rights approaches • Demonstrates how Articles 12 and 19 of the UN convention can be implemented at national level • Analyzes the differences between European and United States policies toward community living Socio-legal studies | Cambridge Disability Law and Policy Series

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-107-14071-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Legal skills and practice

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 464pp 111 b/w illus. 978-1-107-17150-3 Hardback £90.00 / US$115.00 978-1-316-62281-0 Paperback £34.99 / US$44.99

A Global Analysis of Tax Treaty Disputes Edited by Eduardo Baistrocchi | London School of Economics and Political Science

This two-volume set offers an in-depth analysis of the leading tax treaty disputes in the G20 and beyond within the first century of international tax law. It will facilitate the work of courts, tax administrations, practitioners and scholars around the world. • Provides law-in-context analysis of the international tax regime, with contributions from authors working in numerous jurisdictions • Features country-by-country and topic-by-topic analyses of leading tax treaty disputes • Includes a comprehensive dataset of over 1,500 leading tax treaty disputes as supplementary material Taxation | Cambridge Tax Law Series

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 1500pp 67 b/w illus. 83 tables 978-1-316-50725-4 2 Volume Hardback Set £300.00 / US$375.00

P P

Transfer of Immovables in European Private Law Edited by Luz M. Martínez Velencoso | Universitat de València, Spain

The transfer of immovables, or conveyancing, creates a comprehensive series of challenges and questions in practice. This volume compares and contrasts the solutions given by different legal systems. With case studies from a sample of seventeen European countries, it is a valuable research tool for comparative analysis in this field. • The first comparative treatment of the transfer of immovables within Europe • Includes core methodology based on fifteen cases, showing the applicable law in action • Allows for a wide-ranging representation of the topic, covering seventeen European jurisdictions Private law | The Common Core of European Private Law, 16

Owned

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 386pp 978-1-107-18709-2 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Property, Privacy, and the New Digital Serfdom Joshua A. T. Fairfield | Washington and Lee University School of Law

Owned explains how the increasing implementation of smart technology in our world today has changed the nature of property. Fairfield explains property theory and the legal regime of online ownership as it ties to the ‘Internet of Things’ – the interconnected system of digital technology as controlled by corporations who own the software needed to run these devices. • Engaging and exhaustively researched, with clear and copious examples which explain complex legal problems with accessible stories • Proposes a new theory of property-as-information, explaining how to make traditional property rules work online • Makes property theory accessible to a general audience, helping readers understand the reach and role of the institution of property in society Property law

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-107-15935-8 Hardback £89.99 / US$112.00 978-1-316-61220-0 Paperback £24.99 / US$29.99

The field of artificial intelligence (AI) and the law is on the cusp of a revolution. This book – designed to explain computational processes to non-programmers – describes how text analytic programs will change the practice of law, specifically by connecting computational models of legal reasoning directly with legal text. • Succinctly describes artificial intelligence (AI) and law advances in developing computational models of legal reasoning that can be integrated with text analytic techniques to achieve conceptual legal IR and cognitive computing • Focuses on high level but intuitive descriptions of computational processes and does not assume that readers are familiar with computer programming • Explains current legal technology, including e-discovery and legal information retrieval, how to measure the technology’s effectiveness, the technology’s limitations and how it will be improved given text analytics, and AI and law computational models

P P

British history Forging the Kingdom Power in English Society, 973–1189 Judith Green | University of Edinburgh

This lively and wide-ranging study explores social and political change in England across the period 973–1189 and examines the reasons for such developments, as well as the many continuities. It analyses the changing ways that kings, lords and churchmen exercised power, and casts new light on the significance of the Norman Conquest. • A new approach to social and political change that challenges the usual periodisation around 1066 • Discusses both vertical and lateral social relationships, highlighting the importance of social networks • Documents the rise of London as a capital city in terms of economic growth and political importance History of Britain – 1066 – 1450

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 330pp 978-0-521-19359-7 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-0-521-15829-9 Paperback £19.99 / US$24.99

P P

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Running British history head /left American history

American history

previously announced textbook

The Cambridge Social History of Modern Ireland

Advancing Empire

Edited by Eugenio F. Biagini | University of Cambridge

This is the first textbook on the history of modern Ireland to adopt a social history perspective. Written by an international team of leading scholars, it draws on a wide range of disciplinary approaches and consistently sets Irish developments in a wider European and global context. • The first major work on the history of modern Ireland to move away from the traditional domination of political narratives and adopt a social history perspective • Incorporates up-to-date research on topics such as population, the economy, occupations, property ownership, class and migration • Examines the interaction of the individual and the state in the areas of welfare, education, crime and policing Contents: Editors’ introduction; Part I. Geography, Occupations and Social Classes: 1. Irish demography since 1740; 2. Occupation, poverty and social class in pre-famine Ireland 1740–1850; 3. Famine and famine relief 1740–2000; 4. Languages and identities; 5. Catholic Ireland 1740–2016; 6. Protestant Ireland 1740–2016; 7. Town and city; 8. The farmers since 1850; 9. The Irish working class and the role of the state, 1850–2016; 10. The Big House; 11. Elite formation, the professions, industry and the middle-class; Part II. People, Culture and Communities: 12. Consumption, living standards and the state; 13. Housing in Ireland 1740–2016; 14. Feast, famine and food poverty: food in Ireland, 1740 to the present; 15. Literacy and education; 16. Health and welfare; 17. Old age, death and mourning; 18. Celebrations and the rituals of life; 19. Women and gender roles; 20. Childhood; 21. Family, sex and the law; 22. Crime and policing; 23. Sport, associational culture and national awareness in Ireland; Part III. Emigration, Immigration and the Wider Irish World: 24. Irish emigration in a comparative perspective; 25. The diaspora in comparative and inter-generational perspective; 26. Minorities; 27. Political violence and the diasporas since 1740; 28. The Irish in Australia and New Zealand; 29. Mobility, money and nostalgia: the Irish in America; 30. The Irish in Britain; 31. Missionary empires and the worlds they made; 32. Cultural transmission, the Irish associational culture and the ‘marching’ tradition; 33. Immigration, emigration and the cultural impact of the ‘new’ Irish since 1991; Epilogue: remembering and forgetting in Irish history. History of Britain after 1450

May 2017 247 x 174 mm 650pp 978-1-107-09558-8 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-107-47940-1 Paperback £24.99 / US$31.99

X X

Britain’s Political Economies Parliament and Economic Life, 1660–1800 Julian Hoppit | University College London

The first comprehensive account of how government legislation affected economic life, and how economic interests across Britain used parliament for their own benefit in the period following the Glorious Revolution. Britain’s Political Economies transforms our understanding of how political power influenced Britain’s precocious economic development in the period. • A quantitative overview of all acts relating to the economy in the critical period following the Glorious Revolution • Sheds new light on a key institutional context for the British Industrial Revolution • Case studies challenge existing frameworks for understanding economic development in this period, such as mercantilism and the fiscal-military state History of Britain after 1450

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 412pp 18 b/w illus. 3 maps 47 tables 978-1-107-01525-8 Hardback £69.99 / US$87.99 P 978-1-316-64990-9 Paperback £22.99 / US$28.99 P

English Interests and Overseas Expansion, 1613–1688 L. H. Roper | State University of New York, New Paltz

Advancing Empire examines English overseas activities between the permanent establishment of an English presence in Asia and America and the Glorious Revolution. It tracks the effects of the pursuit of commercial and colonizing opportunities in Africa, America, and the Indian Ocean by networks of aristocrats and merchants. • Considers the history of seventeenth-century ‘Colonial British America’ in context • Shows how the character of metropolitan politics and political culture colored overseas activities, especially colonial development • Demonstrates the development of early English imperial thinking and how political and economic activities were intertwined Colonial American history

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-11891-1 Hardback £80.00 / US$99.00 978-1-107-54505-2 Paperback £25.99 / US$32.99

P P

Masterless Men Poor Whites and Slavery in the Antebellum South Keri Leigh Merritt

Owning neither land nor slaves, poor whites comprised about a third of the American South’s white population in 1860. Focusing on land, labor, and legal history, Masterless Men shows what happens to excess workers in a slave society. • Proposes a new view of social relations in the Old South • Includes underprivileged whites within socio-economic analysis • Returns class analysis to the field Early republic and antebellum history | Cambridge Studies on the American South

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 352pp 978-1-107-18424-4 Hardback £47.99 / US$59.99

Dollars for Dixie Business and the Transformation of Conservatism in the Twentieth Century Katherine Rye Jewell | Fitchburg State University, Massachusetts

Jewell writes the first history of the Southern States Industrial Council, which charts its transformation as a regional business interest to a key player in the South’s dramatic political realignment in the post-1945 era from ‘Solid South’ to conservative Republican stronghold. • Reinvigorates a connection between southern, economic, and political history, which are often separate conversations • Connects the Southern Agrarian intellectuals and cultural traditionalists with economic actors in the American South 20C American history | Cambridge Studies on the American South

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 336pp 1 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-17402-3 Hardback £39.99 / US$49.99

American historyRunning / European head history right

Secession on Trial

Marking the Jews in Renaissance Italy

The Treason Prosecution of Jefferson Davis Cynthia Nicoletti | University of Virginia Law School

Politics, Religion, and the Power of Symbols Flora Cassen | University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

This book focuses on the post-Civil War treason prosecution of Confederate President Jefferson Davis, which was seen as a test case on the major question that animated the Civil War: the constitutionality of secession. The case never went to trial because it threatened to undercut Union victory. • Engages with important historical questions • Explores the twists and turns of the secession issue refracted through Davis’s case • Avoids legal and historical jargon while remaining a readable narrative

Beginning with a sartorial study – how the Jews were marked on their clothing and what these marks meant – the book offers an in-depth analysis of anti-Jewish discrimination across three Italian city-states: Milan, Genoa, and Piedmont. It also examines the place of Jews and Jewry law in Early Modern European politics. • The first book-length treatment of the Jewish badge in over one hundred years, appealing to readers who want to understand the history of the Jewish badge and the history of antisemitism • Studies the social, economic, and political ramifications of discriminatory policies in Renaissance Italy, and will be of interest to social and cultural history readers, and those interested in the history of Jews in Europe • The focus on the badge as a physical marker allows readers to explore the symbolism behind the marker and its implications then and through time

American history – 1861 – 1900 | Studies in Legal History

August 2017 228 x 152 mm c.384pp 978-1-108-41552-1 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-40153-1 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

European history

European history after 1450

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-17543-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Theology and Poetry in Early Byzantium

Murder in Renaissance Italy Edited by Trevor Dean | Roehampton Institute, London

The Kontakia of Romanos the Melodist Sarah Gador-Whyte | Australian Catholic University, Melbourne

Romanos’ lively and dramatic hymns are a highlight of Byzantine literary invention. This book examines the rhetorical embodiment of theological themes in these kontakia. Through rhetorical techniques like dialogue, metaphor and vivid description, biblical stories and theological concepts are performed, adapted and vivified. • The first English-language study of the thought and poetry of Romanos the Melodist • Identifies Romanos’ distinctive contributions to homiletics and traditions of late antique poetry • Provides original translations of significant passages in Romanos’ kontakia, making his Greek poetry more widely accessible

This invaluable collection explores the many faces of murder and its cultural presences across the Italian peninsula in the Renaissance. Dealing with a range of murders and informed by the latest criminological research on homicide, the book brings together research by an international team of specialists in a traditionally understudied field. • Allows readers to see how murder permeated Renaissance society and culture • Links the study of historical murder with contemporary attitudes to types of murder • Brings together leading experts in the field to offer a comprehensive portrait of the law, literature and imagery of murder European history after 1450

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 330pp 23 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13664-9 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

European history – 450 – 1000

April 2017 247 x 174 mm 288pp 978-1-107-14013-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Conciliarism and Heresy in Fifteenth-Century England Collective Authority in the Age of the General Councils Alexander Russell | University of Warwick

The general councils of the fifteenth century constituted a remarkable political experiment, which used collective decision-making to tackle important problems facing the church. This book offers a fundamental reassessment of England’s relationship with these councils, revealing how political thought, heresy, and collective politics were connected. • Combines analysis of political theory, institutional developments and religious culture • Challenges older interpretations of England’s diplomatic and intellectual isolation with regard to the general councils • Provides a new context for the study of the history of medieval political thought European history – 1000 – 1450 | Cambridge Studies in Medieval Life and Thought: Fourth Series

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-107-17227-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

To be Free and French Citizenship in France’s Atlantic Empire Lorelle Semley | College of the Holy Cross, Massachusetts

An ambitious new vision of French citizenship from the perspective of Africans and Antilleans living in the colonies and mainland France. Lorelle Semley explores the ways in which these colonial subjects used French democratic ideals to demand rights and redefine the meanings of freedom and ‘Frenchness’. • A new vision of French citizenship which will appeal to scholars interested in Africa, the Americas, and the French Empire • Demonstrates the connections between historical context and the history of cities by integrating urban studies into the narrative of the French Atlantic • Applies the concept of gender as well as that of race to the issue of French identity and citizenship European history after 1450 | Critical Perspectives on Empire

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 310pp 27 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10114-2 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-107-49847-1 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$34.99

P P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Running head European history left

Debating the Woman Question in the French Third Republic, 1870–1920 Karen Offen | Stanford University, California

Karen Offen offers a magisterial reconstruction and analysis of the heated debates around relations between women and men, how they are constructed, and how they should be organized or reorganized, that raged in France and its French-speaking neighbors during the French Third Republic. • Proposes an innovative, gendered, thematic view of French history during the first fifty years of the Third Republic • Provides and analyzes the actual debates on the woman question as they took place over small periods of time, with attention to defenders of the masculine-dominated status quo as well as to the challengers who contested male hegemony • Written in narrative prose, without theoretical jargon or conceit; no theoretical template has been imposed European history after 1450 | New Studies in European History

August 2017 228 x 152 mm 805pp 978-1-107-18804-4 Hardback c. £34.99 / c. US$49.99 978-1-316-63840-8 Paperback c. £44.99 / c. US$69.99

C C

Andreas Agocs | University of the Pacific, California

A study of German traditions of cultural renewal from their origins in antifascist activism in German exile communities in Europe and Latin America during World War II to their failure during the emerging Cold War in occupied Germany and the early German Democratic Republic. • Proposes a new view of antifascism by emphasizing its role as a movement for cultural renewal, appealing to readers interested in the re-assessment of antifascism thirty years after the Cold War • Integrates the history of Germany throughout the twentieth century, enabling readers and students of German history to understand the wider context of the early postwar period and the German division • Combines political history of occupied postwar Germany and the history of intellectuals, allowing readers to clearly see the connections between ideas and politics 20C European history

Dancing in the Blood Modern Dance and European Culture on the Eve of the First World War Edward Ross Dickinson | University of California, Davis

The book explores the revolutionary impact of modern dance on European culture in the early twentieth century. Edward Ross Dickinson uncovers modern dance’s place in the emerging ‘mass’ culture of the modern metropolis and reveals the connections between dance, politics, culture, religion, the arts, psychology, entertainment, and selfhood. • Proposes a new understanding of the development and meaning of modern dance in its early years before World War I, appealing to anyone interested in the history of dance • Explores a new understanding of the way modern societies work, which will be of interest to readers interested in modernity and modern European history • Covers a vast range of cultural studies in relation to dance and modern society, with a broad appeal to students and academics 20C European history

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 316pp 25 b/w illus. 978-1-107-19622-3 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 978-1-316-64721-9 Paperback £21.99 / US$26.99

Germans and Romania in an Era of Globalization and Total War David Hamlin | Fordham University, New York

One of the signal events of the twentieth century was Germany’s effort to construct an empire in Europe modeled on the European experience outside Europe. David Hamlin argues that this effort was a strategic choice taken to grapple with the global economic and political power of England and the US and manifested itself first in World War One. • Puts German policy toward Romania and the German East generally in a broader, global context, emphasizing the significance of global markets • Embeds occupation and war aims in economic concerns, highlighting how German domestic crisis of supply both shaped German policy and provided institutional model for occupation • Highlights how German domestic crisis of supply both shaped German policy and provided an institutional model for occupation 20C European history

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 364pp 12 b/w illus. 1 map 3 tables 978-1-107-19819-7 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00 C

Antifascist Humanism and the Politics of Cultural Renewal in Germany

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 224pp 9 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08543-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Germany’s Empire in the East

P P

The Third Reich’s Intelligence Services The Career of Walter Schellenberg Katrin Paehler | Illinois State University

A pioneering study of Nazi Germany’s political foreign intelligence service and its head, Walter Schellenberg. Katrin Paehler examines Schellenberg’s career, as well as charting the development and activities of the service he eventually headed, and his attempts to place it at the center of Nazi foreign intelligence and foreign policy. • Will appeal to readers interested in foreign intelligence in Nazi Germany • Breaks new ground in making sense of Office VI and its many facets • Provides a better understanding of the Nazi state and its unique features 20C European history

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 384pp 978-1-107-15719-4 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Eating Nature in Modern Germany Food, Agriculture and Environment, c.1870 to 2000 Corinna Treitel | Washington University, St Louis

A fascinating new account of eating naturally as an aspect of German biopolitics. Corinna Treitel explores the allure of vegetarianism, organic farming, and other such practices to a wide variety of Germans, from socialists, liberals, and radical anti-Semites in the nineteenth century to fascists, communists, and Greens in the twentieth century. • Examines the complex historical roots of a contemporary trend • Shows how developments in science, medicine, agriculture, popular culture, and politics produced and sustained this historical phenomenon • Explores the connections between eating naturally and other major biopolitical projects such as eugenics, racial hygiene, and pro-natalism, broadening the discussion of biopolitics in European history 20C European history

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 412pp 22 b/w illus. 978-1-107-18802-0 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Running European head history right

Highlight

Greening Democracy

War beyond Words Languages of Memory from the Great War to the Present Jay Winter | Yale University, Connecticut

The Anti-Nuclear Movement and Political Environmentalism in West Germany and Beyond, 1968–1983 Stephen Milder | Rijksuniversiteit Groningen, The Netherlands

This book presents a panoramic history of transformations in our global imaginings of war from 1914 to the present. It charts a century’s meditations on war, from painting and sculpture to photography, film and poetry, and ultimately to silence, as a language of memory in its own right. • Proposes a unique view of the cultural consequences of war, avoiding the ‘pacifist or patriot’ approach to cultural history • Provides a multi-disciplinary approach to landscapes of memory, emphasizing the significance of the visual frameworks in which war remembrance takes place • Goes beyond the ‘modernist-traditionalist’ divide in interpretations of the cultural consequences of war in twentieth-century Europe • Shows that as war mutates, so do the languages in which practices of commemoration are framed

Greening Democracy explains how nuclear energy became a seminal political issue and motivated democratic engagement in West Germany during the 1970s. It charts how anti-nuclear protest became the basis for citizens’ increasing engagement in self-governance, expanding conceptions of democracy beyond electoral politics and helping to make quotidian personal concerns political. • Explores links between environmentalism and ‘high politics’, offering new insights into the democratization of post-war Germany • Includes specific local case studies and interviews with activists in order to explore the roots of anti-nuclear protest • Will appeal to academics of environmental history and post-war European history, by placing Germany’s environmental movement and Green party in a wider regional context

20C European history

20C European history | New Studies in European History

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 320pp 80 colour illus. 978-0-521-87323-9 Hardback c. £20.00 / c. US$29.99

Ethnic Germans and National Socialism in Yugoslavia in World War II

previously announced key reference

The Cambridge Intellectual History of Byzantium

Mirna Zakic | Ohio University

An in-depth study of the ethnic German minority in the Serbian Banat and its experiences under German occupation in World War II. Mirna Zakić examines the incentives that the Nazis offered to collaboration and social dynamics within the Banat German community as well as the various and ever-more damning forms collaboration took. • Examines a case study unknown to history scholars in the Englishspeaking world • Follows the latest trends in studying Germanisation and the Holocaust as interconnected processes • Explains Nazi policy implementation as both institutional history and history from the bottom up 20C European history

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 296pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-17184-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 262pp 23 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13510-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Edited by Anthony Kaldellis | Ohio State University

The first comprehensive survey of Byzantine intellectual endeavors, exploring areas from religion and rhetoric to politics and medicine. Essential for scholars of ancient and medieval intellectual history, Islamic and Renaissance thought, and the history of philosophy, as well as for students of Byzantium. • The only history of Byzantine intellectual life within its historical context • Features explorations of major topics in the history of thought alongside new and understudied areas of interest • An important and authoritative volume for scholars of Byzantium and of all branches of intellectual history European history (general)

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 862pp 978-1-107-04181-3 Hardback £120.00 / US$150.00

The Woman Question in France, 1400–1870 Karen Offen | Stanford University, California

Debates around the ‘woman question’ originated in France in the late Middle Ages, and Karen Offen here offers a panoramic account of changing ideas of who women were and should be, and what they should be restrained from doing, from the fifteenth to the late nineteenth century. • Proposes an innovative, gendered, and thematic view of French history from 1400 to 1870 (up to the Third Republic), in which the ‘woman question’ is front and center • Provides and analyzes the actual debates on the ‘woman question’ as they took place over time, with attention to defenders of the masculine-dominated status quo as well as to the challengers who contested male hegemony, placing partisans on both sides in the context of their times • Written in narrative prose, without theoretical jargon or conceit; no theoretical template has been imposed European history (general)

August 2017 228 x 152 mm 355pp 978-1-107-18808-2 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$75.00

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Running– head History otherleft areas

History – other areas

Exquisite Slaves Race, Clothing, and Status in Colonial Lima Tamara J. Walker | University of Pennsylvania

Red Shadows Memories and Legacies of the Chinese Cultural Revolution Volume 12 Edited by Patricia M. Thornton | University of Oxford

China’s convulsive Cultural Revolution was conceived in 1966 as a ‘great revolution that would touch the people to their very souls’. How are we to assess its impact fifty years on? Leading academics examine the long-lasting consequences of the political, social, economic and cultural upheaval unleashed by Mao Zedong. • Leading social and political scientists, historians and anthropologists examine the consequences of the Cultural Revolution in China fifty years on • Considers the political, economic and cultural ramifications of the revolution • Academics examine the Cultural Revolution from diverse perspectives, from clothing and fashion to the ‘lost generation’ of educated youth 20C history (general) | The China Quarterly Special Issues, 12

February 2017 240 x 154 mm 340pp 978-1-316-60475-5 Paperback £26.99 / US$33.99

Inventing the Silent Majority in Western Europe and the United States Conservatism in the 1960s and 1970s Edited by Anna von der Goltz | Georgetown University, Washington DC

A study of the unprecedented mobilization and transformation of conservative movements on both sides of the Atlantic during the 1960s and 1970s. Leading scholars chart how and why countless new political organizations emerged as a self-styled ‘silent majority’ in defence of the existing order against a perceived left-wing threat. • Presents a uniquely comparative and transnational perspective on the beginnings of contemporary conservative movements in the US and Western Europe, providing a new dimension to issues and topics usually studied solely on a national basis • Features case studies by specialists in a variety of scholarly disciplines, allowing multiple approaches and perspectives to be brought to bear on complex, multifaceted phenomena • Gives particular attention to how the motif of the ‘silent majority’ was taken up by conservative activists in different countries, helping to clarify points of similarity and divergence in European and American conservative movements History after 1945 (general) | Publications of the German Historical Institute

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-107-16542-7 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

Exquisite Slaves examines how slaves in Lima, Peru used elegant clothing to express attitudes about gender and status. Drawing on a diverse range of sources and analyses, Walker demonstrates that in eighteenth- and nineteenth-century Lima clothing signified both the reach and limits of slaveholders’ power and racial domination. • Pays careful attention to slaves’ subjective experiences of slavery, gender, and identity • Provides a rich analysis of visual representations of people of African descent, who featured prominently in portraits and paintings of the era • Argues for the importance of understanding the body itself as a site of claims-making Latin American history

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 246pp 17 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08403-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Lords of Tetzcoco The Transformation of Indigenous Rule in Postconquest Central Mexico Bradley Benton | North Dakota State University

The book examines Spanish conquest and early colonialism from the vantage point of the indigenous nobility of Tetzcoco, one of the most important cities in the prehispanic Aztec Empire. It traces the various forces that transformed the nobility from prehispanic political leaders into colonial subjects. • Examines the colonial history of one of the most important cities of prehispanic Mesoamerica, providing readers with one of the very few in-depth studies of this city in this particular time period • Analyses Spanish colonization from the perspective of indigenous colonial subjects, giving readers an alternative version of how colonization took hold and was maintained in this region • Draws on a number of pictorial sources, providing a wider range of source material than is typical in history monographs Latin American history | Cambridge Latin American Studies, 104

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 256pp 15 b/w illus. 2 maps 4 tables 978-1-107-19058-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

Liberalism as Utopia The Rise and Fall of Legal Rule in Post-Colonial Mexico, 1820–1900 Timo H. Schaefer | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

The book explores the creation of the post-colonial Mexican state by comparing the legal culture of mestizo towns, indigenous towns and agricultural estates (haciendas). More broadly, it is for readers interested in the social origins of liberalism and authoritarianism in the nineteenthcentury world. • Proposes an original theory of the social origins of liberal state formation, allowing readers to adopt its theoretical framework for the study of other societies • Combines disciplinary approaches not often brought together, and of interest to those with a wide array of academic backgrounds • Examines the entire arc of Mexican history from the achievement of independence to the consolidation of a dictatorship Latin American history | Cambridge Latin American Studies, 105

August 2017 228 x 152 mm 274pp 978-1-107-19073-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

History Running – other head areas right

10. Colonial society and African nationalism; 11. Industrialisation and race in South Africa, 1886–1994; 12. Independent Africa, 1956–95; 13. Recovery?

Volkswagen in the Amazon The Tragedy of Global Development in Modern Brazil Antoine Acker | Università degli Studi di Torino, Italy

This book studies the interplay between deforestation, forced labor, and capitalist development in the Amazon through a case study involving Volkswagen in the years of the Brazilian military dictatorship. Focused on both international and local connections, it shows how an agenda for tropical rainforests emerged through economic globalization. • One of the first books on the topic to focus on a Western country other than the US: it has a wide global appeal and can interest students on at least three continents • Tells the story of a fascinating case, embedded in a ‘global history’ of rain forest protection • Suitable for multi-disciplinary use, including history, area studies of Latin America, Brazil, Europe, and Germany, political sciences, environmental studies, and business and development studies Latin American history | Global and International History

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 320pp 8 b/w illus. 978-1-107-19742-8 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$120.00 978-1-316-64777-6 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$31.99

P P

African history | African Studies, 137

July 2017 234 x 156 mm 418pp 15 maps 978-1-107-19832-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 978-1-316-64812-4 Paperback £20.99 / US$25.99

X X

The Atlantic Slave Trade from West Central Africa, 1780–1867 Daniel B. Domingues da Silva | University of Missouri, Columbia

This book traces the origins of Africans forced into the Atlantic from West Central Africa during the peak period of the transatlantic slave trade. Richly adorned with tables, figures, and vivid quotations, it will appeal to scholars of Africa and the African Diaspora, graduate students, and genealogists. • Maps the inland origins of slaves leaving West Central Africa • Contains original research from archives in Portugal, Angola, and Brazil • Provides original data in appendices, allowing readers to adjust the information for their own research African history | Cambridge Studies on the African Diaspora

Becoming Brazilian

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-107-17626-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Race and National Identity in Twentieth-Century Brazil Marshall C. Eakin | Vanderbilt University, Tennessee

This book examines how Gilberto Freyre’s notion of mestiçagem (race mixing) became the overwhelmingly dominant narrative of national identity in twentieth-century Brazil. It will be of interest to scholars and students interested in Brazil, Latin America, race, nationalism, national identity, and popular culture. • Offers a new interpretation of Brazilian national identity, with lessons applicable to students studying nationalism • Helps the reader to consider the role of race in the formation of nationalism • Brings together work on nationalism and popular culture from history, anthropology, political science, sociology, and cultural studies Latin American history | New Approaches to the Americas

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 304pp 14 b/w illus. 978-1-107-17576-1 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-316-62600-9 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

A Muslim Conspiracy in British India? Politics and Paranoia in the Early NineteenthCentury Deccan Chandra Mallampalli | Westmont College, California

Mallampalli targets those interested in the encounter between the British Empire and Indian Islam. His fresh findings address the history of modern India, British Empire, Muslim reformism, the ‘global’ and ‘local’, and conspiracy theories, raising poignant questions about the limits of state power when confronting alleged jihadists. • Provides a fresh new perspective on colonialism’s encounter with Islam • Introduces events often overlooked in histories of South Asia • Will fascinate readers interested in conspiracy theories South Asian history

Textbook

Africans The History of a Continent Third edition John Iliffe | University of Cambridge

Over twenty years this book has become the standard single-volume history of Africa for both students and general readers. Following the overarching theme of population changes, causes and consequences, it has been fully updated to incorporate developments and research findings for all periods to 2016. • Provides coverage of the entire history of the continent over six million years, including events up to 2016 • Incorporates the most recent archaeological, scientific and historical research • Relates recent political events and the AIDS epidemic to Africa’s overall history Contents: Preface to the third edition; 1. The frontiersmen of mankind; 2. The emergence of food-producing communities; 3. The impact of metals; 4. Christianity and Islam; 5. Colonising society in Western Africa; 6. Colonising society in Eastern and Southern Africa; 7. The Atlantic slave trade; 8. Regional diversity in the nineteenth century; 9. Colonial invasion;

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 320pp 4 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-107-19625-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Fatima Jinnah Mother of the Nation M. Reza Pirbhai | Georgetown University, Qatar

The first major scholarly biography of influential female activist Fatima Jinnah. This is essential reading for those interested in modern South Asian and Islamic history, particularly the themes of gender, colonialism, the roots of Muslim nationalism and the early challenges facing the Pakistani state. • A long overdue biography of a crucial figure in South Asian, Islamic and women’s history • Gives a deep sense not just of the ruptures, but also the continuities in modern South Asian history • Articulates and applies a theoretical approach that employs biography in the writing of macro-history South Asian history

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 311pp 978-1-107-19276-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Running– head History otherleft areas

A Sea of Debt

The Last Ottoman Generation and the Making of the Modern Middle East

Law and Economic Life in the Western Indian Ocean, 1780–1950 Fahad Ahmad Bishara | University of Virginia

Michael Provence | University of California, San Diego

Bishara charts the emergence of a trans-oceanic contractual culture, the actors that assembled it, and the legal institutions that shaped it. Analyzing the Western Indian Ocean over an extended period of time, this exceptional volume draws together the regional histories of commerce, law and empire. • Will appeal to readers of both economic and legal history • Grounded in the case studies of working people, presenting an accessible new approach • Opens up discussion on possibilities for a new history of capitalism in the Islamic world South Asian history | Asian Connections

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 288pp 8 b/w illus. 1 map 2 tables 978-1-107-15565-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

A History of Ayutthaya The first study of Ayutthaya, placed alongside China and India as one of the great powers of Asia, from its emergence in the thirteenth century until its fall in 1767. This book is essential reading for all those interested in the history of Southeast Asia and the early modern world. • The first full-length study of an Asian power that early Europeans placed alongside China and India • Draws on a wide range of sources, not only the chronicles and the European, Chinese, and Persian accounts, but also law, poetry, art, landscape, and language • An accessible and engaging approach from two leading historians of Southeast Asia South-East Asian history

P P

Philosophers, Sufis, and Caliphs

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 336pp 15 b/w illus. 4 maps 978-0-521-76117-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 978-0-521-74751-6 Paperback £23.99 / US$29.99

P P

The Life and Thought of Iran’s Revolutionary Ayatollah Sussan Siavoshi | Trinity University, Texas

Looking at the historical context as well as the political trajectory of the Grand Ayatollah Montazeri, a key figure in the Iranian revolution of 1978–9, Sussan Siavoshi explains how he went from the nominated successor of Khomeini to an opponent of the prevailing ideas of political rule in the Islamic Republic. • Focuses on the interaction between a major revolutionary figure and his rapidly changing environment to explain the larger historical, political and cultural contexts of Iran • Examines both the political and religious thought of Montazeri, appealing to those interested in the synergy and relationship between the two factors • Addresses the tension between secularism and religion in Iran, providing further context to the global debate on public religion, tradition and modernity Middle East history

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 304pp 7 b/w illus. 978-1-107-14631-0 Hardback £74.99 / US$94.99 978-1-316-50946-3 Paperback £23.99 / US$29.99

Politics and Authority from Cordoba to Cairo and Baghdad Ali Humayun Akhtar | Bates College, Maine and University of Wisconsin-Madison

This book investigates the relationship between government and religion in Middle Eastern history. By tracing how political debates about leadership impacted the theological scholars and their own conception of communal guidance, it offers a new picture of premodern political authority and the connections between Western and Islamic civilizations. • Offers an accessible new study of early Islamic civilization’s political and intellectual absorption of Late Antique Hellenism • Uses a wide variety of textual sources to trace the relationship between politics and religion in the Middle East • Investigates how changing geographies and political contexts impacted early Islamic political and intellectual culture Middle East history

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 325pp 978-1-107-18201-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Middle East history

Montazeri

Siam in the Early Modern World Chris Baker

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-19076-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$94.99 978-1-316-64113-2 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99

This book is for students interested in modern Middle East history, the origins of the Middle East, the impact of colonialism, and modern politics and conflict. It is a study of the armed revolts and uprisings that followed the collapse of the Ottoman Empire in the Middle East. • The first comprehensive history of the colonial Middle East, allowing readers to consider the region during its formative period as a whole, rather than as individual states • Details how the Middle East’s colonial past continues to influence the region today, connecting the pre-WWI Ottoman state to the post-war Arab anti-colonial and independence struggles • An accessibly-written text ideal for use in all stages of undergraduate and postgraduate classroom use, focusing on the characters and key events that shaped the twentieth-century Middle East

P P

The Political Economy of the Kurds of Turkey From the Ottoman Empire to the Turkish Republic Veli Yadirgi | School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London

This book examines the economic and political development of the Kurds in Turkey, and the links between socioeconomic development and the Kurdish question in the context of the wider region. It is for academics studying Middle East history and politics, or economic history, and also journalists or policy-makers focused on the Kurdish question. • Offers an examination of the economic and political development of the Kurdish regions of Turkey for those seeking a political economy approach to the Kurdish question, a previously absent area of research • An interdisciplinary approach on the Kurdish question for those dissatisfied with existing literature on economic development in the region • Examines the development of Kurdish identity in socio-political context, from the Ottoman Empire to the Turkish Republic Middle East history

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 320pp 4 b/w illus. 10 maps 47 tables 978-1-107-18123-6 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$99.99 P 978-1-316-63249-9 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$34.99 P

History – other areas / History Running – crosshead discipline right

Muhammad’s Heirs

Tax Law and Social Norms in Mandatory Palestine and Israel

The Rise of Muslim Scholarly Communities, 622–950 Jonathan E. Brockopp | Pennsylvania State University

This book describes the emergence of Muslim scholarly communities from the origins of Islam until the mid-tenth century through the examination of early Muslim texts and discourse. It is for scholars and advanced students studying Middle Eastern history, Islamic studies, Islamic law and early Islamic literature. • Offers a wide array of primary sources (including significant excerpts from texts) to provide an overview of the history of early Muslim scholarly communities • Sets the rise of Islam in a multi-religious context through the use of sources from a variety of religious viewpoints, making it ideal for readers of multiple faiths and disciplines • Presents the first published overview of important early Islamic manuscripts in a separate appendix Middle East history | Cambridge Studies in Islamic Civilization

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 250pp 17 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10666-6 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

This book analyzes the changing role of law and social norms in creating tax compliance in mandatory Palestine and Israel. It is of interest to legal, economic, social, cultural and political historians, historians of Israel and the Middle East, and tax scholars. • Provides a wealth of historical examples of how states sought to create and maintain compliance • Analyzes the rise and decline of Israel’s ‘intimate fiscal state’, giving readers a better understanding of the use of social norms by the state • Links the history of tax compliance with the history of law and social norms Middle East history | Studies in Legal History

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 354pp 10 b/w illus. 1 colour illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-17629-4 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00 C

History – cross discipline

The Mystics of al-Andalus

The Rise of Early Modern Science

Ibn Barrajān and Islamic Thought in the Twelfth Century Yousef Casewit | University of Chicago

This book is a study of the writings of Ibn Barrajan, an influential Sunni mystic who introduced a worldview to the Muslim West based in Muslim scripture and Neoplatonic cosmology. It will be of interest to researchers of the medieval Islamic world, and those studying the history of mysticism and Sufism in the Muslim West. • Offers a broad introduction and reappraisal of Andalusî intellectual history from the ninth to the twelfth century • Recasts the formative Andalusî mystics as a distinct tradition from Sufism, self-identifying as Mu’tabirûn, or ‘Contemplators’ • Introduces the central Qur’ânic hermeneutics and cosmological teachings of a major Islamic thinker for the first time, positioning Ibn Barrajân at the forefront of twelfth century Andalusî mystical thought • Contributes to the renewed debates in Arabic biblical studies by highlighting the crucial, but neglected role, of Ibn Barrajân in the Islamic exegetical tradition Middle East history | Cambridge Studies in Islamic Civilization

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 384pp 978-1-107-18467-1 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Assaf Likhovski | Tel-Aviv University

Islam, China, and the West Third edition Toby E. Huff | Harvard University, Massachusetts

Comparing the effects of cultural and institutional structures on the rise of modern science in the West and East, this revised, updated third edition offers a unique perspective of the history of scientific thought. It will be an indispensable resource for those interested in the history of science and the early modern world. • Places Western, Islamic and Chinese philosophies of nature in the context of cultural and institutional structures • Highlights the importance of legal history in the rise of modern science • This revised and updated third edition further investigates the religious history of Islam and Islamic attitudes towards Greek natural philosophy History of science and technology

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 450pp 24 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13021-0 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-107-57107-5 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$39.99

P P

Astral Science in Early China Observation, Sagehood and Society Daniel Patrick Morgan | Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS), Paris

Non-Muslim Provinces under Early Islam Islamic Rule and Iranian Legitimacy in Armenia and Caucasian Albania Alison Vacca | University of Tennessee, Knoxville

This book explores the Christian provinces of Armenia and Caucasian Albania as caliphal provinces and part of the larger Iranian cultural sphere. It is aimed at historians of Islam, Iran and the Caucasus, and for those studying themes of memory, diversity and Muslim-Christian relations in the Near East. • Analyzes Armenia and Albania as provinces under Islamic rule, shifting away from previous literature that usually places them in a Byzantine context • Balances both Christian and Arabic sources, often unexplored by Islamic historians, to offer a more all-encompassing view of the period • Focuses on the transition from Sasanian to caliphal rule, offering a novel example for the transition to Islamic rule in the region

Responding to monolithic modern narratives about ‘Chinese science’, Morgan examines the astral sciences in early China as a study in the disunities of Chinese scientific cultures and the narratives by which ancients and moderns alike have fought to instil them with a sense of unity. • An interdisciplinary study connecting astronomy, myth, mathematics, ritual, religion, sports, historiography and manuscript studies • Employs a non-binary perspective avoiding rudimentary distinctions of ‘East versus West’ and ‘ancient versus modern’ • One of the first Western-language histories of astronomy in China to focus on the period c.221 BCE–750 CE History of science and technology

August 2017 228 x 152 mm 350pp 29 b/w illus. 19 tables 978-1-107-13902-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

Middle East history | Cambridge Studies in Islamic Civilization

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 280pp 7 b/w illus. 978-1-107-18851-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Running– head History cross left discipline

The Voyage of Thought

Anatomy of a Campaign

Navigating Knowledge across the Sixteenth-Century World Michael Wintroub | University of California, Berkeley

The British Fiasco in Norway, 1940 John Kiszely

Wintroub presents a micro-historical and cross-disciplinary analysis of the texts and contexts that informed the remarkable journey of the French ship captain, merchant, and poet, Jean Parmentier, from Dieppe to Sumatra in 1529. He explores the shifting and interpenetrating religious, epistemic, and technical practices employed on the voyage. • A methodological investigation into the historical and social transformations that contributed to the Scientific Revolution • Each chapter narrates a stage of the journey and a major theme in the history of science – information, expertise, translation, scale, trust, and replication • Uncovers the early modern resonance of ideas foundational to our understanding of modern scientific and experimental practice

John Kiszely draws on his own experience in the military to assess the ignominious failure of the British campaign in Norway in 1940. The result helps us to understand not only the outcome of the Norwegian campaign but also why more recent military campaigns have found success so elusive. • Offers a mixture of narrative and analysis, written in plain English with no military jargon or acronyms, and with almost no abbreviations • Examines the anatomy of the campaign – the individual parts and their relationship to each other – leading to an understanding of the underlying reasons for failure

History of science and technology

Military history | Cambridge Military Histories

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-18823-5 Hardback c. £34.99 / c. US$50.00

Soldiers of Empire

Previously Announced

Decades of Reconstruction

Indian and British Armies in World War II Tarak Barkawi | London School of Economics and Political Science

Soldiers of Empire offers a new account of the experience of war through a study of the Indian and British armies in World War II. It recounts a multicultural world of soldiering from the Punjab to Wales, from training and everyday life to combat against the Japanese in Burma. • Engagingly written, it appeals to a wide-reaching audience across multiple disciplines and beyond those interested only in military subjects • Puts the study of soldiers and battle at the centre of the contemporary humanities and social sciences • An approach to military history and sociology that makes the colonial and imperial central to the study of war Military history

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 332pp 978-1-107-16958-6 Hardback £59.99 / US$74.99 978-1-316-62065-6 Paperback £19.99 / US$24.99

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 400pp 25 b/w illus. 10 maps 1 table 978-1-107-19459-5 Hardback £34.99 / US$44.99 C

P P

Communications and British Operations on the Western Front, 1914–1918

Postwar Societies, State-Building, and International Relations from the Seven Years’ War to the Cold War Edited by Ute Planert | University of Cologne

‘New wars’ of the present day have raised awareness about the importance of transformation between war and peace, which are shaped by substantial changes in economy, politics, society and culture. Examining the decades of reconstruction following wars from the eighteenth to the twentieth century in international comparison, this book demonstrates why foreign and domestic policy cannot be separated. • Proposes a new view of transitions from war to peace which will benefit those who are uncomfortable with the view of a ‘zero hour’ in postwar eras • Sets transitions from war to peace in long-term and global perspectives, allowing readers to put the postwar experience after 1945 into a broader historical context • Combines pioneering archival research with broad perspectives on historical turning-points and trends, appealing to specialists and the educated public • Aids temporal and geographic comparability by focusing on ten-year periods following the conclusion of major military conflicts in world history, thus providing focus and breadth

Brian N. Hall | University of Salford

Military history | Publications of the German Historical Institute

This is a major new study of the role of communications in shaping the outcome of British military operations on the Western Front during World War 1. It argues that communications were not only a leading cause of the trench stalemate of 1915–17, but were also crucial in helping break the deadlock in 1918. • Includes end-of-chapter summaries, allowing readers to monitor their understanding of the material presented • Includes both thematic and chronological chapters, providing readers with a broader and deeper understanding of the subject matter • Will become a core text for both undergraduates and postgraduates studying military history, strategic studies and the First World War in particular

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 356pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-16574-8 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Military history | Cambridge Military Histories

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 370pp 33 b/w illus. 1 map 5 tables 978-1-107-17055-1 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00 C

The Political Economy of Public Finance Taxation, State Spending and Debt since the 1970s Edited by Marc Buggeln | Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin

This volume examines the major trends in public finance in developed capitalist countries since the oil crisis of 1973. Leading scholars examine how the wealthiest OECD countries responded to these challenges and the consequences for the distribution of wealth between the rich and the poor. • Delivers historical explanations for the development in public finance since the 1970s • An interdisciplinary volume with different views on current developments • Deals with a number of countries with different political and economic systems, showing general and specific factors Economic history

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 328pp 978-1-107-14012-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

History Running – crosshead discipline right

Respectable Banking

The Matter of History

The Search for Stability in London’s Money and Credit Markets since 1695 Anthony Hotson | University of Oxford

How Things Create the Past Timothy J. LeCain | Montana State University

The financial collapse of 2007–8 has questioned our assumptions around the underlying basis for stability in the financial system, and Anthony Hotson here offers important new insights through a reassessment of the development of London’s money and credit markets since the great currency crisis of 1695. • Revitalizes the history of money and banking • Revives the tradition of bankers writing for an interested public, combining academic rigour with the author’s direct experience of financial deregulation since the 1970s • Uses history to challenge the current economic orthodoxy about the factors underpinning financial stability, and provides a distinctive alternative to the neoliberal banking model

Part materialist manifesto, part empirical case study, and part methodological guide, The Matter of History develops a radical new postanthropocentric understanding of the past that explains how powerful organisms and things pushed diverse nations and cultures towards a global ‘Great Convergence’. • Brings together neo-materialist thinking from a wide variety of disciplines • Proposes a bold new theory of history that emphasizes the many ways that humans are deeply embedded in a material world • Provides a detailed, empirically driven application of the neomaterialist theory and method with a detailed comparative study Environmental history | Studies in Environment and History

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 358pp 15 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13417-1 Hardback £80.00 / US$99.00 978-1-107-59270-4 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

Economic history

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 320pp 86 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-107-19858-6 Hardback £34.99 / US$49.99

Oil Revolution Anti-Colonial Elites, Sovereign Rights, and the Economic Culture of Decolonization Christopher R. W. Dietrich | Fordham University, New York

Oil Revolution examines the anti-colonial diplomats, lawyers, and economists from the oil-producing nations in the Middle East and Latin America who forged a new economic culture of decolonization after World War II. Their efforts transformed the oil industry but had devastating consequences during the energy crises of the 1970s. • Reveals the effects of the economic culture of decolonization of the global oil industry, showing the role of international politics in this sector • Illuminates the influence of ideas in the global political economy, showing how this shaped attitudes, debates, and policies • Pursues an ambitious research agenda, presenting to readers the role of the United States in enabling the OPEC members to take control of their oil Global history | Global and International History

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 369pp 978-1-107-16861-9 Hardback £79.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-61789-2 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99

P P

Woodrow Wilson and American Internationalism Lloyd E. Ambrosius | University of Nebraska, Lincoln

This book addresses enduring questions about American political culture and statecraft. Its critique of Wilson’s diplomacy highlights the limits of his definition of American internationalism, notably with respect to religion and race. This book will be of interest to graduate and upper-level undergraduate courses on US foreign relations, diplomatic, presidential, and political history. • Examines Woodrow Wilson’s liberal internationalism during and after World War I • Shows how the scholarship on Woodrow Wilson and World War I fits in with historiographical trends since the end of the Cold War • Challenges the perspective of American exceptionalism as the framework for interpreting American and world history

Conquerors, Employers and Arbiters States and Shifts in Labour Relations, 1500–2000 Edited by Karin Hofmeester | Internationaal Instituut voor Sociale Geschiedenis, Amsterdam

This volume considers the role of states in explaining patterns of continuity and change in labour relations across the globe and throughout time, from the sixteenth-century silver mines of Potosí in the Andes to twentieth-century colonial Mozambique, exploring their impact in three roles, as conquerors, employers and arbiters. • Considers the role of states in explaining patterns of continuity and change in labour relations across the globe and throughout time • Looks at a diverse range of states, from local and regional power holders to nation states and empires • Looks at these states and their impact on labour relations as employers, arbiters and conquerors Social, population history | International Review of Social History Supplements, 24

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 286pp 978-1-316-64252-8 Paperback £19.99 / US$24.99

Three-Text Edition of Thomas Hobbes’s Political Theory The Elements of Law, De Cive and Leviathan Edited by Deborah Baumgold | University of Oregon

Deborah Baumgold’s Three-Text Edition of Thomas Hobbes’s Political Theory is an indispensable resource for scholars of Thomas Hobbes, arguably the greatest political philosopher to write in English. By arranging the three texts side by side, this volume highlights substantive parallels between the texts and offers readers an enhanced understanding of Hobbes’s political theory. • Presents the three core texts of Hobbes’s political theory side by side, facilitating a comparison of arguments • Documents the development of Hobbes’s thinking both at the ‘micro’ level of specific arguments and the ‘macro’ level of broad developments in the scope and organization of his political theory • The structure makes it easy to follow alterations and reorganization through the several texts History of ideas and intellectual history

May 2017 280 x 210 mm 650pp 978-1-107-15523-7 Hardback £100.00 / US$130.00

Diplomatic, international history | Cambridge Studies in US Foreign Relations

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 294pp 978-1-107-16306-5 Hardback £80.00 / US$99.99 978-1-316-61506-5 Paperback £23.99 / US$29.99

P P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Running– head History cross left discipline

Modernism and the Social Sciences

Jewish Exiles and European Thought during the Third Reich

Anglo-American Exchanges, c.1918–1980 Edited by Mark Bevir | University of California, Berkeley

Baron, Popper, Strauss, Auerbach David Weinstein | Wake Forest University, North Carolina

This wide-ranging and original study reveals how prevalent modernism has become in the study of the social sciences. It explores the rise and nature of modernism tropes and approaches within social sciences such as economics, econometrics, behaviourism, sociology, international relations, administrative science, linguistics, history and anthropology. • Shows how widespread modernism has become in the social sciences, revealing wider trends and parallels to scholars who specialise in particular disciplines • Situates various synchronic and formal styles of analysis in the contest of the rise of modernism, providing readers with the opportunity to relate the accounts of social science disciplines to well-known broader cultural and artistic movements • Highlights the connections between many superficially different forms of explanation, so that readers can locate current methodological disputes in a much wider historical context

Weinstein and Zakai contextualize, ideologically and politically, the works of Hans Baron, Karl Popper, Leo Strauss and Erich Auerbach, following their exile from 1930s Nazi Germany. They demonstrate how, despite their different disciplines and distinctive modes of working, they all responded passionately to their shared trauma. • Presents a cross-disciplinary study of how forced exile can shape intellectual scholarship • Compares Jewish exiles in diverse scholarly disciplines, which will appeal to a wide range of scholars of European intellectual and cultural history • Argues that not just 1930s Jewish exile scholarship is ideological, but that all scholarship is ideological

History of ideas and intellectual history

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 256pp 1 table 978-1-107-17396-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Commerce and Peace in the Enlightenment Edited by Béla Kapossy | Université de Lausanne, Switzerland

Inspired by the work of the late Istvan Holt, who transformed the history of Enlightenment thought, this volume develops many of his ideas between commerce, peace and politics, from the eighteenth century to the present. • Proposes a new view of the history of attempts to make peace, and covers new ground in political thought, political economy and international relations • A range of countries and thinkers covered, giving readers different perspectives, histories and contexts on commerce and peace • Reveals the achievements of political thought in the eighteenth century, which will appeal to those interested in Enlightenment thinking and intellectual history in general History of ideas and intellectual history

July 2017 228 x 152 mm c.320pp 978-1-108-41655-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Thinking with Rousseau From Machiavelli to Schmitt Edited by Helena Rosenblatt | City University of New York

Although indisputably one of the most important thinkers in the Western intellectual tradition, Rousseau’s actual place in that tradition, and the legacy of his thought, remains hotly disputed. This volume reconsiders Rousseau’s contribution through a series of essays exploring the relationship between Rousseau and other ‘great thinkers’. • Explores the relationship between Rousseau and other philosophers, both his predecessors and his successors, allowing readers to see how ideas are transformed and new ones are generated • Reconsiders Rousseau’s place within the Western intellectual tradition, giving readers fresh perspectives on specific historical contexts • Includes discussions of thinkers who were highly influential in their time, but have been forgotten since History of ideas and intellectual history

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 294pp 8 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-10576-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

History of ideas and intellectual history

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 340pp 978-1-107-16646-2 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

Religious Freedom and the Universal Declaration of Human Rights Linde Lindkvist | Uppsala Universitet, Sweden

Focusing on Article 18 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the book provides a groundbreaking and multi-layered account of the most influential statement on religious freedom in human history. It examines the origins, background, key players, and outcomes of Article 18. • Provides a multi-layered account of the Universal Declaration’s Article 18 on religious freedom, benefiting those who wish to understand more about the Article, its history and its consequences • Locates human rights in different political and intellectual contexts, providing the reader with a solid history of Article 18 and the Declaration in general • Written in an accessible style, which gives the book a wider, interdisciplinary appeal History of ideas and intellectual history | Human Rights in History

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-107-15941-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Demopolis Democracy before Liberalism in Theory and Practice Josiah Ober | Stanford University, California

What did democracy mean before liberalism? By combining history with political theory, this book restores the core meaning of democracy – collective and limited self-government by citizens. Grounded in political participation and civic education, it is the essential basis of stable, nontyrannical government – before and after liberalism. • Establishes the hypothetical modern state of ‘Demopolis’ to creatively and effectively demonstrate the relevance of classical Greek democracy for liberal states • Combines history with political theory to enable knowledge of the past to support the argument for the present • Emphasizes the relationship of democratic legitimacy, civic education, and political participation, allowing audiences to connect democracy and popular participation without resorting to populism History of ideas and intellectual history | The Seeley Lectures

July 2017 216 x 138 mm c.228pp 978-1-316-51036-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$81.99 978-1-316-64983-1 Paperback £18.99 / US$24.99

P P

Statistics and probability Running / Mathematics head right

Statistics and probability Handbook for Applied Modeling: NonGaussian and Correlated Data Jamie D. Riggs | Northwestern University, Illinois

Designed for the applied practitioner, this book is a compact, entry-level guide to modeling and analyzing data that fail idealized assumptions. It explains and demonstrates core techniques, common pitfalls and data issues, and interpretation of model results, all with a focus on application, utility, and real-life data. • Designed for scientists and students with minimal mathematical background and limited modeling experience • Full R and SAS code for all analyses is available for free download • Uses real and publicly available data sets, showing common issues and their solutions Statistical theory and methods

July 2017 253 x 177 mm 350pp 978-1-107-14699-0 Hardback c. £62.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-316-60105-1 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$44.99

P P

Long-Range Dependence and Self-Similarity Vladas Pipiras | University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

Real-world time series rarely satisfy simple assumptions, often exhibiting long-range dependence. Ignoring this undermines accurate detection of trends and other important behavior. This text for graduate students and researchers in statistics and probability is also a reference for specialists in fields such as economics, finance, and hydrology. • Provides a unified treatment of both basic and more state-of-the-art topics central to the research area • Features numerous exercises at the end of each chapter to consolidate the reader’s knowledge • Formulates open research problems to point readers to the future Probability theory and stochastic processes | Cambridge Series in Statistical and Probabilistic Mathematics, 45

April 2017 253 x 177 mm 382pp 58 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-03946-9 Hardback £71.99 / US$89.99

Mathematics Descriptive Complexity, Canonisation, and Definable Graph Structure Theory Martin Grohe | Rheinisch-Westfälische Technische Hochschule, Aachen, Germany

This groundbreaking, yet accessible book contains original results on the interaction between graph theory and computational complexity using methods from finite model theory. As well as a wealth of new, previously unpublished results, the author also gives an account of the established results in the area. • Contains original results which use methods from finite model theory to show the interaction between graph theory and computational complexity • Includes a wealth of new results, not previously published • Provides a reference for future research in this area

previously announced textbook

A Second Course in Linear Algebra Stephan Ramon Garcia | Pomona College, California

Linear algebra is a fundamental tool in many fields, including mathematics and statistics, computer science, economics, and the physical and biological sciences. This undergraduate textbook offers a complete second course, tailored to help students transition from basic theory to advanced topics with numerous examples, illustrations, and exercises. • Concise chapters focus on essential ideas • Special topics sections appeal to a broad range of disciplines • Numerous examples and over six hundred exercises prepare students for advanced topics and applications Contents: Preliminaries; 1. Vector spaces; 2. Bases and similarity; 3. Block matrices; 4. Inner product spaces; 5. Orthonormal vectors; 6. Unitary matrices; 7. Orthogonal complements and orthogonal projections; 8. Eigenvalues, eigenvectors, and geometric multiplicity; 9. The characteristic polynomial and algebraic multiplicity; 10. Unitary triangularization and block diagonalization; 11. Jordan canonical form; 12. Normal matrices and the spectral theorem; 13. Positive semidefinite matrices; 14. The singular value and polar decompositions; 15. Singular values and the spectral norm; 16. Interlacing and inertia; Appendix A. Complex numbers. Algebra | Cambridge Mathematical Textbooks

July 2017 253 x 177 mm 400pp 15 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10381-8 Hardback c. £40.00 / c. US$69.99

An Introduction to Lie Groups and Lie Algebras Alexander Kirillov, Jr | State University of New York, Stony Brook

This graduate text focuses on the study of semisimple Lie algebras, developing the necessary theory along the way. Written in an informal style, this is a contemporary introduction to the subject. With numerous exercises and worked examples, it is ideal for graduate courses on Lie groups and Lie algebras. • The exposition emphasizes the main concepts rather than technical details of the proofs, making it possible to cover a lot of material in relatively concise work • Numerous exercises and worked examples, as well as a sample syllabus, make this an ideal text for a graduate course on Lie groups and Lie algebras • Focusses on semisimple Lie algebras and their representations; contains material rarely included in standard textbooks such as BGG resolution Algebra | Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 113

June 2017 229 x 152 mm 234pp 978-1-316-61410-5 Paperback £26.99 / US$39.99

Logic, categories and sets | Lecture Notes in Logic, 47

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 530pp 60 b/w illus. 978-1-107-01452-7 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Running head left Mathematics

Previously Announced

Fourier Integrals in Classical Analysis

Groups, Graphs and Random Walks

Second edition Christopher D. Sogge | The Johns Hopkins University

Edited by Tullio Ceccherini-Silberstein | Università degli Studi del Sannio, Italy

An accessible and panoramic account of the theory of random walks on groups and graphs, stressing the connections with other branches of mathematics. Covering topics from growth and amenability of groups, Schrödinger operators, and Poisson boundaries, this book provides a valuable and up-to-date reference for both researchers and graduates. • Emphasizes the strong connections between the theory of random walks on groups and graphs and other branches of mathematics • Provides a valuable and up-to-date reference from which future research activities may stem • Offers a panoramic account of recent developments in the field Algebra | London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 436

May 2017 228 x 152 mm 542pp 70 b/w illus. 20 exercises 978-1-316-60440-3 Paperback £65.00 / US$115.00 C

Groups, Languages and Automata

Abstract analysis | Cambridge Tracts in Mathematics, 210

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 348pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12007-5 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Textbook

Derek F. Holt | University of Warwick

Many connections exist between group theory and automata theory, and a wide variety of them are discussed in this text. Any necessary background material is provided, and connections are explored along a number of strands that lead to the forefront of current research in geometric group theory. • Can be used as a primary text for new postgraduates • Contains detailed coverage of many of the interesting examples arising in geometric group theory, including hyperbolic groups, manifold groups, braid groups, Coxeter groups, and more • Includes all the necessary background material, with sketch proofs or exercises for the more important results on which the applications to group theory depend Algebra | London Mathematical Society Student Texts, 88

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 306pp 35 b/w illus. 25 exercises 978-1-107-15235-9 Hardback £79.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-316-60652-0 Paperback £29.99 / US$36.99 P

Galois Representations and (Phi, Gamma)-Modules

A First Course in Analysis John B. Conway | George Washington University, Washington DC

Assuming minimal prerequisites, this rigorous yet accessible text is intended for a year-long analysis or advanced calculus course for advanced undergraduate or beginning graduate students. It clearly and concisely explains differentiation and integration of functions of one, and several variables and covers the Green, Gauss, and Stokes theorems. • The book’s rigor and succinctness is balanced with its accessibility and clear explanations • Provides insights on finding proofs in analysis that will be useful to the student • Reaches the multidimensional versions of the fundamental theorem of calculus Contents: 1. The real numbers; 2. Differentiation; 3. Integration; 4. Sequences of functions; 5. Metric and Euclidean spaces; 6. Differentiation in higher dimensions; 7. Integration in higher dimensions; 8. Curves and surfaces; 9. Differential forms. Real and complex analysis | Cambridge Mathematical Textbooks

Peter Schneider | Westfälische Wilhelms-Universität Münster, Germany

The first detailed and self-contained introduction to a key part of local number theory, which uses the general framework of Lubin–Tate extensions of local number fields. This book allows graduate students to acquire the necessary basis for solving research problems, while also offering researchers many of the basic results. • The first self-contained account of this theory in book form • An ideal reference point, offering many of the basic results in one convenient location • Develops the topic in a framework that is not fully covered in the existing literature Number theory | Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 164

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 154pp 20 exercises 978-1-107-18858-7 Hardback £44.99 / US$57.99

This advanced monograph, concerned with modern treatments of central problems in harmonic analysis, explores the interplay between ideas used to study the propagation of singularities for the wave equation and their counterparts in classical analysis. New chapters discuss the Duistermaat– Guillemin theorem and results related to the Kakeya conjecture. • Offers a self-contained introduction to harmonic and microlocal analysis that is accessible to graduate students • The second edition presents an expanded treatment of microlocal analysis • Includes new chapters on Hörmander’s propagation of singularities theorem and the Duistermaat–Guillemin theorem, and on results related to the Kakeya conjecture

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 375pp 978-1-107-17314-9 Hardback c. £34.99 / c. US$59.99

Central Simple Algebras and Galois Cohomology Second edition Philippe Gille | Institut Camille Jordan, Lyon

The first comprehensive, modern introduction to a central field in modern algebra with connections to algebraic geometry, K-theory, and number theory. It proceeds from the basics to more advanced results, including the Merkurjev–Suslin theorem. It is ideal as a text for a graduate course and as a reference for researchers. • Contains new sections on central simple algebras over complete discretely valued fields, the cohomological characterization of reduced norms, and Izhboldin’s theorem on p-torsion in Milnor K-theory in characteristic p • Includes a complete proof of the Merkurjev–Suslin theorem and its application to characterization of reduced norms • Presents a new viewpoint on Severi–Brauer varieties Topology and geometry | Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 165

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 416pp 80 exercises 978-1-107-15637-1 Hardback c. £54.99 / c. US$79.99 978-1-316-60988-0 Paperback c. £40.00 / c. US$65.00

P P

Running Mathematics head right

Period Mappings and Period Domains Second edition James Carlson

This up-to-date introduction to Griffiths’ theory of period maps and period domains focusses on algebraic, group-theoretic and differential geometric aspects. The second edition has been thoroughly revised and now includes a new third section covering recent and important new developments in the field. • A completely revised and up-to-date new edition, covering all major new developments in the field • Accessible to graduate students with modest backgrounds in algebraic topology and algebra • Begins by providing a comprehensive introduction to the basic theory as developed by Griffiths Topology and geometry | Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 590pp 35 b/w illus. 3 tables 180 exercises 978-1-316-63956-6 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99 P

Thomas J. Bridges | University of Surrey

Nonlinear waves are pervasive in nature, but are often elusive when they are modelled and analysed. In this book the author develops a natural approach to the problem based on phase modulation. He delivers models, mechanisms, generality, universality and ease of computation, as well as developing the necessary mathematical background. • Leads to a deeper understanding of the underlying theory of phase modulation • Encourages new interpretations of well-known examples that point to new applications of model equations • Provides a new tool for fluids and waves applications that opens the door to new simplified models Fluid dynamics and solid mechanics | Cambridge Monographs on Applied and Computational Mathematics, 31

Theory and Modeling of Rotating Fluids

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 242pp 12 b/w illus. 978-1-107-18884-6 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$79.99

Convection, Inertial Waves and Precession Keke Zhang | University of Exeter

The first systematic account of the theory and modelling of rotating fluids in half a century, recommended for researchers and postgraduate students in fields of atmospheres, oceanography, geophysics, astrophysics and engineering. It unifies three traditionally separated topics in rotating fluids: thermal convection, inertial waves, and precession-driven flow. • The first systematic account of the theory and modelling of rotating fluids since 1968 • Unifies three topics of rotating fluids which were traditionally treated separately: thermal convection, inertial waves, and precession-driven flow • Provides updated theories of hydrodynamical processes in rotating fluid systems Fluid dynamics and solid mechanics | Cambridge Monographs on Mechanics

May 2017 247 x 174 mm 520pp 978-0-521-85009-4 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00

Symmetry, Phase Modulation and Nonlinear Waves

Linear Inverse Problems and Tikhonov Regularization Mark Gockenbach | Michigan Technological University

Tikhonov regularization is the most popular general-purpose method for regularization and uses much of the machinery of Hilbert space theory. This book develops the theory of Tikhonov regularization for linear inverse problems defined on Hilbert spaces and is ideal for graduates and researchers. • Provides readers with quick introductions to Hilbert space theory, weak derivatives and Sobolev spaces • Presents Tikhonov regularization theory in an engaging and straightforward style • Can be used for courses on inverse problems and regularization theory Numerical analysis | Carus Mathematical Monographs, 32

November 2016 247 x 174 mm 336pp 978-0-88385-141-8 Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 P

A First Course in Computational Fluid Dynamics

This title is available from Cambridge to customers outside of North America; customers in North America should contact The Mathematical Association of America.

H. Aref | Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University

Python for Scientists

A broad and fundamental coverage of computational fluid dynamics (CFD), explaining basic numerical methods and offering a rigorous introduction to CFD. This book emphasises the exploration of fluid science through computation and is an ideal text for any course in this area. • A fully integrated approach to numerical methods, fluid mechanics and introductory computational fluid dynamics (CFD) • Begins with basic concepts in numerical methods and builds its way up to full-fledged CFD • Provides a broader view of CFD which is not limited to numerical methods for solving three-dimensional time-dependent flows in complex domains Fluid dynamics and solid mechanics

June 2017 247 x 174 mm 417pp 64 b/w illus. 6 colour illus. 9 tables 135 exercises 978-1-107-17851-9 Hardback £96.00 / US$120.00 978-1-316-63096-9 Paperback £44.99 / US$59.99

P P

Second edition John M. Stewart | University of Cambridge

Scientific Python is taught from scratch in this book via copious, downloadable, useful and adaptable code snippets. Everything the working scientist needs to know is covered, quickly providing researchers and research students with the skills to start using Python effectively. • Assumes no previous knowledge of any programming language • Contains copious snippets of tested code, all available online, which the reader is encouraged to try • Draws examples from many different fields • Teaches readers how to use pre-existing legacy code (usually in Fortran77) within the Python environment, thus avoiding the need to master the original code Computational science

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 273pp 978-1-316-64123-1 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Running head/ left Mathematics Computer science / Physics

Previously Announced

Portal through Mathematics

Social Signal Processing

Journey to Advanced Thinking O. A. Ivanov | St Petersburg State University

Edited by Judee K. Burgoon | University of Arizona

A collection of interesting puzzles and problems on topics mostly related to secondary school mathematics. The book is organised into 29 themes, each a topic from algebra, geometry, or calculus, and excursions are provided into number theory, physics, and combinatorics. With minimum background requirements, this book is accessible to readers at all levels. • Contains something for every budding mathematician, as well as for those with more experience • A real enrichment of high school mathematics • Includes 150 problems and solutions within the text, and 115 supplementary problems with solutions at the end of the book General and recreational mathematics | Anneli Lax New Mathematical Library

March 2017 228 x 152 mm c.318pp 978-0-88385-651-2 Paperback £43.00 / $55.00 P

This book provides authoritative surveys covering all aspects of modeling, detection, analysis, and synthesis of nonverbal behavior in human interaction and human-computer interaction. Each chapter includes both introductory and advanced material to address the needs of beginners and experts. The extensive applications include detection of developmental diseases and analysis of small groups. • Presents a comprehensive view of the field within a single volume, bringing together domains as diverse as computing science and psychology • Each chapter offers a basic introduction and a survey of current research • Emphasizes techniques and applications as well as foundations Social, educational and philosophical aspects of computing, e-publishing, HCI

This title is available from Cambridge to customers outside of North America; customers in North America should contact The Mathematical Association of America.

June 2017 253 x 177 mm 440pp 20 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-107-16126-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99

Calendrical Calculations The Ultimate Edition Fourth edition Edward M. Reingold | Illinois Institute of Technology

Computer science Modern Robotics Mechanics, Planning and Control Frank C. Park | Seoul National University

This is the go-to textbook for learning about the mechanics, planning, and control of robots in a unified way. Modern Robotics emphasises both the latest geometric techniques and algorithmic aspects of these three subjects, with accompanying software, video lectures, and numerous exercises. • Offers a modern treatment of classical screw theory based on linear algebra and differential equations that is accessible to students with a background in linear algebra, differential equations, first-year physics, and some familiarity with programming • Comes with software to accompany the ample algorithmic descriptions for computing covered in the text, allowing students to solve the programming and implementation exercises • Includes numerous standard exercises with solutions at the end of each chapter and video lectures for flipped learning courses • Can be used either with courses or for self-learning Computer graphics, image processing, robotics and computer vision

May 2017 253 x 177 mm 547pp 978-1-107-15630-2 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$140.00

Handbook of Spectrum Auction Design Edited by Martin Bichler | Technische Universität München

Governments worldwide use spectrum auctions to assign and price licenses for wireless communications, a key resource for any mobile operator. This comprehensive handbook by an international team of experts covers the pros and cons of different auction formats and lessons learned from theory, experiments, and the field. • Comprehensive coverage of classic and new auctions saves regulators, telecoms, consultants, and academics time in preparing for spectrum auctions • Discusses recent developments and summarizes pros and cons of auction designs such as SMRA, CCA, and newer alternatives • Looks forward to possible designs for secondary markets IT management and e-commerce

July 2017 253 x 177 mm 904pp 978-1-107-13534-5 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$99.99

This unique resource now includes coverage of Unix dates, Italian time, the Akan, Icelandic, Saudi Arabian Umm al-Qura, Babylonian, Samaritan, and Nepalese calendars, plus expanded treatments of Islamic and Hebrew calendars. The astronomical functions have been rewritten for more accurate results and include calculations of moonrise and moonset. • Has general appeal across computer science and beyond • Includes LISP code in machine-readable form for all the algorithms • Now includes Unix dates, Italian time, the Akan, Icelandic, Saudi Arabian Umm al-Qura, and Babylonian calendars and calculations of moonrise and moonset General computer science

August 2017 234 x 156 mm 684pp 978-1-107-05762-3 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$110.00 978-1-107-68316-7 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$36.99

P P

Physics Quantum Scaling in Many-Body Systems An Approach to Quantum Phase Transitions Second edition Mucio Continentino | Centro Brasileiro de Pesquisas Físicas, Brazil

Quantum phase transitions are of strong relevance to several fields, from condensed matter to quantum field theory. This updated edition approaches the problem of quantum phase transitions from a new and unifying perspective. With a focus on understanding experimental results, it is an excellent text for both graduates and professionals. • Provides a new perspective on a range of topics • An experimental focus means it is suitable for a wide audience, from graduates to experimentalists • Includes several new topics, such as topological quantum phase transitions, which have never been approached in books from the proposed perspective Condensed matter physics, nanoscience and mesoscopic physics

April 2017 247 x 174 mm 262pp 39 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-15025-6 Hardback £54.99 / US$69.99

Running head Physics right

Magnetism in Carbon Nanostructures

Introduction to Accelerator Dynamics Stephen Peggs | Brookhaven National Laboratory, New York

Frank Hagelberg | East Tennessee State University

Magnetism in carbon nanostructures is a rapidly expanding field of current materials science. This comprehensive survey of the subject provides an in-depth understanding of both the fundamental nature of the topic, as well as its groundbreaking nanotechnological applications, of interest to anyone studying or working in the field. • Combines the principles and practice of this emerging area into a single concise volume • Emphasizes the interdisciplinary nature of the field, being of interest to physicists, chemists, chemical engineers and material scientists alike • Self-contained so as to be accessible to those with little or no prior knowledge of the subject Condensed matter physics, nanoscience and mesoscopic physics

June 2017 247 x 174 mm 472pp 149 b/w illus. 978-1-107-06984-8 Hardback £135.00 / US$175.00

This introductory text presents a detailed account of the field of accelerator physics, including particle acceleration, collision and beam dynamics, and the important engineering considerations inherent in the effective construction and operation of particle accelerators. It is appropriate for advanced undergraduate and graduate students, accelerator scientists, and engineers. • Focuses on single particle dynamics and accelerator technology, providing direct insight into the physics of particle accelerators and the engineering factors key in their construction and operation • Supporting website hosts interactive versions of features in the book, providing reader interactivity on multiple platforms • Includes numerous homework problems to reinforce key physical principles developed within the text Particle physics and nuclear physics

July 2017 247 x 174 mm 220pp 99 b/w illus. 6 tables 100 exercises 978-1-107-13284-9 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$79.99 P

Geometry of Quantum States

Ultrasonic Spectroscopy Applications in Condensed Matter Physics and Materials Science Robert G. Leisure | Colorado State University

This book provides complete coverage of the issues relevant to the interpretation of ultrasonic experiments in condensed matter, including elasticity, acoustic waves in solids, ultrasonic loss and the relation of elastic constants to thermodynamic potentials. Covering both background theory and experimental methods and techniques, it is perfect for students and researchers in physics, materials science and geophysics. • Detailed explanations and clear illustrations enable efficient learning of basic concepts • Deep treatment of topics such as elasticity and the temperature dependence of elastic constants allow researchers to appreciate the wider applications of their work • Comprehensive reviews of experimental methods provide improved awareness of the advantages and pitfalls of each method

An Introduction to Quantum Entanglement Second edition Ingemar Bengtsson | Stockholms Universitet

The second edition of a book that has become a standard reference for researchers working on geometric aspects of quantum entanglement and quantum theory of information. Its comprehensive style makes it suitable for students of physics, information science, and mathematics wishing to learn more about quantum mechanics and quantum entanglement. • A new edition, focusing on the geometry of quantum states • Stresses the similarities and differences between classical and quantum theory • Uses a non-technical style and numerous figures to make the book accessible to non-specialists in quantum information theory and mathematical literature Theoretical physics and mathematical physics

Condensed matter physics, nanoscience and mesoscopic physics

July 2017 247 x 174 mm 637pp 139 b/w illus. 22 tables 978-1-107-02625-4 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99

June 2017 247 x 174 mm 254pp 75 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-15413-1 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99

Classical Field Theory

Joel Franklin | Reed College, Oregon

Ultracondensed Matter by Dynamic Compression William Nellis | Harvard University, Massachusetts

This book comprehensively and authoritatively covers making and studying materials at extreme conditions of pressure, density and temperature using dynamic compression. Researchers, graduates and undergraduates will gain an intuitive understanding of designing and interpreting experiments, and benefit from an upto-date history of dynamic compression research. • The author has the authority of being at the forefront of developing this lesser-known technique • Technological details and complex maths are avoided in explanations of techniques • Includes a greater level of focus on the future uses of dynamic compression than competing titles

A comprehensive introduction to the methods of, and physics describable by, classical field theory. Written for advanced undergraduate students, this book demonstrates a modern approach to model building with compelling examples to illustrate the structure of field theories and their physical predictions. • Provides a sophisticated review of material, allowing students to evaluate important topics • With an emphasis on clarity and simplicity it is accessible and will keep the reader focused • Includes a numerical methods chapter to allow readers to consider specific numerical techniques Theoretical physics and mathematical physics

April 2017 246 x 189 mm 226pp 64 b/w illus. 978-1-107-18961-4 Hardback £54.99 / US$69.99

Condensed matter physics, nanoscience and mesoscopic physics

June 2017 247 x 174 mm 203pp 41 b/w illus. 978-0-521-51917-5 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Running head left Physics

A Primer on String Theory

What is Quantum Information?

Volker Schomerus | Deutsches Elektronen-Sychrotron (DESY) Hamburg

A concise introduction to string theory explaining central concepts, mathematical tools and recent developments in the field of physics. Covering fundamental concepts including how strings interact with each other, this book is perfect for students with no prior knowledge as well as scholars from other disciplines. • A self-contained text which keeps advanced mathematical background to a minimum, making it easy to follow • Provides a modern treatment of string theory which builds foundations to enable understanding of important recent developments • An excellent text for self-study, providing concrete calculations and exercises, and covering topics from undergraduate level to topical research in mathematical physics Theoretical physics and mathematical physics

June 2017 246 x 189 mm 240pp 23 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-16001-9 Hardback £67.99 / US$84.99 978-1-316-61283-5 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99

P P

Alberto A. García-Díaz | Centro de Investigación y de Estudios Avanzados del Instituto Politécnico Nacional (CINVESTAV)

A self-contained and unique text, for graduate students and researchers, systematically presenting the determination and classification of exact solutions in three-dimensional Einstein gravity. This book explores the theoretical framework and general physical and geometrical characteristics of each class of solutions, and includes information on the researchers responsible for their discovery. • The first book in the field of 2+1 gravity to examine solutions of physical interest • All the physical and mathematical concepts required are explained in the text, enabling readers to gain a complete understanding of the complexities of the field • Includes a complete review of vacuum solutions of topologically massive gravity with a cosmological constant, which shows the algebraic classification of space times at work Cosmology, relativity and gravitation | Cambridge Monographs on Mathematical Physics

Practical Bayesian Inference A Primer for Physical Scientists Coryn A. L. Bailer-Jones | Max-Planck-Institut für Astronomie, Heidelberg

This volume introduces the major concepts of probability and statistics and the computational tools students need to extract information from data in the presence of uncertainty. Using a simple and intuitive Bayesian approach, the emphasis throughout is on the principles and showing how these methods can be implemented in practice. • Written in an informal yet precise style, suitable for a wide audience from a range of backgrounds in the physical sciences • Promotes the Bayesian approach as a general framework for solving problems, but also makes comparison with frequentist methods • Describes how methods can be applied in practice to the readers’ own problems, so it is not simply a recipe book • The R code from the book is available freely online, allowing readers to see how the theory is actually implemented and reproduce the plots and results in the book Mathematical methods and computational tools

May 2017 247 x 174 mm 320pp 85 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-19211-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$87.99 978-1-316-64221-4 Paperback £29.99 / US$37.99

Combining physics and philosophy, this is a uniquely interdisciplinary examination of quantum information science. Suitable as both a discussion of the conceptual and philosophical problems of this field and a comprehensive stand-alone introduction, this book will benefit both experienced and new researchers in quantum information and the philosophy of physics. • A unique multi-perspective discussion of the conceptual and philosophical problems of quantum information science, ensuring cross-discipline relevance • Brings together several of the foremost academics working in quantum information science from across a range of disciplines • Provides both a discussion of the conceptual subtleties of quantum information science and a comprehensive standalone introduction to the field History, philosophy and foundations of physics

April 2017 247 x 174 mm 276pp 7 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-107-14211-4 Hardback £59.99 / US$74.99

Exact Solutions in ThreeDimensional Gravity

August 2017 247 x 174 mm 454pp 37 tables 978-1-107-14789-8 Hardback £135.00 / US$175.00

Edited by Olimpia Lombardi | University of Buenos Aires, Argentina, and National Council of Scientific and Technical Research

P P

The Principle of Least Action History and Physics Alberto Rojo | Oakland University, Michigan

An accessible introduction to the principle of least action, its history and its fundamental role in science. Including explanations from historical sources, hallmark papers, and worked examples, this is a story that is understandable to those with a less mathematical background, as well as to researchers and students of physics and the history of physics. • Drawing from the original sources, this book discusses many of the key ideas in this area from both the scientific and historical perspectives to paint a broad picture of this unifying principle • Discusses classic papers in a way that is accessible to the modern reader and will appeal to those who are interested in how physical concepts are generated • Includes worked examples to show how the principle works in practice History, philosophy and foundations of physics

August 2017 247 x 174 mm 278pp 96 b/w illus. 1 table 978-0-521-86902-7 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

Earth and environmental Running head science right

Earth and environmental science Radiative Transfer in the Atmosphere and Ocean Second edition Knut Stamnes | Stevens Institute of Technology, New Jersey

This new and completely updated edition offers valuable, practical approaches to radiative transfer for students and researchers. It provides a basic understanding of the role of radiation in climate and climate change and teaches how to use radiative transfer tools to analyze data from ground-based, airborne and satellite sensors. • Teaches solutions for radiative transfer problems across a broad range of disciplines with a self-contained, systematic treatment • Offers a unique emphasis on formulation, judicial approximations and numerical solutions • Provides a unified treatment of radiative transfer in coupled atmosphere-water systems, filling the gap between descriptive texts and practical approaches Atmospheric science and meteorology

June 2017 253 x 177 mm 530pp 98 b/w illus. 978-1-107-09473-4 Hardback £79.99 / US$99.99

Atmospheric and Oceanic Fluid Dynamics Fundamentals and Large-Scale Circulation Second edition Geoffrey K. Vallis | University of Exeter

This book provides a unified and comprehensive treatment of the atmosphere and ocean that blends classical results with modern interpretations. As well as updating existing chapters, this full-color second edition includes new chapters on tropical dynamics, El Niño, the stratosphere and gravity waves, for advanced students and researchers. • A major rewrite and expansion of the authoritative first edition, now illustrated with color graphics • Treats the atmosphere and ocean as a coherent whole, with geophysical fluid dynamics (GFD) integrated into a description of general circulation • Uses clear writing and straightforward explanations, with any jargon explained, appealing to a wide range of readers of varying expertise

Sea Ice Analysis and Forecasting Towards an Increased Reliance on Automated Prediction Systems Edited by Tom Carrieres | Environment Canada

This edited volume, for sea ice analysts and researchers, provides a comprehensive overview of the science behind automated prediction systems, focusing on sea ice analysis and forecasting. It reviews the fundamental concepts involved in these systems, and provides a discussion of current sea ice information services and their expected evolution. • Provides a solid introduction to sea ice analysis and an up-to-date summary of the latest advances in automated forecasting systems for researchers as well as those who use ice services • Reviews basic concepts involved in automated prediction systems enabling non-experts in the fields of satellite remote sensing, data assimilation, and numerical weather prediction to better understand the applicable techniques • Proposes ideas for the evolution of ice services as a result of ongoing improvements to automated prediction systems for sea ice Oceanography and marine science

August 2017 247 x 174 mm c.250pp 73 b/w illus. 978-1-108-41742-6 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

Tidal Inlets Hydrodynamics and Morphodynamics J. van de Kreeke | University of Miami

This book describes the latest developments in the hydrodynamics and morphodynamics of tidal inlets, with an emphasis on natural inlets. Results of field observations are discussed and simple mathematical models are presented. It is an ideal reference for coastal scientists, engineers and researchers in coastal engineering, geomorphology, marine geology and oceanography. • Summarizes and synthesizes new knowledge on the water motion and morphology of tidal inlets • Concepts of cross-sectional stability and location stability are explained, both of which are important for the design of new inlets and for the expansion, improvement and maintenance of existing inlets • Discusses misconceptions about the Escoffier Diagram Oceanography and marine science

June 2017 253 x 177 mm 220pp 10 b/w illus. 59 colour illus. 14 tables 978-1-107-19441-0 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00 C

Atmospheric science and meteorology

May 2017 253 x 203 mm 1000pp 57 b/w illus. 293 colour illus. 978-1-107-06550-5 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$99.00 P

Urban Climates T. R. Oke | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

The first full synthesis of modern scientific and applied research on urban climates, this book shows how we can moderate the undesirable consequences of urban development and help create more sustainable cities. It is an ideal resource for students and researchers in climatology, urban hydrology, air quality, environmental engineering and urban design. • The first comprehensive textbook on urban climate science • Color illustrations of key concepts help to aid understanding • Complex mathematical treatments are avoided, allowing readers to understand the material without having an advanced mathematical background Climatology and climate change

July 2017 246 x 189 mm 582pp 334 colour illus. 50 tables 978-0-521-84950-0 Hardback £110.00 / US$150.00 P 978-1-107-42953-6 Paperback £49.99 / US$99.99 P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Running Earth andhead environmental left science / Astronomy

Astronomy

Textbook

Introduction to Energy Resources, Technology, and Society Third edition Edward S. Cassedy | Polytechnic University, New York

This fully updated third edition explores the crucial issues connected to modern energy technology and its uses, assuming no prior technical expertise and avoiding complex mathematical formulations. Ideally suited for introductory energy courses, it is also a useful supplementary text for programs in public policy, business law and resource economics. • Uses a non-technical approach to modern energy technology, allowing students without a major science or engineering background to study and appreciate energy technology • Raises philosophical issues connected to energy by showing how concepts of justice and social equity are tied to technology and resources • Allows readers to see the impacts of energy issues on societies globally by showing connections between energy and society Contents: Preface; Part I. Energy Resources and Technology: 1. Introduction; 2. Energy resources; 3. Conventional conversion of energy; 4. The demand for energy; 5. Global perspectives; Part II. Power Generation: The Technology and its Effects: 6. Fossil fuels: impacts and technology; 7. Nuclear fission technology; 8. The nuclear fuel cycle, weapons proliferation and nuclear power: the next generation; 9. The economics of electric power; Part III. Energy Technology and the Future: 10. Alternative technologies; 11. Energy transition; Appendix A. Scientific principles; Appendix B. Establishing criteria for safety and health standards; Appendix C. Synopses of new technologies; Index. Environmental science

April 2017 253 x 177 mm 426pp 978-1-107-60504-6 Paperback £47.99 / US$59.99

Computational Statistics in the Earth Sciences With Applications in MATLAB Alan D. Chave | Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, Massachusetts

Based on a course taught by the author, this book combines theoretical underpinnings of statistics with practical analysis of Earth sciences data using MATLAB. Datasets and bespoke MATLAB scripts are available online, as well as questions for use by instructors. This is an ideal text for advanced undergraduate and graduate students. • MATLAB examples, including scripts, are integrated with the underlying theory throughout the book, facilitating a ‘learning by example’ approach for those who are not mathematically inclined, and reinforcing concepts for those who are • Exemplar data are taken from the Earth and ocean sciences, to make the examples more familiar to readers • The new field of compositional data that pervades the Earth sciences is covered in the final chapter Earth science (general)

July 2017 246 x 189 mm 480pp 169 b/w illus. 978-1-107-09600-4 Hardback £59.99 / US$74.99

The Atmosphere and Climate of Mars Edited by Robert M. Haberle | NASA-Ames Research Center, California

Humanity has long been fascinated by the planet Mars. What is the atmosphere like today and why did it change so dramatically over time? In this book students, researchers and non-specialists alike are guided through a detailed description of the atmosphere and climate of this most Earth-like of planetary neighbours. • Emphasizes the physical processes while capturing how knowledge has changed as a result of data from space exploration • Covers all aspects of the atmosphere and climate system, and will appeal to atmospheric scientists of many different specialties • Examines the many developments, observations and model improvements in the field of Mars exploration since the topic was last reviewed in 1992 Planetary science | Cambridge Planetary Science

June 2017 276 x 219 mm 644pp 298 b/w illus. 29 tables 978-1-107-01618-7 Hardback £145.00 / US$190.00

Formation and Evolution of Galaxy Outskirts (IAU S321) Edited by Armando Gil de Paz | Universidad Complutense, Madrid

The proceedings of IAU S321 summarize our understanding of the rarefied universe. They discuss the most recent advances in studies of the stellar, dust and gas content of galaxy outskirts, going from resolved stellar populations in the Milky Way and in the Local Group out to high-redshift systems. • The study of the rarefied universe is a frontier area of science requiring the most sensitive astronomical instruments • Explores the limits of and interactions between galaxies and the surrounding intergalactic medium • The field is a driver of technological advances in astronomical instrumentation and low-noise imaging Astrophysics | Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

February 2017 247 x 174 mm 400pp 978-1-107-16988-3 Hardback £90.00 / US$110.00

RunningAstronomy head right

The Multi-Messenger Astrophysics of the Galactic Centre (IAU S322)

A Walk through the Heavens A Guide to Stars and Constellations and their Legends Fourth edition Milton D. Heifetz | Formerly Boston College

Edited by Roland M. Crocker | Australian National University, Canberra

IAU S322 explores the revolution in our understanding of the Galactic Centre, a unique and extreme environment, driven by novel instrumentation. It addresses the question: are anomalous, non-thermal signals signatures of dark matter or other new physics, or symptoms of the region’s unusual astrophysics? Astronomers have much to learn from studying the Inner Galaxy. • Provides a fresh summary of our evolving understanding of the Galactic Centre and its unique environment • Discusses the astrophysical backgrounds to indirect dark matter searches in the Galactic Centre • Includes an up-to-the-minute summary of the most recent observations of the Galactic Centre with new instrumentation • Demonstrates how our capabilities to observe and measure the Galactic Centre are rapidly evolving and improving over the entire electromagnetic spectrum Astrophysics | Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 500pp 978-1-107-16989-0 Hardback £99.99 / US$135.00

previously announced textbook

Gravitational Lensing Scott Dodelson | Fermi National Accelerator Laboratory, Batavia, Illinois

Using little general relativity and no higher level mathematics, this text presents the basics of gravitational lensing, focusing on the equations needed to understand the phenomena. It then applies them to an array of topics, so that students and researchers may quickly grasp the basics and the important issues. • The first textbook presentation of gravitational lensing at this level, designed to be accessible to a broad range of students (and their instructors) • Presents a unified approach to diverse lensing phenomena usually encountered in many different courses, from galactic astronomy, through cosmology and general relativity, to exoplanets • Exercises and suggestions for follow-up reading are provided at the end of each chapter, preparing motivated students for further study and research Contents: 1. Overview; 2. Deflection of light; 3. Multiple images; 4. Magnification; 5. Microlensing; 6. Weak lensing: galaxy shapes; 7. Mass from shapes; 8. Cosmic shear; 9. Lensing of the cosmic microwave background; Appendix A. Numbers; Appendix B. Lensing formulae. Cosmology and relativity

May 2017 247 x 174 mm 254pp 87 b/w illus. 14 colour illus. 978-1-107-12976-4 Hardback £39.99 / US$49.99 X

This beautiful guide to the pathways in the night sky introduces the reader to the constellations of the northern hemisphere. Ancient myths and legends of the sky are retold to add to the wonder of the stars. No equipment is needed, just the naked eye and clear dark skies above. • This long-awaited fourth edition is in color throughout, with a more modern design, updated planet positions, and a new Moon map • Suitable for complete beginners of all ages, from eight to eighty • The constellations can be seen by the naked eye, so no equipment is required

Amateur and popular astronomy

February 2017 246 x 189 mm 106pp 978-1-316-64551-2 Paperback £14.99 / US$19.99

The Cambridge Photographic Atlas of Galaxies Michael König

Galaxies – the Milky Way’s siblings – offer a surprising variety of forms and colours. This volume showcases around 250 beautiful galaxies within an amateur’s reach and uses them to explain current astrophysical research. It features fantastic photographs, unique insights into our current knowledge, tips on astrophotography and interesting facts. • Features some of the best amateur photographs of galaxies, providing a visual tour of the universe • Unique insights into our current knowledge lead to an understanding of the varieties of galaxies • Tips on astrophotography from two experts allow comparison with the reader’s own images or provide inspiration for future observing and imaging targets • Provides essential facts, figures and data based on current science Amateur and popular astronomy

July 2017 279 x 232 mm 320pp 978-1-107-18948-5 Hardback c. £44.99 / c. US$54.99

Previously Announced

Spectroscopy for Amateur Astronomers Recording, Processing, Analysis and Interpretation Marc F. M. Trypsteen | Universiteit Gent, Belgium

This accessible guide presents the astrophysical concepts behind astronomical spectroscopy, covering both theoretical and practical elements. Suitable for anyone with only a little background knowledge and access to amateur-level equipment, it will help you understand and practise the scientifically important and growing field of amateur astronomy. • Gathers together all the basic knowledge for a quick understanding and an easy reading of the principles of astronomical spectroscopy • Presents an overview of measurement and calibration methods, which has been missing up until now, describing a range of detailed analysis options, accessible to averagely equipped amateurs • While the physical basics provided should be widely understood by the majority of amateurs, some dedicated sections are directed to advanced students and amateurs with more advanced knowledge of mathematics and quantum mechanics Amateur and popular astronomy

July 2017 276 x 219 mm 184pp 129 b/w illus. 978-1-107-16618-9 Hardback £34.99 / US$49.99

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Running head left Astronomy

Previously Announced

New in Paperback

Spectral Atlas for Amateur Astronomers

Measuring the Universe

A Guide to the Spectra of Astronomical Objects and Terrestrial Light Sources Richard Walker

Featuring detailed commented spectral profiles of more than one hundred astronomical objects, in colour, this spectral reference documents important spectroscopically observable objects accessible to amateur-level equipment. It allows comparisons with your own recorded spectra to inspire amateurs and students to undertake independent observing projects. • Fills a gap in the astronomical literature, allowing readers to interpret and compare different recorded spectra, both within the book and to their own measured spectra • The labelled plates with spectral profiles are accompanied by objectrelated astrophysical backgrounds, appropriate classification systems and, in some cases, historically interesting details • The presentation of astronomical objects is supplemented by commented spectra of terrestrial and calibration light sources, for educational and practical purposes Amateur and popular astronomy

July 2017 276 x 219 mm 285pp 211 colour illus. 26 tables 978-1-107-16590-8 Hardback £59.99 / US$89.99 P Previously Announced

Covering the full range of modern instrumentation from radio to gamma ray, this is a comprehensive guide to state-of-the-art astronomical measurements and data acquisition. With an emphasis on underlying principles, detailed explanations allow readers to apply their knowledge to new developments and to understand how instruments of all types operate. • A unified, comprehensive guide to astronomical instrumentation, focusing on modern instrumentation in widespread use and outlining the most up-to-date methods of astronomical data collection • Includes problem sets and worked examples – electronic versions of the figures are also available online at www.cambridge.org/9780521762298 • Suitable as a main text on astronomical instrumentation or a supplementary text in most astrophysics graduate courses and for professionals active in the field Observational astronomy, techniques and instrumentation

June 2017 244 x 170 mm 355pp 175 b/w illus. 50 exercises 978-1-108-40523-2 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$32.99 P Also available 978-0-521-76229-8 Hardback £45.99 / US$82.00 P

What is Life? On Earth and Beyond

Complete Spectroscopy for Amateur Astronomers

Edited by Andreas Losch | Universität Bern, Switzerland

Richard Walker

This two-volume set is comprised of the Spectral Atlas for Amateur Astronomers, a full colour reference featuring detailed commented spectral profiles of more than one hundred astronomical objects, and its companion guide, Spectroscopy for Amateur Astronomers, which explains in detail the methods for recording, processing, analysing and interpreting spectra. • A complete reference and guide to all aspects of astronomical spectroscopy for amateurs, students and teachers of astronomy • Presents an overview of measurement and calibration methods, which has been missing up until now, describing a range of detailed analysis options, accessible to amateurs • Fills a gap in the astronomical literature, allowing readers to interpret and compare different recorded spectra, both within the books and to their own measured spectra Amateur and popular astronomy

July 2017 276 x 219 mm 470pp 978-1-316-64256-6 2 Volume Hardback Set

A Multiwavelength Perspective George H. Rieke | University of Arizona

c. £85.00 / c. US$125.00 R

This volume explores the big questions surrounding the ‘secret of life’, from a multidisciplinary perspective. It presents the emerging discipline of astrobiology and reflects on the contributions that philosophy and theology can make in constructive dialog with the sciences. • Combines scientific, philosophical and theological approaches to the question of ‘what is life?’, for a holistic view of the phenomenon we know as ‘life’ • Enables a dialog between science, philosophy and theology, to allow all sides to discuss the issues in a constructive and informed way • Considers the potential for and meaning of life beyond Earth, enriching our perspective of the grandeur of the Universe, whatever our beliefs Extrasolar planets and astrobiology

July 2017 247 x 174 mm 332pp 4 b/w illus. 12 colour illus. 978-1-107-17589-1 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00 C

RunningEngineering head right

Engineering

Previously Announced

Synchronization in Digital Communication Systems

Collision Phenomena in Liquids and Solids

Fuyun Ling | Twinclouds Consulting, San Diego

Alexander L. Yarin | University of Illinois, Chicago

A comprehensive account of the physical foundations of collision phenomena and their applications, this is the first book to unify the underlying principles in both liquids and solids. It is ideal for students, researchers, and practitioners in areas ranging from mechanical and chemical engineering, to materials science and applied physics. • The first book to discuss the underlying commonalties of a range of collision phenomena in both liquids and solids • Provides detailed coverage of applications in a wide variety of disciplines • Offers insights into theoretical, numerical, and experimental tools that can be used for developing new models and approaches

Gain the skills needed to develop and implement synchronization functions in digital communication systems with this practical guide. Based on the author’s extensive industrial design experience, and including detailed implementation examples, it provides an excellent toolkit for practicing engineers and graduate students in digital communications. • Focuses on the practical aspects of designing synchronization subsystems • Includes numerous design and implementation examples • Provides up-to-date coverage of the technologies used in modern communication systems, including LTE and 802.11 WiFi Communications and signal processing

May 2017 247 x 174 mm 400pp 135 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11473-9 Hardback £79.99 / US$99.99

Thermal-fluids engineering

June 2017 247 x 174 mm 650pp 377 b/w illus. 20 tables 978-1-107-14790-4 Hardback £160.00 / US$200.00

Previously Announced

Advanced Structural Dynamics Eduardo Kausel | Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Developed from three decades’ worth of lecture notes from Massachusetts Institute of Technology lectures, this concise textbook presents an exhaustive treatment of structural dynamics and mechanical vibration. Appropriate for introductory courses yet rigorous enough for advanced courses, this book is for graduate students, doctoral candidates, practicing professionals, and instructors. • Self-contained chapters enable instructors to identify and select relevant sections for their teaching • The author has drawn on three decades’ worth of lecture notes which he used to teach at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology • Presents a concise yet comprehensive treatment of structural dynamics and mechanical vibration Engineering design, kinematics, and robotics

May 2017 253 x 177 mm 700pp 978-1-107-17151-0 Hardback £84.99 / US$135.00

A Foundation in Digital Communication Second edition Amos Lapidoth | Swiss Federal University (ETH), Zürich

Fully updated for the second edition, this intuitive yet mathematically rigorous text derives the key results of digital communication from first principles. It includes new chapters on the radar problem and intersymbol interference channels, a more geometric derivation of optimal detection in white Gaussian noise, and over 500 homework problems. • Includes entirely new chapters on the radar problem and intersymbol interference channels, as well as a simpler, more geometric derivation of optimal detection in white Gaussian noise • Contains over 150 new homework problems, with solutions for instructors available online

Automotive Ethernet Second edition Kirsten Matheus | BMW Munich

Get up to speed with the latest developments in Ethernet in-car networking with this fully revised second edition. Coverage is expanded to include explanations of the 100BASE-T1 PHY and 1000 BASE-T1 PHY technologies, an overview of the new TSN standards, a framework for security in automotive Ethernet, and much, much more. • Includes almost twenty-five per cent of new material • Written by pioneers in the field • Provides insight into both the technical and non-technical decisions involved in developing and implementing automotive Ethernet Communications and signal processing

August 2017 247 x 174 mm 322pp 106 b/w illus. 37 tables 978-1-107-18322-3 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$74.99 P

Information Theoretic Security and Privacy of Information Systems Edited by Rafael F. Schaefer | Technische Universität Berlin

Learn how information theoretic approaches can inform the design of more secure information systems and networks with this expert guide. Covering theoretical models, analytical results, and the state of the art in research, it will be of interest to researchers, graduate students, and practitioners working in communications engineering. • Provides a new approach for addressing issues of data security and privacy in information systems and emerging network paradigms • Focuses on theoretical models and analytical results • Written by leading experts in information theoretic security Communications and signal processing

June 2017 247 x 174 mm 574pp 133 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-13226-9 Hardback £99.99 / US$125.00

Communications and signal processing

February 2017 247 x 174 mm 916pp 978-1-107-17732-1 Hardback £69.99 / US$84.99

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Running head Engineering / General left science / Cellular, molecular biology

Cellular, molecular biology

Previously Announced

Probabilistic Mechanics of Quasibrittle Structures Strength, Lifetime, and Size Effect Zdeněk P. Bažant | Northwestern University, Illinois

This book presents a mathematical exposition of the strength and lifetime statistics of structures made of brittle heterogeneous materials. This subject is of paramount importance for analysis and design of many man-made structures with applications to civil, mechanical, aerospace, geotechnical, ocean, offshore, petroleum, naval, nuclear, mining, biomedical and materials engineering. • Will appeal to both mechanics and structural reliability communities and will be beneficial in civil, mechanical, aerospace, geotechnical, ocean, offshore, petroleum, naval, nuclear, mining, biomedical and materials engineering • Will provide readers with a comprehensive collection of experimental data on strength and lifetime statistics of quasibrittle materials, and will appeal to researchers and engineers from different disciplines • Could be used as a reference book for an advanced graduate course in civil, mechanical, aerospace, offshore, geotechnical and ocean engineering Solid mechanics and materials

May 2017 253 x 177 mm 300pp 978-1-107-15170-3 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

Genetically Modified Organisms in Developing Countries Risk Analysis and Governance Edited by Ademola A. Adenle | Colorado State University

Consistent growth of the global population poses a great challenge for developing countries, with a sharp increase in the demand for food production. This book provides the information and ideas necessary to create robust, fit-for-purpose decision-making frameworks to guide sustainable development, use and regulation of genetically modified organisms (GMOs) to meet this challenge. • Includes real-world examples and case studies from developing and developed countries that have made progress in the introduction of genetically modified organisms (GMOs), providing practical learning opportunities for readers • Identifies specific hurdles that are impeding the development of effective systems of governance of GMOs and outlines a set of actions that will enable developing countries to move forward • Provides clear information on the potential of GMOs without scientific jargon, meaning that readers without a technical background can benefit from the text Biotechnology

May 2017 247 x 174 mm 308pp 23 b/w illus. 16 tables 978-1-107-15191-8 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

General science

Australian Vegetation

How to Write and Publish a Scientific Paper

Third edition Edited by David A. Keith | University of New South Wales, Sydney

Eighth edition Barbara Gastel | Texas A & M University

An essential guide for succeeding in today’s competitive environment, this book provides beginning scientists and experienced researchers alike with practical advice on writing about their work and getting published. This new, updated edition guides readers through the processes involved in publishing for scientific journals. • Gives a step-by-step guide to writing a scientific paper, from the title through to the references • Includes an expanded and updated list of useful websites • Short chapters and humorous cartoons and anecdotes make this book enjoyable and easy to read Science handbooks

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 344pp 27 b/w illus. 978-1-316-64043-2 Paperback £24.99 / US$35.00

The third edition of this definitive book presents the latest insights on the patterns and processes that shaped the vegetation of Australia. With new chapters and a contemporary team of authors, this authoritative book will inspire a new generation of readers to learn and explore first-hand the vegetation of Australia. • The most up-to-date synthesis of knowledge on Australian vegetation for over twenty years – no other book covers the breadth and depth of the subject matter • A new and expanded team of high-calibre authors • Features a range of new and updated chapters, with data-rich perspectives and comparative analysis presented in graphs, tables, maps and colour photographs Plant science

May 2017 246 x 189 mm 550pp 86 b/w illus. 113 colour illus. 31 maps 49 tables 978-1-107-11843-0 Hardback c. £100.00 / c. US$160.00

Cellular,Running molecular head biology right

Textbook

Plants of Oceanic Islands Biogeography and Conservation of the Flora of the Juan Fernández (Robinson Crusoe) Archipelago Edited by Tod Stuessy | Ohio State University

This valuable resource for researchers and scholars of island biology worldwide as well as for conservation biologists, offers a comprehensive overview of the origin, evolution and conservation of the plants of the Juan Fernández Archipelago, presenting key insights into island biology, evolutionary biology, biogeography and conservation biology. • Provides a culmination of over 30 years of research into the origin and evolution of flora in an island archipelago • Includes over 200 illustrations and photographs, many in colour • Demonstrates key insights into island biology, evolutionary biology, biogeography and conservation biology making it a valuable resource for researchers, scholars of island biology and conservation biologists worldwide Plant science

August 2017 247 x 174 mm 492pp 95 b/w illus. 124 colour illus. 2 maps 37 tables 978-1-107-18007-9 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00 C

Edited by Claudia Bieling | Universität Hohenheim, Stuttgart

By applying stewardship principles to fields such as agriculture and ecological restoration, this book examines the science and practice of landscape stewardship and its application to emerging sustainability paradigms. Scholarly analysis is combined with innovative case studies, illustrating the practical benefits and challenges in this increasingly important area of research. • Applies theories and principles of stewardship to the field of landscape research, offering a new and fresh perspective on landscape governance • Synthesises the conceptual foundations of landscape stewardship into a single text, giving integrated social and ecological insight into current trends in sustainability science • Includes practical applications and case studies relevant to fields such as coastal management, heritage conservation and rangeland management, linking theoretical discussion to real-world advice for landscape scientists, activists and policy-makers June 2017 247 x 174 mm 450pp 79 b/w illus. 16 tables 978-1-107-14226-8 Hardback £39.99 / US$49.99

Origins, Processes, Consequences Second edition Paul A. Keddy

Now in full colour, this much-awaited new edition of the book Plants and Vegetation provides a fresh and comprehensive approach to plant ecology. Keddy’s clear and engaging text emphasises unifying underlying principles and processes, taking a global approach to the subject and engaging students in essential concepts through real-world examples. • Written in a lively and engaging style by an experienced teacher, guiding students through essential concepts with numerous real-world examples and full-colour illustrations throughout • Emphasizes unifying, underlying principles and processes, encouraging students to explore and discover more about this fascinating field • Detailed further reading lists and study questions within each chapter reinforce learning for both undergraduate and graduate students Contents: Preface; 1. Plants create the biosphere; 2. The search for global patterns; 3. Resources; 4. Competition; 5. Disturbance; 6. Herbivores; 7. Positive interactions; 8. Time; 9. Populations; 10. Stress; 11. Gradient and plant communities; 12. Diversity; 13. Conservation and management; Questions for review; References; Glossary; Index.

The Science and Practice of Landscape Stewardship

Ecology and conservation

Plant Ecology

Ecology and conservation

April 2017 246 x 189 mm 610pp 187 b/w illus. 192 colour illus. 64 tables 89 exercises 978-1-107-11423-4 Hardback £49.99 / US$64.99 X

Marine Conservation P. Keith Probert | University of Otago, New Zealand

Presenting a global look at conservation of the world’s seas and their marine life, this book covers conservation issues pertinent to major groups of marine organisms, key habitats and initiatives in marine conservation. It will be invaluable for tertiary students and those working in conservation and resource management. • Fulfils a pressing need for a global synthesis of marine conservation • Takes a wider, more comprehensive view of marine conservation than most other treatments, dealing with management and conservation of the world ocean, all major habitat types from coastal to deepsea environments and major groups of marine organisms that raise conservation concerns • Pays considerable attention to underlying marine ecology and oceanography, exploring how marine systems respond to human disturbance and therefore comprehensively covers contextual basis for remedial action Marine biology

July 2017 246 x 189 mm 532pp 127 b/w illus. 30 colour illus. 978-0-521-32685-8 Hardback c. £39.99 / c. US$49.99 C 978-0-521-32685-8 Hardback c. £39.99 / c. US$49.99 C

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Running molecular Cellular, head left biology

Previously Announced

Plant Conservation Science and Practice

Invasive Species

The Role of Botanic Gardens Edited by Stephen Blackmore | Botanic Gardens Conservation International (BGCI)

Risk Assessment and Management Edited by Andrew P. Robinson | University of Melbourne

Biosecurity regulators are charged with protecting national environments, agricultural interests and economies on tight budgets, while supporting trade. Focusing on surveillance, statistical modelling, decision making and communication, this book presents tested scientific solutions to the greatest challenges faced by biosecurity regulators today. • Approaches have been developed in an international regulatory context, ensuring they are practical and feasible globally • Principles are easily generalized to be of value to other (nonbiosecurity) regulators and inspectorates • Covers human, animal, plant and environmental health, so it can be adopted in a variety of sectors and in multidisciplinary and crosssectoral collaborations Ecology and conservation

May 2017 247 x 174 mm 450pp 117 b/w illus. 978-0-521-76596-1 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$110.00 978-0-521-14674-6 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$54.99

P P

Ecology and conservation | Ecology, Biodiversity and Conservation

July 2017 228 x 152 mm 260pp 4 b/w illus. 16 colour illus. 35 tables 978-1-107-14814-7 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$129.99 P 978-1-316-60246-1 Paperback c. £34.99 / c. US$59.99 P

Avian Cognition Edited by Carel ten Cate | Universiteit Leiden

Decision-Making in Conservation and Natural Resource Management Models for Interdisciplinary Approaches Edited by Nils Bunnefeld | University of Stirling

With the challenges of environmental change and a growing human population, better decisions are needed to support both biodiversity conservation and human wellbeing. This volume presents theoretical models for making good decisions in non-technical language with case studies demonstrating their practical use for researchers and practitioners. • A unique overview of the main decision theories that address the mismatch between how researchers tackle academic problems and how practitioners solve real-world management issues • Unites natural resource management and conservation within a single framework for improving decision-making • Case studies from the field equip readers with a toolbox of approaches for responding to uncertainty and change while making environmental management decisions Ecology and conservation | Conservation Biology, 22

June 2017 228 x 152 mm 265pp 35 b/w illus. 15 tables 978-1-107-09236-5 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$112.00 978-1-107-46538-1 Paperback c. £35.00 / c. US$56.00

This book explores the increasingly coordinated effort that is underway in botanic gardens around the world to find and apply the best methods of halting the steady erosion of plant diversity and saving wild plant species from extinction. • Presents the conservation of plant diversity as a key foundation for a sustainable future, providing readers with a new perspective on plants and their conservation as a global priority • Showcases research and discussion from experts in the international community of botanic gardens, presenting a forward-thinking and up-to-date view of the current state of plant conservation and how botanic gardens are helping to address the key issues • Draws on a team of international authors and uses varied examples from around the world to present a global perspective, helping readers to comprehend the worldwide picture of plant conservation strategies

P P

Birds have remarkable cognitive abilities, often on a par with those of apes and monkeys. This volume describes the full range of avian cognitive abilities, exploring what birds are able to do, how they do it and how this relates to the cognitive abilities of other species, including humans. • Addresses the proximate mechanisms underlying avian cognition, their ecological and evolutionary context and the approaches that have been used to study this experimentally, providing a complete overview of the field • Fully illustrated with over one hundred figures, including detailed diagrams of experimental approaches • Leaders in the field demonstrate how avian cognitive abilities have the potential to shed light on the origins of sophisticated traits that are common in humans Animal behaviour

June 2017 247 x 174 mm 386pp 108 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-09238-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Ant-Plant Interactions Impacts of Humans on Terrestrial Ecosystems Edited by Paulo S. Oliveira | Universidade Estadual de Campinas, Brazil

Ants and flowering plants are dominant in most terrestrial ecosystems, and their interactions are geographically widespread. This is the first resource for undergraduate and graduate students in ecology and conservation biology devoted entirely to human-induced global changes and their consequences for ant-plant interactions. • The interactions between ants and flowering plants dominate terrestrial ecosystems in both temperate and tropical environments worldwide • This book is broad in scope and raises relevant ecological questions from an array of topics within ant-plant interactions in altered habitats, indicating ecological and evolutionary consequences, as well as promising research avenues • Understanding the effects of anthropogenic disturbance on ant-plant interactions facilitates insights into habitat disturbance and change as a threat to the functioning of communities and ecosystems Entomology

July 2017 247 x 174 mm 466pp 173 b/w illus. 29 colour illus. 14 tables 978-1-107-15975-4 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$104.99 P

Cellular, molecularRunning biology /head Medicine right

Key Reference

Psychiatric Interviewing and Assessment

Mabberley’s Plant-Book

Second edition Rob Poole | Bangor University

A Portable Dictionary of Plants, their Classification and Uses Fourth edition David J. Mabberley | Wadham College, Oxford

Mabberley’s Plant-Book is internationally accepted as an essential reference for anyone studying, growing or writing about plants. Updated throughout to reflect current literature and with 1400 additional entries, this new edition will ensure that it continues to rank among the most practical and authoritative botanical texts available. • A major revision of this essential reference, fully updated throughout and with 1400 new entries, it supersedes previous editions to provide a guide to vascular plants, their botany and relationships, their uses and their common names • Provides a balanced review and synthesis of the current literature, covering every family and genus of seed-bearing plant (including conifers), as well as ferns and clubmosses, and economically important mosses and algae • Serves as a key to the definitive taxonomic revisions, enabling readers to successfully access primary research resources Botanical reference

June 2017 228 x 118 mm 1200pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11502-6 Hardback £59.99 / US$74.99

Medicine Delusions Understanding the Un-understandable Peter McKenna | FIDMAG Research Foundation, Barcelona

McKenna’s Delusions is the first comprehensive account of one of the most arresting phenomena in psychiatry: delusions. This book provides an in-depth and critical review of what delusions are, the forms they can take and how they might be explained from both psychological and biological perspectives. • Tackles an important subject in psychiatry that has not otherwise been widely documented • Readers will appreciate the wide ranging aspects of the field being brought together in a single volume • Contains an easy-to-understand account of leading theories of delusions, including Coltheart’s two-factor theory and Kapur’s salience theory Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

June 2017 234 x 156 mm 336pp 978-1-107-07544-3 Hardback c. £39.99 / c. US$49.99

Relevant to all postgraduate trainees in psychiatry, this revised and expanded second edition uses case studies and real-world examples to help the reader develop the fundamental interviewing and assessment skills that form the foundation of psychiatry, including new material on neurodevelopmental disorders, fragmented interviews and ‘impossible’ clinical situations. • Clinical examples give real-world context to the principles discussed, enabling easy application of the information in a practical way • Covers a wide range of clinical practice and mental disorders, making this a comprehensive text providing information on all essential aspects of psychiatric interviewing and assessment • Examines dilemmas in everyday practice and is concerned with clinical skills and professional behaviour, helping the reader to find ways of resolving real problems while avoiding common pitfalls in clinical interviews and professional relationships Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

June 2017 234 x 156 mm 236pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-316-61403-7 Paperback £44.99 / US$56.99

Prescriber’s Guide Stahl’s Essential Psychopharmacology Sixth edition Stephen M. Stahl | University of California, San Diego

This new edition features seven new compounds as well as information about several new formulations of existing drugs. Many important new indications are covered for existing drugs, as are updates to the profiles of the entire content and collection, including an expansion of the sections on longacting injectable formulations of antipsychotics. • Provides the most complete and up-to-date summary of the practical use of psychotropic drugs, including seven new drugs in this edition • Presented in a templated format, fully indexed and cross-referenced for ease of navigation • Written with the authority of evidence and the guidance of clinical wisdom Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

May 2017 228 x 138 mm 865pp 978-1-316-61813-4 Paperback £79.99 / US$99.99

Textbook of Disaster Psychiatry Second edition Edited by Robert J. Ursano | Uniformed Services University

An overview of a decade of advances in psychological, biological and social responses to disasters, for medical professionals, leaders and disaster responders to prepare, react and aid recovery. This book covers topics including epidemiology of response, neurobiology of exposure, socio-cultural issues, early intervention, consultation-liaison care and public health planning. • The comprehensive examination of disaster and its impact gives the book both clinical and public health relevance • The text has been updated to cover a decade of advances, leading to more effective approaches to preparation, treatment, intervention and therefore recovery • Concepts and approaches are applied to worldwide needs, resulting in a text relevant to real life practice Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

May 2017 246 x 189 mm 450pp 978-1-107-13849-0 Hardback £84.99 / US$105.00

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Medicine

Perioperative Temperature Management

Radiologic Guide to Orthopedic Devices Edited by Tim B. Hunter | University of Arizona, College of Medicine

Anselm Bräuer | University of Göttingen, Germany

A practical and comprehensive guide to perioperative temperature management for anaesthetists, surgeons and nurses. The physiological basics of thermoregulation and heat exchange are outlined, and potential adverse events are highlighted. Methods of measuring core temperature, and the equipment and techniques to keep patients warm are described. • The first book to focus specifically on perioperative temperature management, and therefore the ‘go-to’ resource on the subject • The book will enable readers to understand the subject from the physiological basics through to the use of warming therapy • Extensive illustrations help the reader to understand the changes in core temperature immediately before, during and after the operation Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

June 2017 234 x 156 mm 208pp 111 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-53577-0 Paperback c. £40.00 / c. US$65.00

Medical imaging

May 2017 276 x 219 mm 608pp 978-1-107-08562-6 Hardback c. £155.00 / c. US$250.00

The Well-Woman Visit Edited by David Chelmow | Virginia Commonwealth University

Perioperative Management in Robotic Surgery Edited by Alan Kaye | Louisiana State University

Perioperative Management in Robotic Surgery is a thorough review of both the benefits and risks of robot-assisted surgery. Aimed at both anesthesiologists and surgeons, the book is an invaluable resource for any practitioners engaged in robotic-assisted surgery whatever their role in the operating room. • Looks at the topic methodically and comprehensively from varied expertise within the field – the first book about robot-assisted surgery not focused only on surgical aspects • The audience will be practitioners of surgery and anesthesiology, other perioperative physicians, allied health professionals, nurses, and physician assistants • The book provides benefits for each stakeholder who assists and participates during the surgical procedures and helps to manage patients during the perioperative period Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

June 2017 246 x 189 mm 400pp 978-1-107-14312-8 Hardback £79.99 / US$99.99

A comprehensive reference on the radiologic appearance of orthopedic devices for radiologists, orthopedists, physicians, nurses and students, covering fracture fixation, joint arthroplasty, neck and spine apparatus, dental disease, foreign body ingestions, insertions and injuries, device complications, and quality assurance issues. • Describes the imaging appearance of orthopedic devices on radiographs or cross-sectional imaging studies (including CT, MRI and ultrasound) • Covers in detail the imaging appearance of complications associated with orthopedic apparatus • A regularly-updated companion website will follow new products and developments in the field, as well as distilling the book’s content and hosting additional images

Previously Announced

Hematopoietic Cell Transplants Concepts, Controversies and Future Directions Edited by Hillard M. Lazarus | Case Western Reserve University, Ohio

The field of hematopoietic cell transplantation (HCT) is rapidly evolving, with improved outcomes but much greater complexity. This authoritative book provides a comprehensive overview of diagnostic and therapeutic strategies, explaining key concepts, controversies and challenges. Each copy is packaged with online access to all text and images. • Adopts an evidence-based approach to topics and problems, allowing readers to separate factual solutions from empiricism • Chapters are uniform in style throughout, providing a consistent and user-friendly resource while also allowing readers to benefit from the authors’ and editors’ wealth of experience • Controversies and challenges are clearly explained, enabling and inspiring readers to contribute to the science and practice of hematopoietic cell transplantation Hematology

May 2017 276 x 219 mm 704pp 60 b/w illus. 70 colour illus. 145 tables 978-1-316-60669-8 Hardback with Online Resource £150.00 / US$240.00 P

The book provides guidance for conducting a WellWoman visit, based on the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists Well Woman Task Force recommendations. The scope of problems, the rationale for screening or prevention, and the factors that alter screening are explained, then the recommendations are summarized, and advice is offered on their application. • Offers examples of application of the recommendations, showing readers how to put the theory into practice • Clearly organized, meaning information can be quickly consulted as questions arise • Acknowledges that guidelines change rapidly, and offers the reader tools to assess new guidelines and evidence Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

May 2017 246 x 189 mm 352pp 978-1-316-50998-2 Paperback c. £49.99 / c. US$64.99

Biopsychosocial Factors in Obstetrics and Gynaecology Edited by Leroy C. Edozien | Manchester Academic Health Science Centre

Biopsychosocial factors are integral to all aspects of healthcare but perhaps nowhere more so than in obstetrics, gynaecology and women’s health. This text will inform clinical care and improve the psychological element of women’s healthcare. The content covers a wide spectrum of care, including chapters on all the major subspecialties. • For obstetricians and gynaecologists, the book stresses the importance of addressing biopsychosocial factors at every consultation, expanding awareness of these issues • For psychologists, it highlights how pregnancy and gynaecological disease can affect women’s psychosocial well-being • Covers aspects of the Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists (RCOG) core curriculum which will appeal to trainees preparing for membership of RCOG and other postgraduate examinations Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

August 2017 246 x 189 mm 402pp 12 b/w illus. 21 tables 978-1-107-12014-3 Hardback £79.99 / US$99.99 P

Medicine

Mastering Single Best Answer Questions for the Part 2 MRCOG Examination

The DRCOG Revision Guide Examination Preparation and Practice Questions Second edition Susan Ward | King’s Hill Hospital, Mansfield

An Evidence-Based Approach Adel Elkady | Police Force Hospital, Cairo

The book’s comprehensive questions-and-answers format covers all aspects of the curriculum for the Part 2 MRCOG examination. It gives candidates an opportunity to practise the new Single Best Answer style and content of the questions they will encounter in the examination and to assess their knowledge. • Questions are written according to the RCOG Single Best Answer format, giving candidates the opportunity to practise this type of question • Edited by a past member of the Single Best Answer writing committee, the book contains the most recent information on the style and standard of questions • Online mock exams provide candidates with the opportunities to practise questions in a realistic environment Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

May 2017 240 x 162 mm 305pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-316-62156-1 Paperback £34.99 / US$44.99

Management Options Fifth edition Edited by David James | University of Nottingham

March 2017 234 x 156 mm 320pp 978-1-316-63862-0 Paperback £44.99 / US$56.99

Previously Announced

A Differential Diagnostic Text and Atlas Edited by Murat Gokden | University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences, Little Rock

This book answers the key questions for any clinician caring for a highrisk pregnancy. All the chapters are newly written or updated to reflect current, evidence-based management. Linked with a comprehensive, online version with enhanced functionality. All online content will be reviewed annually and updated as necessary. • Comprehensive coverage of all complications of pregnancy – one-stop shop • Each chapter has a standardized layout without any major variation in style – facilitates reader navigation • Online edition with additional functionality and all content reviewed and updated at least once a year – users can be confident that they are up-to-date with modern, evidence-based practice Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

Providing a comprehensive overview of the neuropathological and neuroradiological parts of the neurological disease process, this practical atlas extensively covers diseases of the nervous system, eye, skeletal muscle, bone and soft tissue by region. The book also comes with online access to all the text and images. • Integrates neuroradiological and neuropathological views on nervous system diseases, supporting a cross-discipline approach to diagnostics • Focuses on differential diagnostic information, akin to real-life clinical diagnostic practice • Additional images online allow the reader to research a topic in greater detail Pathology and laboratory science

June 2017 276 x 219 mm 416pp 581 b/w illus. 373 colour illus. 49 tables 978-1-107-56725-2 Hardback with Online Resource £145.00 / US$185.00 P

Introduction to Research Methodology for Specialists and Trainees Third edition Edited by Shaughn O’Brien | Keele University School of Medicine

Expert authors bring together this easy-to-read, comprehensive volume for specialists and trainees in medicine and allied disciplines, particularly in obstetrics and gynaecology. This new edition supports candidates preparing for membership of the Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists (MRCOG), those embarking on higher research degrees and aspiring clinical academics, including new areas such as the NHS’s National Institute for Health Research programme. • Aids future researchers in choosing their research area and then identifying the skills and techniques required to obtain results • Junior colleagues feature with senior co-authors for several chapters, ensuring the book is truly representative of the current trainee experience • Fully updated to reflect changes in clinical and medical research Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

June 2017 246 x 189 mm 292pp 61 b/w illus. 36 tables 978-1-107-69947-2 Paperback £44.99 / US$56.99

Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

Neuropathologic and Neuroradiologic Correlations

High-Risk Pregnancy

August 2017 80 b/w illus. 220 colour illus. 978-1-316-64258-0 Hardback with Online Resource c.£239.00 / c.US$299.00 P

This text offers 350 up-to-date practice questions with answers and explanations to help candidates prepare for the DRCOG examination. Recommendations for additional reading and sources of information used to set questions are given, as is a complete mock test paper to help strengthen time management skills. • Provides different styles of questions along with tips on how to tackle them, teaching the candidate how to respond effectively • Questions have all been ‘road tested’ on real exam candidates to ensure their suitability and worth • Explanations of the answers allow candidates to understand what the examiners are thinking or testing within each question

Hematopathology and Coagulation Board Review Questions, Answers and Explanations Amer Wahed | University of Texas Health Science Center

A comprehensive series of multiple-choice questions and answers to help readers strengthen their knowledge of hematopathology and coagulation to prepare for their American Board of Pathology exams. All areas of the curriculum, from red blood cell count and coagulation disorders to hematopoietic neoplasms, are covered, and explanations are given to aid learning. • Each question builds on the next, enabling readers to progress steadily from basic to more challenging topics • Numerous real life examples are given, allowing readers to see and interpret lab values that they will encounter in practice • The question-and-answer format shows the reader how to approach questions in the exam Pathology and laboratory science

May 2017 246 x 189 mm 350pp 978-1-316-50560-1 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Index

Achilles Heel of Democracy, The....................46 Acker, Antoine..............................................61 Adenle, Ademola A.......................................78 Adriaenssen, Han Thomas.............................16 Advanced Structural Dynamics......................77 Advancing Empire........................................56 Africans.......................................................61 After the Enlightenment...............................37 Agape, Justice, and Law...............................45 Agenda Crossover........................................34 Agocs, Andreas............................................58 Ahmed, Mustafa Hassan...............................83 Akhtar, Ali Humayun.....................................62 Alan Bush, Modern Music, and the Cold War..2 Alexander, Denis..........................................20 Alexseev, Mikhail.........................................35 Alighieri, Dante............................................12 Allen, Garrick V.............................................21 Ambrosius, Lloyd E.......................................65 American Imperialism and the State, 1893–1921...............................................33 American Mourning.....................................32 Anatomy of a Campaign...............................64 Animal Sacrifice in the Ancient Greek World....4 Ant-Plant Interactions...................................80 Antifascist Humanism and the Politics of Cultural Renewal in Germany.....................58 Applied Social Science Methodology.............42 Applied Soils and Micromorphology in Archaeology..............................................28 Archimedes....................................................3 Architecture and Politics in Republican Rome..2 Aref, H.........................................................69 Aristotle’s Concept of Mind..........................20 Arstein-Kerslake, Anna..................................54 Artificial Intelligence and Legal Analytics.......55 Artists and Artistic Production in Ancient Greece........................................................3 Arvidsson, Niklas..........................................24 Arvo Pärt’s White Light...................................2 Ashley, Kevin................................................55 Assessing the World Trade Organization........50 Astington, John H...........................................7 Astral Science in Early China.........................63 Atkins, Paul W. B..........................................24 Atkinson, Kerry.............................................82 Atlantic Slave Trade from West Central Africa, 1780–1867, The.............................61 Atmosphere and Climate of Mars, The...........74 Atmospheric and Oceanic Fluid Dynamics.....73 Australian Vegetation...................................78 Automotive Ethernet....................................77 Avian Cognition...........................................80 avo ki, Aleksandra.......................................51

B Babb, Valerie................................................10 Bacigalupo, Andrea......................................82 Baerman, Matthew......................................16 Baeza, Carlos...............................................79 Bailer-Jones, Coryn A. L.................................72 Bailey, Saki...................................................55 Baistrocchi, Eduardo.....................................55 Baker, Chris..................................................62 Balachandar, S..............................................69 Balleisen, Edward J.......................................35 Barkawi, Tarak..............................................64 Barnes, Jennifer..............................................7

Bartolomeo Cristofori and the Invention of the Piano....................................................1 Bates, Julie.....................................................9 Baumgold, Deborah.....................................65 Bažant, Zdeněk P..........................................78 Beckett’s Art of Salvage..................................9 Becoming Brazilian.......................................61 Bedouins into Bourgeois...............................40 Beech, Nic....................................................23 Behavioral Economics for Cost-Benefit Analysis....................................................43 Believable Evidence......................................18 Ben-Dov, Jonathan.........................................4 Bengtsson, Ingemar......................................71 Benjamin, Andrea.........................................33 Bennear, Lori S..............................................35 Benton, Bradley............................................60 Berry, Chris...................................................60 Beswick, David.............................................30 Beukers, Thomas...........................................52 Bevir, Mark...................................................66 Biagini, Eugenio F.........................................56 Bichler, Martin..............................................70 Bicknell, Geoffrey V.......................................75 Bieling, Claudia............................................79 Binnewies, Stefan.........................................75 Binomials in the History of English................15 Biopsychosocial Factors in Obstetrics and Gynaecology.............................................82 Bishara, Fahad Ahmad..................................62 Blackmore, Stephen......................................80 Blanchard, Anita...........................................82 Bloch Rubin, Ruth........................................33 Bloch, Anthony.............................................72 Blundell, Richard..........................................42 Bobonich, Christopher..................................20 Boche, Holger...............................................77 Book of Revelation and Early Jewish Textual Culture, The...................................21 Booysen, Sandra...........................................52 Bowen, Rachel E...........................................46 Brady, Tim....................................................24 Bräuer, Anselm.............................................82 Brems, Eva...................................................46 Brexit...........................................................33 Bridges, Thomas J.........................................69 Bridgman, Todd............................................23 Brief History of English Syntax, A...................15 Brinton, Laurel J............................................15 Britain’s Political Economies..........................56 Brockopp, Jonathan E...................................63 Brookbanks, Warren.....................................53 Brooks Hedstrom, Darlene L..........................29 Broughton-Pipkin, Fiona...............................83 Brouwer, R. L................................................73 Brown, Dunstan...........................................16 Bruderlein, Claude........................................50 Budwig, Nancy.............................................29 Budziszewski, J.............................................17 Buehner, Mark..............................................73 Buggeln, Marc..............................................64 Building Democracy in the Yugoslav Successor States........................................39 Building the Bloc..........................................33 Bullard, Rebecca.............................................8 Bullivant, Joanna............................................2 Bunnefeld, Nils.............................................80 Burbank, Stephen B......................................45 Burgman, Mark A.........................................80 Burgoon, Judee K.........................................70 Burns, Robert G............................................70

Byers, Andrew..............................................21 Bynner, John.................................................30

C Calboli, Irene................................................52 Calendrical Calculations...............................70 Calo, Zachary R............................................45 Calonne, David Stephen...............................11 Cambridge Companion to Ancient Ethics, The.20 Cambridge Companion to Religion and Terrorism, The............................................23 Cambridge Companion to the Graphic Novel, The.................................................10 Cambridge Companion to the Problem of Evil, The.....................................................23 Cambridge Edition of Early Christian Writings, The.............................................20 Cambridge Edition of the Works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea, The...............8 Cambridge Encyclopedia of Child Development, The......................................29 Cambridge Handbook of Cognitive Linguistics, The..........................................14 Cambridge Handbook of Organizational Project Management.................................24 Cambridge Handbook of Sociology, The........27 Cambridge Handbook of the Psychology of Aesthetics and the Arts, The...................32 Cambridge History of Judaism, The...............22 Cambridge History of Moral Philosophy, The..16 Cambridge Intellectual History of Byzantium, The..........................................59 Cambridge Photographic Atlas of Galaxies, The.............................................75 Cambridge Social History of Modern Ireland, The...............................................56 Can Banks Still Keep a Secret?......................52 Cantillon, Estelle..........................................42 Cardinale, Ivano...........................................44 Carlson, David L...........................................28 Carlson, James.............................................69 Carnap, Quine, and Putnam on Methods of Inquiry..................................................16 Carnell, Rachel...............................................8 Carrieres, Tom..............................................73 Carrigan, Christopher...................................43 Casewit, Yousef............................................63 Cassedy, Edward S........................................74 Cassen, Flora................................................57 Catechisms and Women’s Writing in Seventeenth-Century England......................8 Ceccherini-Silberstein, Tullio..........................68 Celenza, Anna Harwell...................................2 Central Simple Algebras and Galois Cohomology..............................................68 Chan, Stephen.............................................41 Changing English Language, The..................13 Chave, Alan D...............................................74 Cheap Print and Popular Song in the Nineteenth Century.....................................1 Chelmow, David...........................................82 Cherlin, Michael.............................................1 Chimni, B. S..................................................48 Chiou, Fang-Yi..............................................33 Chiu, Remi.....................................................1 Chizzolini, Barbara.......................................42 Christen, A...................................................73 Christenson, Dino.........................................42 Christian Martyrdom and Political Violence...21

Index

CIA and the Politics of US Intelligence Reform, The...............................................33 Cicero, Marcus Tullius...................................32 Cicero: On the Commonwealth and On the Laws...................................................32 Civil Society and Memory in Postwar Germany...................................................39 Clancy, R. Todd.............................................74 Clarke, Harold D...........................................33 Classical Field Theory....................................71 Clegg, Cyndia Susan.......................................7 Cochran, Robert F.........................................45 Coffman, D’Maris.........................................44 Cognitive Motivation....................................30 Cohen, I. Glenn............................................46 Coles, Alf......................................................31 Coles, Nicholas.............................................11 Collective Remembering...............................31 Collision Phenomena in Liquids and Solids....77 Commentary on Thomas Aquinas’s Virtue Ethics........................................................17 Commerce and Peace in the Enlightenment..66 Commercial Appropriation of Fame, The........53 Commercial Remedies: Resolving Controversies............................................52 Communications and British Operations on the Western Front, 1914–1918.............64 Competing Memories...................................35 Complete Spectroscopy for Amateur Astronomers..............................................76 Computational Statistics in the Earth Sciences....................................................74 Conceptual Foundations of Transitional Justice, The................................................18 Conciliarism and Heresy in FifteenthCentury England........................................57 Conquerors, Employers and Arbiters..............65 Conservative Parties and the Birth of Democracy................................................36 Constituents before Assembly.......................45 Constitutional Change through Euro-Crisis Law...........................................................52 Construction of Time in Antiquity, The.............4 Contesting World Order?..............................47 Continentino, Mucio.....................................70 Continuity and Change in the Native American Village.......................................29 Conway, John B............................................68 Cook, Robert A.............................................29 Corbett, Greville G........................................16 Cormac, Joanne.............................................1 Corporate Social Responsibility.....................25 Costelloe, Daniel..........................................49 Couper-Kuhlen, Elizabeth..............................13 Crawford, Daniel..........................................79 Crime Writing in Interwar Britain....................9 Crocker, Roland M........................................75 Culture and Communication.........................28 Cummings, Stephen.....................................23 Cyberpsychology and the Brain.....................31 Cyr, Jennifer.................................................40

D Daly, Mary E.................................................56 Dancing in the Blood....................................58 Dancygier, Barbara.......................................14 Dante: Convivio............................................12 Daunton, Martin...........................................64 Davies, Penelope J. E.......................................2 Davis, Darren W............................................26

Dawlatly, Bashir...........................................83 Day, Robert A...............................................78 de Bruin, Boudewijn.....................................25 de Freitas, Elizabeth......................................31 de Hoon, Marieke.........................................48 De Smet, Hendrik.........................................15 de Witte, Bruno............................................52 Dean, Trevor.................................................57 Debating the Woman Question in the French Third Republic, 1870–1920.............58 Debes, Remy................................................16 Decades of Reconstruction...........................64 Decision-Making in Conservation and Natural Resource Management..................80 Deinla, Imelda..............................................44 Delusions.....................................................81 Democratising Beauty in NineteenthCentury Britain............................................9 Demopolis....................................................66 Denis, Lara...................................................18 Derksen, Maarten.........................................32 Dershowitz, Nachum....................................70 Descriptive Complexity, Canonisation, and Definable Graph Structure Theory...............67 Destrée, Pierre..............................................20 Development of the Rule of Law in ASEAN, The...............................................44 Dickenson, Donna........................................53 Dickey, Eleanor...............................................5 Dickinson, Edward Ross................................58 Dictionary of Literary Symbols, A...................10 Dietrich, Christopher R. W.............................65 Dilley, Paul C..................................................4 Direct Objects and Language Acquisition.......13 Disability and Community Living Policies.......55 Discrimination, Copyright and Equality..........47 Dispute Settlement Reports 2015...........50, 51 Dodelson, Scott............................................75 Doering, Lutz..................................................4 Dollars for Dixie...........................................56 Dolp, Laura....................................................2 Domingues da Silva, Daniel B........................61 Donno, Elizabeth Story...................................6 DRCOG Revision Guide, The..........................83 Drouin, Nathalie...........................................24 Drug Wars....................................................53 Dubinsky, Paul R...........................................48 Duke Ellington Studies....................................2 Durbin, Brent...............................................33 Dustagheer, Sarah..........................................7

E Eakin, Marshall C..........................................61 Early Greek Portraiture....................................3 Eating Nature in Modern Germany...............58 Ebbs, Gary....................................................16 Ecclesiology and Theosis in the Gospel of John..........................................................21 Economics without Borders..........................42 Edozien, Leroy C...........................................82 Egypt in a Time of Revolution.......................40 Eisenstadt, Todd A........................................45 Ekstedt, Eskil................................................24 Electing Peace..............................................36 Elkady, Adel.................................................83 Elliot, David..................................................22 Elsig, Manfred..............................................50 Enforcement of Corporate and Securities Law.51 English Historical Linguistics.........................15 Enigma of Presidential Power, The.................33

Ertman, Thomas C.........................................26 Ethical Sentimentalism.................................16 Ethics and the Global Financial Crisis............25 Ethnic Germans and National Socialism in Yugoslavia in World War II.........................59 Europe’s Common Security and Defence Policy........................................................39 Europe’s Eastern Crisis..................................39 European Environmental Law.......................51 Evolution of Human Co-operation, The..........28 Evolution of Verse Structure in Old and Middle English Poetry, The...........................7 Exact Solutions in Three-Dimensional Gravity.72 Exclusion by Elections...................................36 Experiments in Public Management Research.26 Exquisite Slaves............................................60

F Fairfield, Joshua A. T......................................55 Fairweather, Abrol........................................18 Farhang, Sean..............................................45 Fates of Political Parties, The.........................40 Fatima Jinnah...............................................61 Feldman, Robin............................................53 Ferber, Michael.............................................10 Figures of the Pre-Freudian Unconscious from Flaubert to Proust..............................12 Final Judgments...........................................54 Finch, Anne....................................................8 Fink, Carsten................................................43 Finn, Michael R............................................12 Firestone, Chris L..........................................19 First Course in Analysis, A.............................68 First Course in Computational Fluid Dynamics, A...............................................69 Fischer, Olga.................................................15 Fisher, Tony..................................................12 Fitzgerald, F. Scott........................................11 Forbearance as Redistribution.......................41 Forget, François............................................74 Forging the Kingdom....................................55 Formation and Evolution of Galaxy Outskirts (IAU S321)..................................74 Formosa, Paul...............................................19 Forster, Nick.................................................25 Fortin, Sebastian..........................................72 Foundation in Digital Communication, A.......77 Fourier Integrals in Classical Analysis............68 Fourth Amendment in an Age of Surveillance, The........................................45 Fox, Gregory H..............................................48 Franklin, Joel................................................71 Frege...........................................................16 Friedman, Rebekka.......................................35 Frisardi, Andrew...........................................12 Frondorf, Evan..............................................53 Frye, Timothy................................................39 Fullerton, Carol S..........................................81

G Gador-Whyte, Sarah.....................................57 Galán, Alexis................................................48 Gale, Robert Peter........................................82 Gallagher, Julia.............................................41 Galois Representations and (Phi, Gamma)-Modules......................................68 Galván, Adriana...........................................30 Gans-Morse, Jordan.....................................54 García-Díaz, Alberto A..................................72 Garcia, Stephan Ramon................................67

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Index

Gastel, Barbara............................................78 Gay, Penny.....................................................6 Geangu, Elena..............................................29 Geiss, Robin.................................................52 Genes, Determinism and God.......................20 Genetically Modified Organisms in Developing Countries................................78 Geographical Indications at the Crossroads of Trade, Development, and Culture......................................................52 Geometry of Quantum States........................71 Gerards, Janneke..........................................46 Germany’s Empire in the East.......................58 Gerring, John...............................................42 Giannopoulou, Zina......................................20 Gil de Paz, Armando.....................................74 Gille, Philippe...............................................68 Gilmartin, Kevin..............................................8 Gilmore, Charlotte........................................23 Gjesdal, Kristin.............................................19 Global Analysis of Tax Treaty Disputes, A.......55 Global Norms with a Local Face....................38 Global Perspectives on Teacher Motivation....31 Globalization against Democracy..................38 Gockenbach, Mark.......................................69 God Relationship, The...................................22 Goeree, Jacob K............................................70 Goh, Yeng-Seng............................................14 Gokden, Murat.............................................83 Goldberg, Paul.............................................28 Golob, Sacha................................................16 Gonik, Bernard.............................................83 Goodridge, John...........................................10 Goodwin, Matthew......................................33 Gordon, Robert W.........................................54 Grace, Rob...................................................50 Graham, Philip.............................................30 Grassroots Activism and the Evolution of Transitional Justice.....................................46 Gravitational Lensing....................................75 Gray, David..................................................45 Great Christian Jurists in English History.......54 Greek Theatre between Antiquity and Independence..............................................3 Green, Jane..................................................35 Green, Judith................................................55 Greening Democracy....................................59 Greenwood, Christopher...............................49 Gregor, Mary................................................18 Grohe, Martin...............................................67 Gross, Michael L...........................................36 Grossman, Peter Z........................................74 Groups, Graphs and Random Walks..............68 Groups, Languages and Automata................68 Guilhot, Nicolas............................................37 Gurr, Andrew..................................................8

H Haberle, Robert M........................................74 Hacker, Daphna............................................52 Hagelberg, Frank..........................................71 Haiman, John...............................................13 Hall, Brian N.................................................64 Hameiri, Shahar............................................37 Hamlin, David..............................................58 Hampe, Beate..............................................14 Handbook for Applied Modeling: NonGaussian and Correlated Data...................67 Handbook of Spectrum Auction Design.........70 Handlin, Samuel...........................................40

Hargreaves, David........................................29 Harpur, Paul.................................................47 Hart, Mitchell B............................................22 Hartley, Lucy...................................................9 Hassard, John...............................................23 Hassenstab, Christine M...............................39 Haumer, Stefanie..........................................52 Hayton, David................................................9 Health and Education in Early Childhood......30 Healy, Susan D..............................................80 Heifetz, Milton D..........................................75 Helbig, Phillip...............................................75 Helmholz, R. H..............................................54 Hematopathology and Coagulation Board Review......................................................83 Hematopoietic Cell Transplants.....................82 Henriksen, Lasse Folke..................................38 Herder’s Hermeneutics..................................19 Heupel, Monika............................................37 Heyvaert, Veerle...........................................51 Higgo, Robert...............................................81 High-Risk Pregnancy....................................83 Hilgers, Tina.................................................41 Hill, Mark.....................................................54 Historical and Topographical Guide to the Geography of Strabo, A................................5 Histories of Human Engineering....................32 History of American Working-Class Literature, A...............................................11 History of Ayutthaya, A.................................62 History of British Working-Class Literature, A.10 History of Law in Europe, A...........................53 History of the African American Novel, A.......10 History of the Mind and Mental Health in Classical Greek Medical Thought, A..............4 Hitch, Sarah...................................................4 Hoekman, Bernard.......................................50 Hofmeester, Karin.........................................65 Holik, Federico.............................................72 Holland, Alisha C..........................................41 Holt, Derek F.................................................68 Hope and Christian Ethics.............................22 Hopgood, Stephen.......................................37 Hopkins, Brian..............................................29 Hoppit, Julian...............................................56 Horn, Roger A...............................................67 Horrocks, Ingrid..............................................9 Hotson, Anthony..........................................65 How to Write and Publish a Scientific Paper..78 Howland, John...............................................2 Howson, Nicholas Calcina............................51 HPCR Practitioner’s Handbook on Monitoring, Reporting, and Fact-Finding....50 Huang, Robin Hui.........................................51 Huber, John D...............................................36 Huff, Toby E..................................................63 Hughes, Caroline..........................................37 Human Nature and Social Life......................27 Human Rights Futures..................................37 Humanizing the Laws of War........................52 Hundt, Marianne..........................................13 Hunter, Richard..............................................3 Hunter, Tim B................................................82 Hutter, Bridget..............................................36

I Ideophones and the Evolution of Language...13 Iliffe, John....................................................61 Imagining Reperformance in Ancient Culture...3 Independent Study Guide to Reading Latin, An.6

Information Theoretic Security and Privacy of Information Systems..............................77 Innovating Development Strategies in Africa.41 Inside Mathforum.org...................................31 Interactional Linguistics................................13 International Cultural Heritage Law in Armed Conflict..........................................48 International Intervention and Local Politics..37 International Law.........................................48 International Law and World Order...............48 International Law on Foreign Investment, The.50 International Law Reports.............................49 International Law Reports, Consolidated Index.........................................................49 International Law Reports, Consolidated Table of Treaties.........................................49 International Mobility of Talent and Innovation, The..........................................43 Introduction to Accelerator Dynamics............71 Introduction to Decision Theory, An...............17 Introduction to Energy..................................74 Introduction to Lie Groups and Lie Algebras, An..............................................67 Introduction to Research Methodology for Specialists and Trainees.............................83 Introduction to Swaminarayan Hindu Theology, An..............................................22 Invasive Species...........................................80 Inventing the Silent Majority in Western Europe and the United States.....................60 Irish Political Writings after 1725....................9 Isayev, Elena..................................................4 Islam Instrumentalized.................................44 Isurin, Ludmila..............................................31 Ivaldi, Marc..................................................42 Ivanov, O. A..................................................70

J Jacobs, Nathan A..........................................19 Jacquette, Dale.............................................16 James, David................................................83 James, Liz.......................................................1 James, Oliver................................................26 Jaso, Jesse Manuel.......................................83 Jaussen, Paul................................................11 Jayawickrama, Nihal.....................................46 Jazz Italian Style.............................................2 Jennings, Will...............................................35 Jewell, Katherine Rye....................................56 Jewish Exiles and European Thought during the Third Reich................................66 Jilke, Sebastian R..........................................26 Jiménez, Erick Raphael.................................20 Joels, Lisa.....................................................83 Joiner, James H.............................................19 Jones, Calvert W...........................................40 Jones, Peter....................................................6 Jorati, Julia...................................................19 Jordan, Soren...............................................34 Judicial Application of Human Rights Law, The...........................................................46 Julius Caesar..................................................6 Just War Theory and Civilian Casualties.........17 Justification and Excuse in International Law.48

K Kádár, Dániel ...............................................13 Kairoff, Claudia Thomas..................................8 Kaldellis, Anthony.........................................59 Kant and the Question of Theology...............19

Index

Kant: The Metaphysics of Morals...................18 Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason......................19 Kantian Ethics, Dignity and Perfection...........19 Kapossy, Béla...............................................66 Kapstein, Ethan B.........................................37 Karp, Jonathan.............................................22 Kausel, Eduardo...........................................77 Kaye, Alan....................................................82 Keating, Armand..........................................82 Keddy, Paul A...............................................79 Keegan, Bridget............................................10 Keesling, Catherine M.....................................3 Keith, David A...............................................78 Keith, Jennifer................................................8 Kelley, Judith G.............................................37 Kessler, Gijs..................................................65 Ketchley, Neil...............................................40 Khisti, Ashish................................................77 Kilpatrick, Claire...........................................52 Kim, Byung-Yeon..........................................43 Kingston, Suzanne........................................51 Kirillov, Jr, Alexander.....................................67 Kiszely, John.................................................64 Klabbers, Jan................................................48 Knapen, Johan H..........................................74 Knowledge as Acceptable Testimony.............18 Knowledge, Dexterity, and Attention.............18 König, Michael.............................................75 Königseder, Thomas......................................77 Kopaczyk, Joanna.........................................15 Koptur, Suzanne...........................................80 Korgen, Kathleen Odell.................................27 Kotiswaran, Prabha......................................47 Kovras, Iosif..................................................46 Kozel, Randy J..............................................45 Kozlovskaya, Valeriya....................................29 Krawiec, Kimberly D......................................35 Kumar, Manoj...............................................83

L Laitos, Jan....................................................51 Lalonde, Trent L............................................67 Lamb, Jonathan P...........................................8 Lamont, Alexandra.......................................29 Lancy, David F...............................................27 Language and a Sense of Place....................14 Lapidoth, Amos............................................77 Last Kiss.......................................................11 Last Ottoman Generation and the Making of the Modern Middle East, The.................62 Lauter, Paul..................................................11 Lauterpacht, Elihu........................................49 Law of International Lawyers, The.................48 Law, Religion, and Health in the United States........................................................46 Laws and Economics of Confucianism, The....44 Lawson, Clive...............................................17 Lazarus, Hillard M.........................................82 Le, Jia-Liang.................................................78 Learman, Lee...............................................82 Learn Latin from the Romans..........................5 Learning to Read across Languages and Writing Systems.........................................13 Lebow, Richard Ned.....................................38 LeCain, Timothy J..........................................65 Lee, Janice C.................................................74 Lee, Karen....................................................49 Legal Consequences of Peremptory Norms in International Law..................................49

Legalized Families in the Era of Bordered Globalization.............................................52 Legend of Seleucus, The..................................5 Leibniz on Causation and Agency.................19 Leininger, Wolfgang......................................42 Leisure, Robert G..........................................71 Lemieux, Jean-Fran ois..................................73 LeVan, Carl..................................................45 Levine, George...............................................9 Lewis, James R.............................................23 Liao, Xinhao.................................................69 Liberalism as Utopia.....................................60 Liebert, Rana Saadi........................................3 Likhovski, Assaf............................................63 Lindkvist, Linde............................................66 Linear Inverse Problems and Tikhonov Regularization...........................................69 Ling, Fuyun..................................................77 Linguistic Ecology and Language Contact......15 Linkenauger, Sally.........................................29 Listhaug, Ola................................................39 Liszt and the Symphonic Poem........................1 Lloyd-Bostock, Sally......................................36 Logic of Ethnic and Religious Conflict in Africa, The.................................................36 Loke, Andrew Ter Ern....................................21 Lombardi, Olimpia........................................72 Long-Range Dependence and Self-Similarity.67 Longman, Timothy........................................41 Longmore, Steven N.....................................75 López-Sepúlveda, Patricio.............................79 López, Cristian.............................................72 Lopez, Jeremy.................................................6 Lords of Tetzcoco, The...................................60 Losch, Andreas.............................................76 Losing Pravda...............................................39 Lostal, Marina..............................................48 Lowe, Kate...................................................57 Ludwig, Ralph..............................................15 Lundin, Rolf A...............................................24 Luther and the Reformation of the Later Middle Ages..............................................22 Lynch, Holly Fernandez.................................46 Lynch, Kevin M.............................................70

M Mabberley, David J.......................................81 Mabberley’s Plant-Book................................81 Maboudi, Tofigh...........................................45 Macdonald, Laura........................................41 MacGlashan, Maureen.................................49 Macphail, Richard I.......................................28 Magnenat-Thalmann, Nadia.........................70 Magnetism in Carbon Nanostructures...........71 Maintenance in Medieval England................53 Maliks, Reidar..............................................47 Mallampalli, Chandra...................................61 Managing and Working in Project Society.....24 Managing Open Innovation in SMEs.............26 Marine Conservation....................................79 Marking the Jews in Renaissance Italy..........57 Martínez Velencoso, Luz M...........................55 Mary Gladstone and the Victorian Salon..........2 Mass Religious Ritual and Intergroup Tolerance..................................................35 Mastering Single Best Answer Questions for the Part 2 MRCOG Examination............83 Masterless Men............................................56 Matanock, Aila M.........................................36 Matheus, Kirsten..........................................77

Matter of History, The...................................65 Mattison, III, William C.................................21 Matyas, Laszlo..............................................42 Max Weber and International Relations........38 Max Weber’s Economic Ethic of the World Religions...................................................26 McCauley, John F..........................................36 McKenna, Peter............................................81 McQuade, Paula.............................................8 Measuring the Universe................................76 Media Politics in China.................................40 Meisels, Tamar..............................................36 Meister, Chad...............................................23 Melamed, Yitzhak Y.......................................19 Melrose, Elaine.............................................83 Memory and Justice in Post-Genocide Rwanda....................................................41 Men and Sex................................................30 Merritt, Keri Leigh........................................56 Merry and McCall Smith’s Errors, Medicine and the Law..............................................53 Merry, Alan..................................................53 Metaphor.....................................................14 Michels, Tony...............................................22 Middleton, Guy D.........................................28 Midler, Christophe........................................24 Migration, Mobility and Place in Ancient Italy..4 Miguelez, Ernest...........................................43 Milder, Stephen............................................59 Mills, G.........................................................73 Milner-Gulland, E. J.......................................80 Mindfulness in Organizations........................24 Mitova, Veli..................................................18 Modern Robotics..........................................70 Modernism and the Social Sciences..............66 Moll-Murata, Christine.................................65 Mollin, Sandra..............................................13 Monasteries and the Care of Souls in Late Antique Christianity.....................................4 Monastic Landscape of Late Antique Egypt, The.................................................29 Montazeri....................................................62 Montemayor, Carlos.....................................18 Montgomery, Chris.......................................14 Moon, Jeremy..............................................25 Moore, Colin D.............................................33 Moore, Emma...............................................14 Moral and Political Conceptions of Human Rights.......................................................47 Morgan, Daniel Patrick.................................63 Morphological Complexity............................16 Morris, E. Jane..............................................78 Morsing, Mette............................................25 Mosaics in the Medieval World.......................1 Moser, Paul K.........................................22, 23 Moses, Margaret L........................................51 Mouritsen, Henrik...........................................5 Muehlberger, Ellen.......................................20 Muhammad’s Heirs......................................63 Mühlhäusler, Peter........................................15 Müller-Stach, Stefan.....................................69 Müller, Ralf...................................................24 Multi-Messenger Astrophysics of the Galactic Centre (IAU S322, The..................75 Munker, Reinhold.........................................82 Murder in Renaissance Italy..........................57 Murphy, Colleen...........................................18 Murphy, Denis J............................................78 Murray, Martin J...........................................26 Muslim Conspiracy in British India, A............61 Mystics of al-Andalus, The............................63

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Index

Nakhimovsky, Isaac Stone.............................66 Navigating Global Business..........................24 Negation in Early English..............................15 Nellis, William..............................................71 Neo, Dora....................................................52 Networks of Communication in South Africa.42 Netz, Reviel....................................................3 Neuropathologic and Neuroradiologic Correlations..............................................83 Neuroscience of Adolescence, The.................30 New History of Management, A....................23 New Perspectives on Human Development....29 Ng-Loy, Wee Loon........................................52 Nichols, Philip..............................................25 Nicholson, Emily...........................................80 Nicoletti, Cynthia..........................................57 Non-Muslim Provinces under Early Islam.......63 Normative Language Policy...........................14 Northern Black Sea in Antiquity, The.............29 Nunn, Mike..................................................80 Nützenadel, Alexander.................................64

O O’Brien, P. M. Shaughn.................................82 O’Brien, Shaughn.........................................83 O’Shea, James R...........................................19 Oakes, Leigh.................................................14 Ober, Josiah.................................................66 Ódor, udovít................................................42 Offen, Karen...........................................58, 59 Ogden, Daniel................................................5 Oil Revolution..............................................65 Oke, T. R.......................................................73 Oldfield, Sara...............................................80 Oliveira, Paulo S...........................................80 Oliver, Adam.................................................43 Opting Out of Congress................................34 Organising Music.........................................23 Origin of Divine Christology, The...................21 Origins of Behavioural Public Policy, The........43 Owned.........................................................55

P Paddeu, Federica..........................................48 Padoa-Schioppa, Antonio..............................53 Paehler, Katrin..............................................58 Pagel, Steve.................................................15 Paikowsky, Deganit......................................38 Pantic, Maja.................................................70 Paramtattvadas, Sadhu.................................22 Park, Frank C................................................70 Park, Seo-Hyun.............................................38 Parker, Grant..................................................6 Parsons, Thomas D........................................31 Party Polarization in America........................34 Pauwelyn, Joost............................................50 Peggs, Stephen.............................................71 Peled, Yael....................................................14 Pérez-Leroux, Ana Teresa..............................13 Perfetti, Charles............................................13 Period Mappings and Period Domains...........69 Perioperative Management in Robotic Surgery.....................................................82 Perioperative Temperature Management.......82 Perseverance in the Parish?..........................26 Peters, Chris.................................................69 Peterson, Martin...........................................17 Pfenninger, Simone E....................................13

Philosophers, Sufis, and Caliphs....................62 Phinney, Robin.............................................34 Phongpaichit, Pasuk.....................................62 Pipiras, Vladas..............................................67 Pirbhai, M. Reza...........................................61 Pirvulescu, Mihaela......................................13 Plague and Music in the Renaissance.............1 Planert, Ute..................................................64 Plant Conservation Science and Practice.......80 Plant Ecology...............................................79 Plants of Oceanic Islands..............................79 Plato’s Symposium.......................................20 Platteau, Jean-Philippe.................................44 Plieninger, Tobias..........................................79 Poetry, Print, and the Making of Postcolonial Literature...............................12 Policy Shock.................................................35 Politeness, Impoliteness and Ritual...............13 Political Economy of Public Finance, The........64 Political Economy of the Eurozone, The.........44 Political Economy of the Kurds of Turkey, The.62 Political Theory of the American Founding, The...........................................................34 Politics in the Roman Republic........................5 Politics of Bureaucratic Corruption in PostTransitional Eastern Europe, The.................54 Politics of Competence, The..........................35 Pollens, Stewart..............................................1 Poole, Rob....................................................81 Poor, H. Vincent............................................77 Pope-Davis, Donald......................................26 Portal through Mathematics.........................70 Power of the Space Club, The........................38 Practical Bayesian Inference..........................72 Pradi, Andrea...............................................55 Prescriber’s Guide.........................................81 Primer on String Theory, A.............................72 Principle of Least Action, The........................72 Principles and Practice of International Commercial Arbitration, The.......................51 Probabilistic Mechanics of Quasibrittle Structures..................................................78 Probert, P. Keith............................................79 Procedural Review in European Fundamental Rights Cases.........................46 Professional Networks in Transnational Governance...............................................38 Program on Humanitarian Policy and Conflict Research.......................................50 Property in the Body.....................................53 Property Rights and Property Wrongs............39 Property Rights in Post-Soviet Russia............54 Protecting the Individual from International Authority...............................37 Provence, Michael........................................62 Psychiatric Interviewing and Assessment.......81 Psychology of Musical Development, The......29 Puchner, Walter..............................................3 Python for Scientists.....................................69

Q Quantitative Methods in Archaeology Using R.....................................................28 Quantum Scaling in Many-Body Systems.......70 Quiet Revolution, A......................................25

R Racial Coalition Building in Local Elections....33 Radde-Gallwitz, Andrew...............................20

Radiative Transfer in the Atmosphere and Ocean.......................................................73 Radiologic Guide to Orthopedic Devices........82 Raising Children...........................................27 Ramet, Sabrina P..........................................39 Raphael, Beverley.........................................81 Rasche, Andreas...........................................25 Reading Thomas Hardy...................................9 Realistic Theory of Law, A.............................44 Reb, Jochen..................................................24 Red Shadows...............................................60 Rees, Alexandra............................................83 Rees, Sarah..................................................68 Regulatory Crisis..........................................36 Reingold, Edward M.....................................70 Religious Freedom and the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.....................66 Remme, Jon Henrik Ziegler...........................27 Repnikova, Maria.........................................40 Representation and Scepticism from Aquinas to Descartes.................................16 Respectable Banking....................................65 Restoring Voice to People with Cognitive Disabilities.................................................54 Retallack, James...........................................64 Rethinking Fiscal Policy after the Crisis..........42 Revisiting the Law and Governance of Trafficking, Forced Labor and Modern Slavery......................................................47 Reynolds, Arthur J.........................................30 Reynolds, Steven L........................................18 Richardson, Paul W.......................................31 Rieke, George H............................................76 Riggs, Jamie D..............................................67 Rights and Retrenchment.............................45 Rimmerman, Arie..........................................55 Rise of Early Modern Science, The.................63 Roberge, Yves...............................................13 Robertson, Diana C.......................................25 Robinson, Andrew P......................................80 Robson, Stephen..........................................83 Rocca, Julius..................................................4 Roisman, Ilia V..............................................77 Rojo, Alberto................................................72 Roller, Duane W..............................................5 Rolnick, Arthur J...........................................30 Ronen, Simcha.............................................24 Roper, L. H....................................................56 Rosario Rodríguez, Rubén.............................21 Rose, Jonathan.............................................53 Rosenblatt, Helena.......................................66 Roth, Brad R.................................................48 Rothenberg, Lawrence S...............................33 Roudakova, Natalia......................................39 Rounce, Adam................................................9 Röver, Claas E...............................................68 Rowlinson, Michael......................................23 Ruiz, Eduardo...............................................79 Russell, Alexander........................................57 Russom, Geoffrey...........................................7 Rutherford, Ian...............................................4

S Saak, Eric Leland..........................................22 Sadanandan, Anoop.....................................40 Salvatori, Maura...........................................68 Sankaran, Shankar.......................................24 Sarat, Austin.................................................54 Satogata, Todd.............................................71 Sauer, Hans..................................................15

Index

Sava-Huss, Ecaterina....................................68 Scalcione, Luke.............................................82 Scarpello, Fabio............................................37 Scazzieri, Roberto.........................................44 Schaefer, Rafael F..........................................77 Schaefer, Timo H...........................................60 Schaffer, Johan Karlsson...............................47 Schneider, Peter............................................68 Schomerus, Volker........................................72 Schoon, Ingrid..............................................30 Schultz, Peter.................................................3 Schulzke, Marcus..........................................17 Schweigert, Paul...........................................66 Science and Practice of Landscape Stewardship, The.......................................79 Scorecard Diplomacy....................................37 Scott, Derek B.................................................1 Sea Ice Analysis and Forecasting...................73 Sea of Debt, A..............................................62 Seabrooke, Leonard......................................38 Seaman, Kristen.............................................3 Secession on Trial.........................................57 Second Course in Linear Algebra, A...............67 Secret History in Literature, 1660–1820, The...8 Seeds of Stability..........................................37 Seiner, Joseph A............................................46 Sekalala, Sharifah.........................................47 Selting, Margret...........................................13 Semley, Lorelle.............................................57 Sepper, Elizabeth..........................................46 Sermon on the Mount and Moral Theology, The............................................21 Settled Versus Right......................................45 Shakespeare in the Marketplace of Words.......8 Shakespeare, William......................................6 Shakespeare’s Reading Audiences...................7 Shakespeare’s Two Playhouses........................7 Shakespeare’s Workplace...............................8 Shakespearean Star........................................7 Shenkar, Oded..............................................24 Shumar, Wesley............................................31 Siavoshi, Sussan...........................................62 Sidwell, Keith.................................................6 Signé, Landry................................................41 Sillander, Kenneth.........................................27 Sinclair, Nathalie..........................................31 Siniossoglou, Niketas....................................59 Smith, Jeffrey K.............................................32 Smith, Kari...................................................31 Smith, Michael D..........................................74 Smith, Michael E...........................................39 Snyder, Jack..................................................37 Sociable Places...............................................8 Social Signal Processing................................70 Soft Law and Global Health Problems...........47 Soft War.......................................................36 Sogge, Christopher D....................................68 Soldiers of Empire........................................64 Sooryamoorthy, R.........................................42 Sornarajah, M...............................................50 South Africa, Greece, Rome.............................6 Sovereignty and Status in East Asian International Relations...............................38 Spectral Atlas for Amateur Astronomers........76 Spectroscopy for Amateur Astronomers.........75 Spedding, Patrick...........................................1 Spevack, Marvin.............................................6 Spinoza’s ‘Ethics’..........................................19 Spiritual Imagination of the Beats, The..........11 Stage and Picture in the English Renaissance..7 Stahl, Stephen M..........................................81

Stamnes, Jakob J..........................................73 Stamnes, Knut..............................................73 Stanish, Charles............................................28 State Crisis in Fragile Democracies................40 Steer, Philip..................................................83 Stewart, John M...........................................69 Stewart, Victoria.............................................9 Stow, Simon.................................................32 Strange Bedfellows.......................................34 Structured to Fail?........................................43 Stueber, Karsten...........................................16 Stuessy, Tod.................................................79 Suhr-Sytsma, Nathan....................................12 Sun, Peidong................................................60 Supreme Court’s New Workplace, The...........46 Supreme Law of the Land?...........................48 Sutcliffe, Adam.............................................22 Swift, Jonathan..............................................9 Sydow, Jörg..................................................24 Symmetry, Phase Modulation and Nonlinear Waves.......................................69 Synchronization in Digital Communication Systems.....................................................77 Szamuely, Tamás..........................................68

T Tabachnick, Stephen.....................................10 Taljanovic, Mihra S........................................82 Tamanaha, Brian Z........................................44 Taming the Past............................................54 Tan, David....................................................53 Taqqu, Murad S............................................67 Tax Law and Social Norms in Mandatory Palestine and Israel....................................63 Teaching Chinese as an International Language..................................................14 Technology and Isolation..............................17 Teleology in the Ancient World.......................4 Temple, Judy A..............................................30 ten Cate, Carel.............................................80 Textbook of Disaster Psychiatry.....................81 Theatre and Governance in Britain, 1500–1900...............................................12 Theology and Poetry in Early Byzantium........57 Theory and Modeling of Rotating Fluids........69 Thinking about Bribery.................................25 Thinking with Rousseau................................66 Third Reich’s Intelligence Services, The...........58 Tholpady, Ashok...........................................83 Thomas Hardy and Animals..........................10 Thomas, Gary E.............................................73 Thomsen, Danielle M....................................34 Thornton, Patricia M.....................................60 Three-Text Edition of Thomas Hobbes’s Political Theory..........................................65 Thumiger, Chiara............................................4 Tidal Inlets...................................................73 Timmermann, Jens........................................16 Tinio, Pablo P. L.............................................32 Tirion, Wil....................................................75 To be Free and French..................................57 Toudal Pedersen, Leif....................................73 Tragic Pleasure from Homer to Plato...............3 Transfer of Immovables in European Private Law...............................................55 Treitel, Corinna.............................................58 Treul, Sarah A...............................................34 Tropea, Cameron..........................................77 Trypsteen, Marc F. M...............................75, 76 Turiel, Elliot..................................................29

Twelfth Night.................................................6

U Uhlig, Anna....................................................3 Ultracondensed Matter by Dynamic Compression.............................................71 Ultrasonic Spectroscopy................................71 Understanding Collapse...............................28 Unveiling the North Korean Economy............43 Urban Climates............................................73 Urbanism of Exception, The..........................26 Urman, Richard............................................82 Ursano, Robert J...........................................81

V Vacca, Alison................................................63 Vallis, Geoffrey K..........................................73 Value and Profit...........................................44 Valuing Bureaucracy.....................................45 van de Kreeke, J............................................73 van der Wurff, Wim.......................................15 Van Ryzin, Gregg G.......................................26 Vanhaverbeke, Wim......................................26 Varieties of Musical Irony................................1 Verhoeven, Ludo..........................................13 Verkuil, Paul R..............................................45 Vinciarelli, Alessandro...................................70 Vindla, Srinivas.............................................83 Vinjamuri, Leslie...........................................37 Violence in Latin America and the Caribbean.41 Virgo, Graham..............................................52 Volkswagen in the Amazon...........................61 von der Goltz, Anna......................................60 Voogt, J. A....................................................73 Voyage of Thought, The................................64

W Wahed, Amer...............................................83 Waldschmidt-Nelson, Britta..........................60 Walk through the Heavens, A........................75 Walker, Richard......................................75, 76 Walker, Tamara J...........................................60 Wallage, Phillip W.........................................15 Walshe, Terry................................................80 War beyond Words.......................................59 Ward, Susan.................................................83 Watt, Helen M. G..........................................31 Watt, Paul......................................................1 Weimer, David L...........................................43 Weiner, Carl.................................................83 Weinstein, David..........................................66 Weisaeth, Lars..............................................81 Weliver, Phyllis...............................................2 Well-Woman Visit, The..................................82 Werner, Wouter............................................48 West, Anna..................................................10 West, III, James L. W.....................................11 West, Thomas G............................................34 What is a Mathematical Concept?................31 What is Life? On Earth and Beyond...............76 What is Quantum Information?....................72 Whatmore, Richard.......................................66 White, Andrew...............................................3 Whiteley, Paul..............................................33 Whittington, Geoffrey...................................44 Why Democracy Deepens.............................40 Why Environmental Policies Fail....................51 Why Mugabe Won.......................................41 Wiener, Jonathan B.......................................35

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Index

Wilce, James M............................................28 Wild, Jason R...............................................82 Wills, Joe......................................................47 Winter, Jay...................................................59 Wintroub, Michael........................................64 Woman Question in France, 1400–1870, The.59 Women Wanderers and the Writing of Mobility, 1784–1814...................................9 Wood, B. Dan...............................................34 Woodrow Wilson and American Internationalism........................................65 Works of Archimedes, The...............................3 World Trade Organization.......................50, 51 Worthington, Sarah......................................52 Writing in Real Time.....................................11 Wu, Guoguang.............................................38 Wüstenberg, Jenny.......................................39

Y Yadirgi, Veli..................................................62 Yarin, Alexander L.........................................77 Young People’s Development and the Great Recession........................................30 Youngs, Richard............................................39

Z Zakai, Avihu.................................................66 Zakić, Mirna.................................................59 Zaloznaya, Marina........................................54 Zelazo, Philip David......................................29 Zetzel, James E. G.........................................32 Zhang, Keke.................................................69 Zhang, Taisu.................................................44 Zhemukhov, Sufian.......................................35 Ziblatt, Daniel..............................................36 Zimmermann, Andreas..................................52 Zimmermann, Lisbeth...................................38 Zuern, Michael.............................................37 Zurek, Richard W..........................................74 Życzkowski, Karol.........................................71

Notes